2022–2023 Course Catalog
Academic Calendar.............................................3 Overview ............................................................4 Partnership Sites .................................................8 Student Life ...................................................... 10 Institutional Advancement ................................15 Athletics ........................................................... 16 Admissions ....................................................... 18 Tuition & Financial Aid ...................................... 24 Academic Affairs .............................................. 30 Continuing & Professional Studies ................... 34 Academic Policies ............................................. 38 Programs of Study ............................................ 46 Center for Allied Health Science ...................... 50 Allied Health Science 51 Animal Center Management 52 Behavioral Health Science 52 Dental Assisting Certificate 53 Expanded Functions Dental Assistant 54 Dental Hygiene 56 Histotechnician 58 Massage Therapy 59 Medical Laboratory Technology 59 Nursing 61 Occupational Therapy Assistant 64 Phlebotomy Technician 63 Physical Therapist Assistant 66 Radiologic Technology 70 Veterinary Nursing 72 Center for Art and Design ................................ 74 Graphic Design 75 Fashion Design 76 Fashion Merchandising 77 Interior Design 78 Photography 79 Center for Business .......................................... 80 Business Management 81 Sports Management .................................................................83 Center for Social Sciences ................................ 84 Criminal Justice 85 Early Childhood Education 86 General Studies 88 Human Services 88 Course Descriptions ......................................... 90 Trustees, Administration, Faculty & Staff ....... 140 Advisory Boards ............................................. 146 Campus Telephone Directory ......................... 151 Directions ....................................................... 152 Index............................................................... 154 C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 Table of Contents
2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3
Last Day of Classes Saturday May 06
Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Monday April 03
Fall Semester 2022
All Payments Due Thursday December 22, 2022
Deadline for Incomplete Grade Change from Fall 2022 Monday January 23
Mid Term Grades Due Tuesday March 14
Fall Open House Saturday November 19
Classes Resume at 8:30 am Monday March 27
2022–2023 Academic Calendar
MLK Day (College Closed) Monday January 16
Pre Registration for Fall 2023 Mon Fri March 27 31
Classes Resume at 8:30 am Monday November 28
New Student Orientation
Registration for Summer 2023 Mon Fri March 27 31
Labor Day Holiday (College Closed) Monday September 05
Last Day of Classes Saturday December 17
New Student Orientation Friday January 13
Classes Begin at 8:30 am Monday August 29
Residence Halls Close Tuesday November 22
Open Registration Monday April 10
Homecoming Saturday October 08
Thursday July 21
New Student Orientation Thursday August 18
Commencement Saturday May 13
Add/Drop Period Ends Monday September 12
Open Registration Monday November 07
Resident Students Report Friday August 26
Mid Term Grades Due Monday October 17
Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Tuesday November 01
Final Grades Due by Noon Monday December 19
Spring Open House Saturday April 29
All Payments Due Friday August 05
Add/Drop Period Ends Tuesday January 31
STARTING AUGUST 29, 2022 • Bryn Mawr
Classes Begin at 8:30 am Tuesday January 17
Residence Halls Close (non graduates) at 6:00 pm Friday May 05
Pre Registration for Spring 2023 Mon Fri Oct 24 Oct 28
Thanksgiving recess begins after last class Tuesday November 22
Resident Students Report Sunday January 15
Spring Recess Mon Fri March 20 24
Final Grades Due by Noon Monday May 08
Residence Halls Close at 6:00 pm Friday December 16
Spring Semester 2023
Harcum College An Overview
4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Philosophy
GOAL B
“The
Mission
In addition, Harcum is committed to prepar ing its students for responsible citizenship by fostering a keen sense of social responsibility through service learning, curricular emphasis, and co curricular programs
Create a culture of continuous improvement supported by assessment through collaboration, transparency, and communication
By coupling practical, experiential education with exposure to the liberal arts, Harcum, from its inception, has also sought to enrich its graduates by broadening their intellectual and cultural horizons. For students who are uncertain about career choices, Harcum’s mission is to encourage self discovery and to promote learning for learning’s sake For those who see the liberal arts and sciences as a springboard to a specialized career, Harcum helps students identify appropriate directions for development
Harcum welcomes men and women of var ied ages, nations, cultures, races, and social backgrounds The College believes that diversity enhances the academic and co curricular expe riences of its undergraduates
Ensure operational proficiencies and finan cial sustainability
u n d e d b y E d i t h H a tc h e r H a rc u m a n d O c ta v i u s H a rc u m i n 1 91 5 , t h e C o l l e g e h a s empowered generations of students by preparing them for dignified, remunerative, socially useful work
Harcum College provides its students with an opportunity for out standing academic, career, and life preparation We teach, mentor, and prepare students for success in their chosen profession in an experiential environment utilizing a wide variety of modalities and technology Harcum’s emphasis on its core values of excellence, civility, empow erment, integrity, service, and respect for diversity assures that every member of our community is valued, supported, included, and equal Harcum College’s Strategic Plan builds on Harcum’s best practices and creates a guide for the present and future The plan helps Harcum recognize its strengths and confront its chal lenges, while defining an aspirational future for the College and the resources necessary to achieve its goals, set priorities, focus energy and resources, and strengthen operations
indi vidual success
A s a p r i va t e re s i d e n t i a l c o l l e g e, H a rc u m believes that for many students residential life can be an important part of an education. As a consequence, the College is committed to pro viding a broad range of programs in its residence halls
Al l memb ers o f th e H a rc u m c o mmu ni ty work to create a positive environment charac terized by considerate and principled conduct
GOAL D
Fo Providing tangible possibilities for remains a central purpose of Harcum College of
Mission and Goals
GOAL E
Possibilities ”
H a rc u m C o l l e g e d e f i n e s c i v i l i t y a s t h e demonstration of respect for others, basic cour tesy, use of non offensive language, reciprocity (treating others as we wish to be treated), and behavior that creates a positive environment in which to learn and work
Harcum will continue to provide its graduates with possibilities to realize their potential by inspiring in them the idea that learning is a life long process
The goals established in the dynamic Strategic Plan are as follows:
Already known for its outstanding offerings in the Allied Health Sciences, Harcum continues to give equal prominence to other successful programs and to be responsive to new possibil ities as they emerge in regional and national labor markets.
Civility Statement
GOAL A
Innovate, offer, and assess high quality edu cational programs that prepare students to suc cessfully enter and advance in “in demand” careers or transfer to a four year college
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5
Support the growth, needs, and well being of students
GOAL C
Cultivate the College’s reputation through initiatives resulting in increased enrollment and philanthropy
Extensive building and expansion occurred at Harcum in the 1960’s under the direction of President Michael Duzy, with the addition of the Academic Center, Pennswood Hall, and Klein Hall Through expansion in its neigh borhood, the Bryn Mawr campus reached a size of 13 acres Harcum opened a nursery school for teacher training, and in the 1960’s and 1970’s, began programs in medical sciences Over the decades Harcum launched programs in nurs ing, occupational therapy assistant, physical therapist assistant, interior and residential design, radiologic tech nology, veterinary technology, med ical laboratory technology, interior design, human services, and criminal justice
6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
a profitable enterprise; Mrs Harcum declared bankruptcy Harcum’s bankruptcy proceedings were noticed by Philip Klein and officers of The Junto, a non profit educational corporation founded in 1941 to promote adult education in the Philadelphia region. It had adopted the name of a discussion group originally co found
However, Harcum was an independent, for profit institution and faced financial diffi c u l t i e s a s c o m p e t i t i o n g re w a n d i t s ta xe s increased In 1952, it could no longer run as
Another leading figure in Harcum’s history was Maud L Marren Marren was appointed Dean of the College in 1920 and worked closely with Edith Harcum and later with Philip Klein. She retired in 1963
T h e C o l l e g e g re w s t e a d i l y t h ro u g h t h e 1930s and 1940s with a student enrollment of 185 in 1948
ed by Benjamin Franklin in 1727 In 1952 The Junto purchased the assets of Harcum College for possible use as a residential college for a d u l t s b u t s o o n d e c i d e d to c o n t i n u e E d i t h Harcum’s mission to provide education for women Harcum was reopened under a non profit charter in the fall of 1953 with 79 stu dents Philip Klein was appointed President Under the 1953 charter, Harcum could operate as a college but without the power to confer d e g re e s I n 1 9 5 5 t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a S ta t e Council of Instruction gave Harcum permis s i o n to c o n f e r t h e A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s a n d Associate of Science degrees This was the first time in the history of the Commonwealth that a junior college was given this privilege
In 1913 Edith Hatcher, a talented concert pianist and daughter of prominent Virginia clergyman and educator Reverend William E. Hatcher married fellow Virginian Octavius Marvin Harcum in New Castle, DE After the birth of their first child, Edith wrote that “the concert career did not offer a chance for family stability” so the couple chose a venture that would combine “my talents as an educator and artist and his business vision and ability ”
Edith Harcum’s goal was to “start a school where the individual talent of each girl would be treated as an i n t e g ra l p a r t o f h e r e d u c a t i o n ” Though her expertise was in the fine arts, Mrs Harcum was com mitted to providing a comprehen sive academic program
Mrs Harcum passed away in 1958 at the age of 80, leaving a legacy of compassionate and dedicated service to her students, the arts, and the community
She remained in that post for more than 30 years with the exception of the academic years 1944 47 when Dr John Barber, a distin guished modern painter and faculty member, served as President
When he died from injuries sustained in a car accident in 1920, Edith assumed the pres idency.
Since 2007, under the leadership of Dr Jon Jay DeTemple Harcum’s Charles Trout Library underwent a $1 2 million refurbishment, the historic Little Theatre was completely reno vated, new programs were added, and Harcum expanded its academic offer ings throughout the region with many Partnership Sites in Philadelphia and t h ro u g h o u t s o u t h e a s t e r n Pe n n s y l vania
History of Harcum College
Harcum College athletics has a long h i s to r y o f s u c c e s s i n m e n ' s a n d wo m e n ’ s b a s ke t b a l l , m e n ’ s a n d women’s soccer, and volleyball The men’ s b a sketb a l l tea m, fo u nded i n 2005, has amassed a lifetime record of 349 93 ( 790) in fourteen seasons, winning at least 20 games in all 14 of those seasons Men’s basketball has e a r n e d t wo t r i p s to T h e To u r n a m e n t , reaching the final four in 2014 The women’s basketball team has been equally impressive, with an all time record of 330 129 ( 719), cap turing 5 NJCAA Region 19 championships and earning two trips to the National Tournament
Harcum will continue to help students find appropriate directions for their academic and personal development leading to specialized careers, while, as Mrs Harcum noted, “respect ing each student as an individual with personal needs, interests, aptitudes, and aspirations ”
Edith Hatcher Harcum, co founder of Harcum College
They opened the Harcum Post Graduate School on October 1, 1915, i n M e l v i l l e H a l l i n B r y n M a w r which was the family home as well as the academic building The first class had three students and five pianos
The Harcum women’s volleyball team, not to be outdone, has also captured five NJCAA Region 19 titles of their own Women’s soccer, which started competition in 2010, won its first ever NJCAA Region 19 championship in 2016
In its early years, Harcum was a preparatory school, giving students the skills needed for college study It quickly grew, and added junior college level courses Soon, the “lower school” program was elimi nated and the junior college program was established Edith Harcum was head of the school and Octavius Harcum was responsible for finances
The Associate Degree
The OMGC Gym is used for Harcum men’s and women’s basketball
Dental Hygiene
Fashion Design
The Academic Center is the heart of the College, housing the renovated Charles H Trout Library, most classrooms and faculty offices, the science labs, Academic Affairs, the S t u d e n t S u c c e s s C e n t e r, C o n t i n u i n g & P ro f e s s i o n a l S t u d i e s, C a re e r a n d Tra n s f e r Services, the Campus Store, Mail Services, the English Language Academy, and the Student Lounge It is one of three campus buildings completed in the mid 1960s
Veterinary Nursing
The Great Lawn, used for Commencement ceremonies, as well as softball, soccer, and other recreational activities, is located on Montgomery Avenue, in front of the Academic Center
Fashion Merchandising Interior Design
Center for Allied Health
Allied Health Science
The Veterinary Services Building was built in 1980 and serves the Veterinary Nursing Program
Physical Therapist Assistant Day, Evening Radiologic Technology
Photography Center for Business Accounting Business Management Sports Management Center for Social Sciences
V i l l a n o va U n i ve rs i t y , H a ve r fo rd C o l l e g e, Rosemont College, and Bryn Mawr College are all nearby.
Expanded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA)
Melville Hall, built in 1896 and expanded in 1917, is the landmark building on campus When the college was founded in 1915, Melville Hall housed the school, the Harcum family, and resident students Today, Melville Hall’s tall columns and wide portico welcome stu dents to the administrative hub of the campus Melville Hall houses the President’s Office, Admissions Office, Financial Aid, the Office o f S t u d e n t Re c o rd s, t h e O f f i c e o f S t u d e n t Accounts, Communications and Marketing, Vice President for Finance and Operations, Athletics Offices (the Bear’s Den), Facilities, and Human Resources
Dental Assisting
Pennswood Hall, Harcum’s main residence hall, can house up to 250 students and is the primary hub for the Office of Residence Life
OMGC is the location of Harcum’s Nursing and Clinical Laboratory Science offices and c l a s s ro o m s I t i s l o c a t e d a t t h e c o r n e r o f Pennswood Road and Lancaster Avenue, one half block southeast of the campus
Animal Center Management
Histotechnician Massage Therapy
The Campus
The Main Line is a friendly, safe, and long established residential area It is also a neigh borhood with many academic opportunities
Students at Harcum also have easy access to all the excitement of the City of Philadelphia, a city rich in educational, historic, and cultural resources Shopping, theaters, sports events, restaurants, museums, and historical sites await visitors to the city, which can be accessed in twenty minutes via a commuter train that stops next to the campus
Graphic Design
The President’s House is a stately Victorian structure on Montgomery Avenue Richter Hall, built in 1890, is the site of art and music classes Music programs are offered through the Harcum Music School
Early Childhood Education General Studies
Harcum College is located in the heart of Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, about 12 miles west of Philadelphia, in an area known as the Main Line, so named after the original Main Line of the Pennsylvania Railroad that ran through its communities
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7
Programs of Study
Behavioral Health Science
Ardmore’s popular Suburban Square, one of the nation’s first planned suburban shopping centers is a short bicycle, car, or train ride away and has national and local boutiques, an Apple Store, a Trader Joe’s, and many spe cialty shops The King of Prussia Plaza and Court, one of the nation’s largest retail centers, is about twenty minutes from Harcum by car
Occupational Therapy Assistant Friday track or Saturday track Phlebotomy Assistant (certificate)
Bedford Hall, also known as Alumni House, is the home of the Harcum College Alumni Association and houses the alumni archives and a collection of memorabilia The Office o f D e ve l o p m e n t , p a r t o f t h e O f f i c e o f I n s t i t u t i o n a l Ad va n c e m e n t i s l o c a t e d i n Bedford
T h e Ke v i n D M a r l o L i t t l e T h e a t re i s Harcum’s multipurpose facility to enhance the student academic experience and is used for classes, lectures, meetings, arts perform ances, and art shows
Local educators visit to lecture and regularly participate in Harcum’s academic programs Many business, medical, and scientific research establishments in the region provide sites for Harcum students’ clinical and practicum expe riences
When a Harcum graduate receives an asso ciate’s degree in arts or science, he or she is prepared to assume a position of responsibility in the business or professional world or may continue on to pursue a baccalaureate degree at a four year institution
B r y n M a w r a n d n e a r b y A rd m o re o f f e r many restaurants, shops, theaters, music ven ues, and places for students to meet and social ize
Criminal Justice
The Abram and Goldie Cohen Dental Clinic was built in 1970 and renovated in 2013 14 It h o u s e s t h e D e n ta l A s s i s t i n g a n d D e n ta l Hygiene Programs The center consists of clin ical operatories, digital radiology rooms, a lab oratory, and conference rooms The Philip and Esther Klein Hall houses resident students, the Dean of Student Life, Office of Campus Activities, the Counseling Center, the Dining H a l l a n d D i n i n g S e r v i c e s, t h e D i re c to r o f Campus Safety, the Student Health Center, Gymnasium, and the Fitness Center
Center for Art and Design
Medical Laboratory Technology Nursing
In 1955, the Pennsylvania State Council of Education authorized Harcum College to con fer degrees of associate in arts and associate in science.
Beginning in August 2019 Harcum College began holding classes in the Art & Design Center located at 270 S Bryn Mawr Avenue The building is the new home and collaborative wo r k s p a c e fo r G ra p h i c D e s i g n , Fa s h i o n D e s i g n , Fa s h i o n M e rc h a n d i s i n g , I n t e r i o r Design, and Photography degree programs
Location
Final Grades Due by Noon Wednesday October 19 Fall Break Begins Wed Fri October 19 21
• Business Management
• Human Services
2022-2023 Academic Calendar
Mon Fri November 21 25 Classes Resume at 5:30 pm Monday November 28 Last Day of Classes Thursday December 15
Add/Drop Period Ends Tuesday January 31 Mid Term Grades Due Tuesday February 07
Final Grades Due by Noon Friday March 10
STARTING AUGUST 29, 2022 • Partnership Sites
• Behavioral Health Science
Degree Programs offered at Partnership Sites
New Student Orientation Tuesday January 10 MLK Day (College Closed) Monday January 16 Classes Begin at 5:30 pm Tuesday January 17
Tuesday August 23 Classes Begin at 5:30 pm Monday August 29 Labor Day Holiday (No Classes) Monday September 05 Add/Drop Period Ends Monday September 12 Mid Term Grades Due Tuesday September 20 Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Monday September 26 Homecoming Saturday October 08
Mid Term Grades Due Tuesday April 04 Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Monday April 10 Open Registration Tuesday April 18 Last Day of Classes Thursday April 27
Fall I Semester 2022
Spring I Semester 2023
• Animal Center Management
• Criminal Justice
Open Registration Monday November 07 Mid Term Grades Due Monday November 14 Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Friday November 18 Thanksgiving Recess (No Classes)
New Student Orientation
The programs offer affordable tuition and convenient evening courses, which meet twice a week The programs are fully accredited by t h e M i d d l e S ta t e s C o m m i s s i o n o n H i g h e r Education through Harcum College Students participating in the programs are fully matric ulated students of Harcum College and their degree is awarded by Harcum College The programs encompass the key elements nec essary for success, enabling the graduate to address the complexities of today’s workforce
Wednesday March 08 Classes Resume Monday March 13 Add/Drop Period Ends Thursday March 23 Pre Registration for Fall 2023
Partnership Sites
• Early Childhood Education
In 2005, Harcum College, in collaboration with I LEAD, Inc , a community based non profit that works to improve local quality of life by helping to strengthen citizens as effec tive community leaders, launched the first associate’s degree program. Since then, addi tional majors and locations have been added in southeastern Pennsylvania The growth of t h e d e g re e p ro g ra m s i s l a rg e l y d u e to t h i s unique initiative These organizations are located throughout the region, bringing the opportunity of higher education to residents of some of the Commonwealth’s most chal lenged communities In North Philadelphia, Harcum College and I LEAD, Inc. have part n e re d w i t h C o n g re s o d e L a t i n o s U n i d o s Congreso is a nationally recognized commu nity based non profit organization that prima rily serves the neighborhoods of eastern North Philadelphia
Mon Fri October 24 28 Add/Drop Ends Friday November 04
Last Day to Withdraw with a “W” Monday February 13 Last Day of Classes Monday March 06
Final Grades Due by Noon Monday May 01 Commencement
New Student Orientation
Tuesday October 18 Classes Resume Monday October 24 Pre Registration for Spring 2023
New Student Orientation
For questions about specific locations or to apply for admission, contact Sue Miller at 267 244 2651 or email apply@harcum edu
Final Grades Due by Noon Monday December 19
Last Day of Classes Tuesday October 18
Mon Fri March 27 31
Saturday May 13
Spring II Semester 2023
Fall II Semester 2022
8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Joint Review Commission on Education in Radiologic Technology
• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
e C o l l e g e i s a p p ro ve d fo r Na t i o n a l D i re c t
• Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association (CAPTE)
Right to Modify
In addition, Harcum’s Allied Health pro grams are accredited on an individual basis by the following organizations:
c c e p t
V i s
• American Veterinary Medical Association, Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities
• Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN)
Changes are necessary from time to time in both academic and financial matters No statements in this Catalog are to be considered a n i r re vo c a b l e c o n t ra c t b e t we e n H a rc u m College and users of this Catalog Harcum College reserves the right to change any pro vision or requirement at any time during the period that this Catalog is effective
Visas and Loans
) T
n t
• Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (NAACLS)
Title IX Statement
Pursuant to the requirement of Title IX of t h e e d u c a t i o n a m e n d m e n t s o f 1 9 7 2 , t h e College does not discriminate on the basis of gender in any educational program or activity or in admissions or employment
• National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC)
Accreditation
Harcum College is fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Edu cation (MSCHE)
• American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation
MSCHE is located at: M i d d l e S ta t e s C o m m i s s i o n o n H i g h e r Education 3624 Market Street Philadelphia, PA 19104 2680 267 284 5029 www msche org
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9
The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportu nity, and affirmative action laws, orders, and regulations For more information, contact the Office of Human Resources, Melville Hall, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010, 610 526 6012
Equal Opportunity
• The Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA)
Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such, does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification
Harcum College is permitted by the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service to a fo d e s ( F 1 a h Education Act Student Loans
re i g n s t u
1 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Student Life
Student Profile
Residence Life
The Office of Campus Safety strives to pro vide a safe and secure environment for all Bryn Mawr students, faculty, and staff of the H a rc u m c o m m u n i t y T h i s g o a l i s a c c o m plished through a collaborative and integrated safety and security program intended to benefit everyone as they live, study, work, and play on our campus Campus Safety is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at 610 526 6099 It is recommended that students, faculty, and staff enter this number into their phones
• Serving as a resource to the College community about students, their development, and their needs
Dining Services
• Empowering students to develop morally, socially, and academically by providing an atmosphere of accountability
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1
Re s i d e n t i a l l i f e a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e i s designed to extend the possibilities for learning outside the traditional classroom Staff provide a n e n v i ro n m e n t t h a t p ro m o t e s l i v i n g a n d learning opportunities for individual growth and development, a strong sense of commu nity, and responsibility for self and others in the residential environment
Students interested in living on campus m u s t s u b m i t a s e p a ra t e Re s i d e n c e L i f e Application and deposit, and exhibit the matu rity to live independently
Campus Safety
T h e S t u d e n t L i f e s ta f f c h a l l e n g e s a n d encourages each student to explore and dis cover personal values and to use that knowl edge to establish and meet academic, career, and life goals.
Residential students are required to submit verification from their physician that they received the following immunizations: M M R ( M e a s l e s, M u m p s, a n d Ru b e l l a ) a n d Meningococcal Quadrivalent (Serogroups A, C, Y, and W 135), as well as the COVID 19 vac cine. The following immunizations are rec ommended, but not required, for residential s t u d e n t s : Po l i o , Va r i c e l l a ( C h i c ke n Pox ) , Hepatitis B, and Tetanus Diphtheria Pertussis Please access the required form from the web s i t e a t h a rc u m e d u / h o u s i n g a p p l i c a t i o n Students will not be permitted to move into their residence hall room until proper immu n i za t i o n d o c u m e n ta t i o n a n d re c o rd s a re received. Questions about immunizations or to submit immunization records should be directed to immunizations@harcum edu Residential students are expected to carry a full course load of at least 12 credit hours per semester They must verify with Financial Aid and Student Accounts that they have suf ficient funds to cover living in Harcum’s res i d e n c e h a l l s a n d m a ke a $ 2 0 0 d e p o s i t To remain in residence as a part time student, special permission must be obtained from the Office of Student Life Residence Life may be contacted at 610 526 6092
Harcum’s enrollment consists of approx imately 1,000 co educational students Most students are from Pennsylvania and neigh boring states, but many other regions are rep re s e n t e d I n t e r n a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s, s o m e o f w h o m e n ro l l i n t h e E n g l i s h L a n g u a g e Academy, are members of the Harcum com munity Harcum’s student population ranges greatly in age, from the traditional student from high school to the adult student changing careers or attending college for the first time
Break Closing
The Department of Student Life embraces the mission of the College by empowering students to reach the goal of participative cit izenship and a fulfilling life by providing serv ices, programs, and resources in support of academic, professional, and personal growth Student Life staff strive to work collaboratively with all departments to foster an inclusive community which develops students holisti cally through reinforcing civility, integrity, and respect for diversity In collaboration with the entire College community, Student Life commits to this mission by:
The College’s buildings and residence halls are closed during all break periods Resident students must vacate the residence hall during the Thanksgiving, mid semester/winter, and spring breaks For dates, consult the academic calendar at www harcum edu/calendar, or call Campus Safety at 610 526 6099
All resident students must participate in the College’s resident student meal plan which consists of 19 meals per week Refunds are not given for missed meals Special diets can be accommodated by contacting the Sodexo General Manager, Timothy Flynn, at 215 460 8180, or tflynn@harcum.edu. For more infor mation about the Klein Dining Hall, including hours and menus, visit https://harcum sodex omyway com/
Student Life
The dining hall in Klein Hall is open to the entire Harcum community Resident students must present their valid student I D at all meals Commuter students and guests must pay for each meal or purchase a meal card. Dining Services may be contacted at 610 525 6262
• Challenging ourselves to consistently evaluate divisional effectiveness by implementation of routine assessment to identify student needs and satisfaction with program and service offerings
• Encouraging students to advocate for themselves and others, as we advocate for them, with respect to diversity and the promotion of civility in their current lives as well as their future communities
The residential experience offers a climate that stimulates, nurtures, and challenges the individual Students are encouraged to par ticipate actively in building a community of faculty, staff, and peers
To be considered for membership, students must have earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3 5 and have completed at least 15 hours of college level classes at Harcum College
Campus Activities
T h e S t u d e n t G o ve r n m e n t A s s o c i a t i o n (SGA) responds to the needs of and represents all Harcum students Harcum recognizes the importance of developing responsible citizens and encourages students to apply to participate in the SGA Through the SGA, students join with faculty, staff, and administrators to offer solutions It is the SGA’s mission to establish and maintain high standards of spirit, honor, integrity, and loyalty SGA members represent the entire student body and respond to stu dents’ interests and to academic and social concerns For more information, visit www har cum edu/sga
H a rc u m C o l l e g e ’ s p ro g ra m s a n d B r y n Mawr location attract many commuting stu dents from the tri state area Commuting stu d e n t s a re e n c o u ra g e d to p a r t i c i p a t e i n a l l C o l l e g e s p o n s o re d f u n c t i o n s a n d e ve n t s, including the Student Government Association and student organizations The Commuter Lounge, located next to the Campus Store on the lower level of the Academic Center, is avail able to all commuter students for quiet social izing or studying Commuting students are encouraged to use the dining facilities in Klein Hall and may purchase meal tickets in the Dining Hall or pay the per meal price upon entry
Student Government Association
Service Learning
Every Harcum student is encouraged to participate in the many community service and service learning experiences available at Harcum College Service learning provides students with the opportunity to make the i m p o r ta n t c o n n e c t i o n b e t we e n a c a d e m i c coursework and service in the community. Service learning projects can be initiated in schools or local community organizations; they can also be tailored to the students’ inter ests and curriculum objectives These oppor tunities for volunteerism can be arranged for individuals or groups of students
The Office of Campus Activities is located in Room 207 of Klein Hall, or contact the office at 610 526 6038 or via email at campusactivi ties@harcum edu
Educational, community service, and social events are an important part of the Harcum College experience Students play an integral role in the selection of events.
Harcum College inducts eligible students into the Iota Kappa chapter of Phi Theta Kappa (PTK) honor society Selection for membership to Phi Theta Kappa is considered one of the highest honors a Harcum student can receive Students are chosen for Phi Theta Kappa based on their academic achievement
Student Organizations
The Dean of Student Life, Residence Life, Admissions, and Office of Campus Activities are responsible for providing student leader ship opportunities These opportunities allow students to develop a range of paraprofessional, transferable skills they can use as they assume leadership positions in their chosen professions and within their communities
For more information, contact the Office of Campus Activities at campusactivities@har cum edu or 610 526 6038
The Office of Campus Activities (OCA) is committed to the development and growth of our students by providing a wide variety of co curricular experiences. OCA is designed to c o m p l e m e n t t h e a c a d e m i c m i s s i o n o f Harcum College by partnering with faculty to provide opportunities to meet the diverse developmental and educational needs of our students OCA strives to foster an environment that cultivates student learning through inten tional leadership, social, educational, enter tainment, and service programs that promote student success. OCA implements in person and hybrid engagement opportunities that serve the Harcum College community, and communicates these programs to the student body through weekly email newsletters deliv ered throughout the fall and spring semesters
The Office of Campus Activities formally recognizes student organizations. Harcum College offers a variety of organizations to fulfill academic, artistic, and personal interests Many of the student organizations aim to help students learn more about their chosen pro fessions and future career options Additionally, students are encouraged to create a student organization during any point of the academic year
1 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Commuting Students
Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society
PTK is the International Honor Society of two year colleges. The mission of PTK is to recognize and encourage scholarship and com munity service among two year college stu dents
The documentation will assist and guide in providing the most effective and appropriate strategies and accommodations for the student Guidelines for documentation can be obtained from the Director of Disability Services
Informal Settlement of Grievance
Disability Support Services can be reached at 610 526 6036
1 Request for a Hearing: Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the results of the informal settlement, the student seeking relief from Harcum College may file a written griev ance The letter should state the nature of the grievance and the action or relief sought Written requests should be submitted by email to the Vice President of Academic A f fa i rs w i t h a c o p y to t h e D i re c to r o f Disability Services
The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops. A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles, and identify strategies to promote learn ing success The Office of Disability Services is located in the lower level of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus
It is the goal of Harcum College to settle any and all grievance matters with disabled students in an informal way. Upon receipt of a written grievance by any disabled student with a grievance involving a disability issue, the grievance will be submitted for review to the Director of Disability Services This person will then meet with the student complaining (hereinafter “grievant”) at a time, date, and place convenient to both parties The person hearing the grievance must always be someone other than the person who took the action resulting in the grievance Both parties shall present any and all evidence and statements pertaining to the current grievance All state ments and evidence shall be held in strictest confidence by both parties After the meeting fo r i n fo r m a l s e t t l e m e n t , t h e D i re c to r o f Disability Services will issue a decision within 10 working days in writing
Disability Services
Procedures to Commence a Formal Grievance Hearing
Office of Disability Services
The student must declare and document his or her disability to the College to receive accommodations or special services By law, the College is not responsible for making spe cial accommodations for a student who has not declared and documented his or her dis ability It is recommended that current and a p p ro p r i a t e d o c u m e n ta t i o n b e s e n t a f t e r College acceptance, but in advance of matric ulation The student is responsible for arrang i n g a n a p p o i n t m e n t w i t h t h e D i re c to r o f Disability Services to initiate the services Disclosure of a disability is confidential unless the student provides the Director of Disability Services with written authorization to release information This process is also required for placement testing and field site accommoda tions
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3
The purpose of these procedures is to settle any and all grievances which may be raised by a disabled student. A student is an individual accepted into a college program These pro cedures are designed to meet the requirements for grievance procedures as set forth in the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended
If the informal procedures fail to satisfy t h e d i s p u t e, t h e fo r m a l h e a r i n g p ro c e s s becomes available to all disabled students who have a grievance concerning a disability issue that may also be the subject of a complaint under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended The following are the steps to be followed under the formal grievance pro cedure:
3 Hearing Prerequisite: In order to qualify for a formal 504 Grievance Hearing, the grievant must waive an informal hearing or have participated in the informal settle ment procedure outlined above If the griev ant can show just cause why he/she did not participate or request informal settle ment under the provisions above, then the Director of Disability Services may waive this requirement
Within the written decision of the informal settlement, the grievant will also be advised that he/she may request a commencement of formal grievance proceeding upon request
I n a c c o rd a n c e w i t h S e c t i o n 5 0 4 o f t h e Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992, Harcum College will provide appropriate and reasonable accom modations, which allow equal access to its educational programs Students with docu mented disabilities are encouraged to provide d o c u m e n ta t i o n to t h e O f f i c e o f D i s a b i l i t y Services Disability Services will review and consider documentation created by a licensed professional who has diagnosed the disability and whose reports are dated within three years of acceptance to Harcum College.
2 Failure to Request a Hearing: Anyone who is covered under this policy waives his or h e r r i g h t to a h e a r i n g i f h e / s h e h a s n o t requested a hearing within the noted time frames in #1 Other rights to file a complaint under the relief granted by the terms of the 1988 Amendments of Fair Housing Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, are not waived
Section 504 Grievance Procedures Introduction
4 Location and Time of Hearing: The location a n d t i m e o f t h e h e a r i n g s h a l l b e j o i n t l y agreed upon by all parties involved Every effort shall be made to locate the hearing in a fully accessible location
• Dealing with anger
Career & Transfer Services assists students and alumni with their career development t h ro u g h t h e c a re e r m a n a g e m e n t s y s t e m , College Central. Group workshops and indi vidual career coaching sessions are also offered to help students and alumni focus on career exploration, resume writing, gaining profes sional experience, and job searching strategies We also offer a free Career Closet that provides students and alumni with gently used donated professional clothing Job postings for part time and full time employment are available at harcum.edu/careertransfer.
Students that are interested in transferring to a four year college or university can access transfer resources 24 hours a day, seven days a week Career & Transfer professional staff are available to assist students in the college selection process, application procedures, and c o l l e g e e s s a y w r i t i n g C a re e r & Tra n s f e r Services also hosts Transfer Fairs during the fall and spring semesters. The Office has gen erated several articulation agreements with four year colleges and universities Resources related to the transfer process can be found at harcum edu/transferresources
Information or assistance related to a par ticular health problem or question are confi dentially discussed
• College transition/homesickness
• Academic concerns (student /faculty mediation)
• Depression
All Career & Transfer Services resources and information about upcoming events can be found at harcum edu/careertransfer Career a n d Tra n s f e r S e r v i c e s i s l o c a t e d i n t h e Academic Center on the first floor, Room 110. The departmental email address is career transfer@harcum edu The Career & Transfer Services team can also be reached at 610 526 6047
• Self esteem and self worth
• Grief and loss (death, loss of a relationship, loss of a way of life)
Counseling Services provides students with mental, emotional, and behavioral health serv ices and resources that support their needs Individual counseling sessions are provided confidentially Groups and workshops can also be offered according to students’ needs These issues include, but are not limited to the following:
Career & Transfer Services
1 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Dealing with failure or success
The Health Center is open during the fall and spring semesters Appointments are not necessary, but encouraged Telehealth appoint ments are also available All students are treat ed under the direction of the College Certified Registered Nurse Practitioner
• Anxiety/frustration/loneliness
Students wishing to reside in the residence halls while attending Harcum College must submit at least four (4) weeks prior to move in day a record of meningitis and M.M.R. vac cine documentation, as well as proof of the COVID 19 vaccine Any questions, please con tact the Health Center at 610 526 6090 or via email at varonov schwartz@harcum edu
Referrals can be made by students, staff, faculty, and families, and anonymity will be utilized when applicable
• Culture shock (environment, ethnicity, race, class)
Counseling Services works closely with the Harcum community to assist students with their social, emotional, and academic needs Referrals are made to local community resources when appropriate. A counselor is available by phone to address any issues that may arise after scheduled office hours Contact Counseling Services at 610 526 6045 or 610 212 4587 (cell/text) to schedule an appoint ment, or for any questions or concerns You can find more information about Counseling Services at harcum edu/counselingservices
• Trauma/post traumatic stress/abuse, assault
Student Health Services
• Relationships (family, roommate, faculty, partners, friends, etc )
The Health Center is located on the first floor of Klein Hall Its mission is to serve the health and wellness needs of all Harcum stu dents by providing quality health care, health education, and preventative services in a caring and convenient manner at minimal cost The Health Center provides evaluation and treat ment of illness and injury and is a valuable resource for health related learning
Counseling Services
• Alumni Ambassador Committee assist the College in attracting students with the greatest potential for a successful and satisfying Harcum College experience Promote Harcum, share personal experiences and recommend Harcum to prospective students, family, friends and associates.
Institutional Advancement also seeks sup port for Harcum programs and initiatives by way of legacy gifts through wills, estates, and other planned giving vehicles as well as cor porate and foundation gifts through corporate sponsorships and grants
Alumni Relations
• Events and Affinity Programs Committee develop opportunities to enhance existing events and build new events and programming to encourage alumni participation and engagement
• The HCAA Board of Directors, an elected and appointed board of alumni who work to advance the mission of Harcum College, engage and energize the alumni community, and support current students
• Access to the Office of Career and Transfer Services including Purple Briefcase
• Recent Graduate Committee develop outreach strategies to engage graduates of the ten most recent classes
The hours of operation are Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a m 5:30 p m and Friday 9:00 a m to 5:00 p m Acceptable methods of p a y m e n t i n c l u d e c a s h , D I S C OV E R , MasterCard, VISA, American Express, and A p p l e Pa y C h e c k s a re n o t a c c e p t e d T h e Campus Store can be reached at 610 526 6041
Post Office/Student Mailboxes
Institutional Advancement leads and directs Harcum’s development efforts Thanks to the generosity of alumni, trustees, and friends, Harcum keeps annual tuition increases to a minimum Gifts and grants fund improve ments to facilities, programs, and support stu dent financial aid
For more information, please contact the Office of Institutional Advancement at 610 5 2 6 6 0 6 0 o r a d va n c e m e n t @ h a rc u m e d u Alumni and friends are welcome to visit the o f f i c e s i n B e d fo rd H a l l o n H a rc u m ’ s B r y n Mawr Campus
The Harcum Fund is the College’s annual fund program The Harcum Fund directly supports current students by providing funding for the College’s areas of greatest need includ ing scholarship support
I n s t i t u t i o n a l Ad va n c e m e n t i n c l u d e s Alumni Relations, Annual Giving, Major Gifts, Fo u n d a t i o n s a n d G ra n t s, P l a n n e d G i v i n g , Development and Alumni Communication, and Stewardship
• Subscription to Patches alumni magazine and Bear Essentials, Harcum’s e newsletter
Vo l u n t e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s t h ro u g h t h e Harcum College Alumni Association (HCAA) include:
• Invitations to Homecoming, Class and Program reunions, networking events, Continuing Education Programs, and the annual Kevin D Marlo Golf and Tennis Classic Scholarship fundraising event
The Office of Institutional Advancement supports the College’s mission and Strategic Plan, which prioritizes securing funding oppor tunities to benefit our students and the Harcum community Institutional Advancement keeps alumni, students, trustees, staff, and friends connected through events and communication and serves as a networking bridge between students and alumni prior to and following graduation
The Harcum Campus Store is located on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus, in the lower level of the Academic Center The Store pro vides the college community with a means to order textbooks via an online partner The Store also sells Harcum merchandise, school supplies, and other novelties There is a coffee bar, TV lounge, and Internet accessible com puters
A limited number of mailboxes are available for commuting students Commuters who desire a mailbox should contact the Office of Residence Life at 610 526 6092
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 5
Fundraising
Harcum Campus Store
All residential students have the option to use a mailbox Incoming and campus mail is p l a c e d i n s t u d e n t m a i l b oxe s a n d s t u d e n t s should check their mailboxes regularly When a package is received, an email noti fication will be sent to the student. The noti fication will include the designated hours for pick up All parcels must be mailed from the Bryn Mawr Post Office Registered or certified mail must be picked up at the Bryn Mawr Post Office
Security Reports
Office of Institutional Advancement
The Harcum Campus Store also has an offi cial online apparel store at harcumgear com There you can shop and show off your Bear Pride!
The Campus Post Office is located on the ground level of the Academic Center, near the Campus Store and is open Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. For U.S. postal information, contact the Bryn Mawr Post Office at 610 525 2374
Harcum’s Annual Security & Fire Safety re p o r t i s a va i l a b l e t h ro u g h t h e O f f i c e o f Campus Safety, located in Klein Hall, or on t h e H a rc u m C o l l e g e we b s i t e a t www harcum edu/crimestats For more infor mation, contact the Office of Campus Safety at 610 526 6099
Harcum College graduates join a network of over 11,000 alumni, and enjoy a variety of benefits and programs, including:
Athletics 1 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Athletic Facts
• Colors: Purple and White
• Sports: Basketball (Men & Women), Jr Varsity Basketball (Men), Cross Country (Men & Women), Indoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Outdoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Soccer (Men & Women), Volleyball (Women)
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 7
Harcum College currently offers eleven intercollegiate sports which compete in Region 19 (Eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and D e l a wa re ) o f t h e Na t i o n a l J u n i o r C o l l e g e Athletic Association Men’s basketball, men’s and women’s soccer, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s indoor track & field, and men’s and women’s outdoor track & f i e l d c o m p e t e a t t h e D i v i s i o n I l e ve l Women’s basketball and volleyball compete at the Division II level
Athletes must be full time students who have not exhausted their collegiate athletic eligibility and who are eligible to compete and receive athletic aid for two seasons while at Harcum College Students who participate in va rs i t y a t h l e t i c s fo r t wo s e a s o n s a re n o t required to take additional physical education classes for credit Academic eligibility require ments are stipulated by the NJCAA For infor mation, please contact the Athletic Director, or go to www.harcum.edu/athletics.
• Mascot: Hatcher the Bear
Harcum Athletic Teams
• Contact: J J DeTemple, Athletic Director, 610 639 4254 jjdetemple@harcum edu
Admissions
1 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Official college transcripts from all regionally accredited colleges attended, if applicable
• Letter(s) of recommendation from an employer, teacher, guidance counselor, etc. Two (2) letters of recommendation are required for the Nursing Program
S t u d e n t s w h o s e n a t i ve l a n g u a g e i s n o t English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.
All applicants to Harcum College should submit the following:
Exemptions:
Internet based test: 61 Computer based test: 173 Paper based test: 500 IELTS: 5 5 band score DET: 90
Applicants are encouraged to schedule a visit to the College, tour the regional campus and/or site they are interested in attending, and learn more about programs of interest with an enrollment counselor The visit is a critical part of the admissions process for Bryn Mawr campus students, and is recommended for all Partnership Site and hybrid students, as it helps to determine the best course of action for the prospective student to achieve his or her goals
• A typed personal essay that includes why you are choosing your desired major
• TOEFL/IELTS/DET (Duolingo English Test) Scores Students whose native language is not English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.
Applicants will be notified within 10 work ing days usually sooner of a decision and o f a n y c o n d i t i o n s n e c e s s a r y fo r e n t r y . Prospective students are advised to apply as early as possible to ensure admission to the program of choice
• A completed Harcum College application form The online application can be completed by going to www harcum edu and clicking on “Apply Now” in the navigation bar of the home page
• A minimum SAT or ACT score: Minimum ACT English score of 20 or minimum SAT Critical Reading score of 500 (old), or minimum SAT Reading score of 560 (new)
Harcum College accepts students from a wide range of schools in the United States and abroad The College is open to qualified appli cants of all races, religions, and ethnic back grounds
Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS Scores for Allied Health Programs (Non-Nursing):
Rolling Admission
• Resume (Nursing only)
Harcum College accepts the TOEFL (Test o f E n g l i s h a s a Fo re i g n L a n g u a g e ) , D E T ( D u o l i n g o E n g l i s h Te s t ) , o r I E LTS ( I n t e r national English Language Testing System) as proof of English proficiency
English Language Proficiency and Exemptions
Each applicant’s ability to benefit from a Harcum degree program is carefully consid ered; students whose academic and/or work history indicates a high probability of success will be the strongest candidates
• Application Fee
• Official SAT or ACT scores, if taken (Old) Critical Reading and Math Scores, (New) Evidence based Reading/Writing & Math or ACT Composite score
With a few key exceptions, programs at Harcum College operate under a rolling admis sions policy, which means that the Admissions Committee reviews each application file as s o o n a s i t i s c o m p l e t e T h e exc e p t i o n s a re D e n ta l H y g i e n e, O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra p y A s s i s ta n t , P h y s i c a l T h e ra p i s t A s s i s ta n t , Nursing, and Radiologic Technology. Deadlines for these programs can be found on Harcum’s website, www harcum edu or by calling the Office of Admissions at 610 526 6050
*Nursing students are not eligible for the exemptions Nursing students must submit an accepted score from the TOEFL, DET, or IELTS
Harcum College seeks to provide many possibilities by offering a quality education for career oriented students In keeping with the College’s mission, enrollment counselors treat students holistically and respectfully, valuing the uniqueness of each student’s learn ing style and background
Admission to Harcum College
• Current high school seniors must submit final high school transcripts no later than thirty (30) days following graduation
• Earned a high school diploma from a high school in the United States
Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS Scores for Non-Allied Health Programs:
• Earned a AA, AS or bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited U S college
• Successful completion of Harcum College’s ELA program
Internet based test: 79 Computer based test: 213 Paper based test: 550 IELTS: 6 5 band score DET: 105
• Students from the following countries are exempt from the TOEFL or IELTS Exam: Antigua & Barbuda, Australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda, Canada (except Quebec), Fiji, Grenada, Guyana, Ireland, Jamaica, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Micronesia, New Zealand, St. Kitts & Nevis, St Lucia, St Vincent & the Grenadines, Solomon Islands, Trinidad & Tobago, United Kingdom
Submitting Your Application
• High school transcript and/or GED transcript This requirement is waived for applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree, unless specifically requested
• Earned a B or higher in English 101 and English 102 in a U S college or university along with a minimum of 2 0 GPA in all college coursework
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 9
• The post secondary institution where the credits were earned must be accredited by the appropriate regional accreditation agency
Ac c u p l a c e r c o ve rs m a t h , re a d i n g , a n d English proficiency and helps the College make decisions regarding the proper class level for admitted students and the applicants’ ability to benefit from specific programs
Please be advised that results of a criminal background check may exclude a student from participating in a clinical, internship, and/or field work component of their program This may also preclude a student from meeting degree requirements needed for graduation and/or ability to take certification/licensure exams If accepted, it is the student’s respon sibility to report changes in the status of their criminal background to their program direc tor
• All applicants must submit an official transcript from all previously attended institutions of higher education
Please note: Some majors may have addi tional application requirements, additional standards, and/or prerequisite classes needed for admission, as well as the grades which stu dents should have completed in those classes. Please refer to the descriptions of individual programs in this catalog for more informa tion
• Credit for military training is based on an evaluation by the American Council on Education (ACE) and is the applicant’s responsibility to contact ACE
2 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Transfer Student Policy
Accuplacer is a placement measure that m o s t H a rc u m s t u d e n t s c o m p l e t e a t s o m e p o i n t , s o m e t i m e s b e fo re a d m i s s i o n to t h e College
Please Note: Harcum College has the right to refuse admission or readmission for any student at its discretion Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity and affirmative action laws, orders and regulations
English Language Policy for the Nursing and Occupational Therapy Assistant Programs DET, IELTS Exam
• Comparable core curriculum course(s) may be transferred into Harcum College to help narrow down the range of core courses the applicant must take toward completion of the Associate’s degree Program specific courses will be evaluated and granted credit at the discretion of the program director
• TOEFL Score Requirement: Overall score of at least an 87 and individual section scores as follows: Reading 21, Listening 22, Speaking 23, and Writing 21
Accuplacer Exam
Harcum College welcomes transfer stu dents and is flexible with our transfer credit policy because we understand that many appli cants have invested time and money into pre vious coursework at other accredited colleges
• IELTS Score Requirement: Overall score of at least 6 5 and individual sections scores as follows: Listening 6.5, Reading 6 5, Writing 6, and Speaking 7
Transfer credits may be transferred into Harcum College through official college tran scripts, College Level Examination Program (CLEP) transcripts, Advance Placement exam (AP) transcripts, Child Development Associate Credential (CDA) certification, and American Council on Education (ACE) transcripts Refer to the sections in the college catalog on CDA, CLEP, and AP for more details
• Students who have attended international universities must have their transcripts evaluated (course by course evaluation) by InCRED or a NACES approved agency for all post secondary coursework completed outside the U S prior to submitting an official transcript
• Course(s) to be transferred must be directly relevant to the student’s program of study
Criminal Background Disclosure Statement
or
A l l a p p l i c a n t s w h o a re n o t b o r n i n t h e U n i t e d S ta t e s w i l l b e re q u i re d to ta ke t h e TOEFL,
All applicants seeking to transfer credits from a previously attended institution must meet the criteria and fulfill the requirements stated below
• Duolingo Score Requirement: Overall score of at least 110 and individual scores are TBD
Students who have already completed a college level math or English course with a “C” or better from a regionally accredited insti tution would be waived from taking that por tion of the Accuplacer exam Students will be required to transfer the credits for these cours es See Transfer Student Policy for details
Requirements:
Readmission Policy
• The maximum amount of transfer credits awarded cannot exceed 30 credits (33 credits for Dental Hygiene and Nursing)
• Questions about the application process and about specific Harcum degree programs should be directed to the Office of Admissions
Applicants may receive transfer credits if t h e y h a ve s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a C L E P exam Applicants who have completed a CLEP exam must have the original College Grade Report sent from the College Board to Harcum College CLEP exams for equivalent courses relevant to the applicant’s program of study with a score of 50 or higher may be accepted for transfer
Transfer Appeal Policy and Procedure Appeal Procedures:
• Any additional questions regarding transfer credits should be directed to the Office of Student Records
Matriculated students will not receive trans fer credit for courses taken at another institu tion if the Matriculated Student Request to Attend Non Harcum Courses form is not com pleted PRIOR to the start of the non Harcum course
Advanced Placement Exam AP
• Transfer credits are not included in computing a grade point average and are listed as “TR” grades on the student’s official Harcum transcript
Permission to Complete a Course at Another Institution After Matriculation
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 1
College Level Examination Program – CLEP
A f t e r m a t r i c u l a t i o n , a s t u d e n t h a s t h e option to take six (6) credits at another college and transfer to Harcum, but only up to the a l l o wa b l e 3 0 c re d i t s ( 3 3 c re d i t s fo r D e n ta l Hygiene & Nursing) This is at the discretion a n d a p p ro va l o f t h e p ro g ra m d i re c to r A l l requests must be approved on the Matriculated S t u d e n t Re q u e s t to At t e n d No n H a rc u m Courses form and processed through the Office of Student Records prior to taking the course Also, it is the student’s responsibility to have an official transcript forwarded to the Office of Student Records upon completion of the requested course(s)
If you were previously enrolled at Harcum and have not been in attendance for 2 years or more and left the college in good standing, you are required to submit a new admissions application Students applying for readmission who have attended other colleges and/or uni versities since their most recent enrollment at Harcum must submit an official transcript from each regionally accredited college or university attended to the Admissions Office before a readmission decision can be made Students who have been out of attendance from Harcum for more than 7 years may need to submit all new documentation, as the orig i n a l d o c u m e n t s m a y n o l o n g e r b e o n f i l e However, Harcum College coursework history a n d g ra d e s e a r n e d a re ke p t p e r m a n e n t l y Students must be in good academic and finan cial standing in order to be considered for read mission to Harcum
• Questions about Credit for Life and Career Experience should be directed to the appropriate program director
Attn: Admissions Office, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
II If the issue is not resolved, the student m a y re q u e s t f u r t h e r re v i e w f ro m t h e Registrar.
A l l a p p l i c a t i o n p a c ke t s a n d t ra n s c r i p t s should be sent to: Harcum College
Nine (9) credits may be granted to Early Childhood Education applicants who submit a current CDA certificate These credits can only be awarded for specific Early Childhood Education courses and transferring in addi tional credits may affect the award
High school students who have taken col lege level courses and the advanced placement examinations need to submit their AP exam scores to Harcum College Applicants who have achieved a score of three (3) or higher are eligible for consideration for transfer cred it
Simply submit official transcripts from all previous coursework as part of the admissions process Once accepted into a Harcum College degree program, the transcripts will be eval uated for applicable transfer credit The appli cant will receive a copy of the official transfer evaluation with the acceptance materials
III Appeals to the Associate Registrar under item II above must be submitted no later than 90 days after the completion of the initial evaluation
I T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d f i rs t c o n ta c t t h e Associate Registrar in the Office of Student Records to discuss the transfer evaluation results and provide any additional docu mentation needed to assist with the review (for example, an updated transcript, college catalog, syllabus, or other documentation from the sending institution) Appeals to the Associate Registrar must be submitted no later than 30 days after the completion of the initial evaluation
A f t e r c o n f e r r i n g w i t h t h e s t u d e n t , t h e Registrar will present the student’s claim along w i t h a n y a d d i t i o n a l d o c u m e n ta t i o n to t h e appropriate program director for consideration and will communicate the decision to the stu dent in writing within 15 working days during the academic Fall and Spring semesters The decision of the Registrar and/or program direc tor is final
Academic transcripts are evaluated based upon the procedures established in the Transfer Student Policy It is possible that errors in the transfer of credits can occur In the event a student believes an error has occurred, the appeal procedure is as follows:
• The course(s) must have successfully been completed with a grade of “C” or better
How It Works
Child Development Associate Credential CDA
Harcum College expects all degree seeking matriculated students to complete all of their courses at Harcum College unless permission is granted by their program director and the appropriate paperwork is completed
• Mathematics, Sciences, and Computer Science courses completed within the last 10 years may be accepted for transfer credit All other courses do not have an expiration for transfer.
• Veterinary Nursing
Because of these conditions, enrolling for classes under this status is simplified Non matriculated students do not follow the tra d i t i o n a l a d m i s s i o n re q u i re m e n t s o f matriculated students. The non matriculated student status is designed to allow any inter ested individual to attend college credit courses without declaring a major or seeking a degree
If readmitted, you will fall under the pro gram requirements and transfer credit policies as outlined in the Harcum catalog at the time of your readmission This may mean that the courses needed to complete your program have changed, which may require you to take additional courses in order to graduate Also, depending on the length of time the student has been out, repetition of courses may be required by the department or program
• Radiologic Technology
• An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U S high school diploma
Changing Programs/Majors
The College reserves the right to limit read missions on the basis of projected enrollment figures and the availability of space
Student Records Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if appli cable, will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned
• Occupational Therapy Assistant
Current students planning to change from one degree program to another degree program must receive approval from their current advi sor, advisor of the new proposed major, and VP of Academic Affairs If approval is granted by all parties, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the Office of Student Records Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if appli cable will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned Please note, changing d e g re e p ro g ra m s ( m a j o r ) m a y i m p a c t t h e length of time to graduation and financial standing Students are also advised to meet with their financial aid counselor to discuss any potential impact to their financial aid and tuition payments as a result of the change of major.
This status is reserved for students who are not seeking a degree or certificate at the time of admission, are not interested in receiv ing federal or institutional financial aid, and who wish to waive placement testing and aca demi c a dv i sement wh i c h wo u l d no rma l l y determine the appropriateness of their courses for degree fulfillment or transfer credit
Non matriculated students are limited to a total of 15 credits in this status and must c o m p l e t e t h e No n M a t r i c u l a t e d S ta t u s Application before registering If a student wishes to continue courses at the College, they w i l l n e e d to a p p l y fo r m a t r i c u l a t e d s ta t u s through the appropriate admissions process
• A course by course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES approved agency for all post secondary coursework completed outside the U S
Important Note: Current students who wish to change their program (major) to one of the following programs must reapply by submitting a new admissions application by the appropriate deadline Admission to these p ro g ra m s i s c o m p e t i t i ve a n d a c c e p ta n c e and/or change of program is not guaranteed Once a decision is made, the college will notify you in writing of your admission decision. If accepted, a Change of Program form must be c o m p l e t e d a n d s u b m i t t e d to t h e O f f i c e o f
• Harcum entrance examinations demonstrating English proficiency
• Dental Hygiene
For immigration and financial aid infor mation, please see the Center for International Programs section (or call the Center at 610 5 2 6 611 8 ) S e e y o u r p ro g ra m d i re c to r fo r requirements specific to your program
Non-Matriculated Student Policy
International Students
• Nursing
• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or IELTS scores for all students for whom English is a second language Harcum’s institutional code number is 2287 Students who are unable to demonstrate English proficiency will still be considered for acceptance, but may need to enroll in English Language Academy courses
• Financial documentation in the form of an official bank letter (on letterhead) stating the amount of funds in the account, and a letter of support from the sponsor are required before the Form I 20 for the F 1 student visa can be issued
• Physical Therapist Assistant
2 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Admission to non matriculated status does not constitute admission to a degree program and does not guarantee enrollment in a par t i c u l a r c o u rs e, a s s o m e o f t h e c o u rs e s a t Harcum College are restricted to degree stu dents and/or require specific prerequisites.
International students applying for admis sion to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:
•An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U S high school diploma
• A course by course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES certified organization for all post secondary coursework completed outside the US
• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), Duolingo, or IELTS scores for all students who were born outside the United States See English Language Proficiency and Exemptions Policy for details
Permanent Resident Students
An articulation agreement is a formal agree ment that allows credits earned in specific Harcum College programs to be accepted at another college or university
Students planning to transfer to four year institutions after graduation from Harcum College are urged to familiarize themselves with the transfer process and to select one or more institutions early in their second year to which they may wish to apply For infor mation on Harcum’s four year educational partners, go to www harcum edu/articula tions
• Copy of Permanent Resident Card
Permanent resident students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:
Documents below are required if secondary and/or post secondary coursework was completed outside the United States:
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 3
Articulation with Four-Year Institutions
Tuition and Financial Aid
2 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Total Cost for Full time Enrollment & Double Room/Board $39,040/year (plus fees)
Senior Citizen (65 years and older) $150/credit Non matriculated/ based on space availability
Veterinary Nursing, Radiologic Technology, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapist Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Nursing
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 5
Fees subject to change.
$6,600/semester or $13,200/year
(Includes room occupancy and meal plan)
Tuition Deposit $200 (non refundable)
$470/week $3,290/7 weeks
$45/semester, $25 summer, $10 each additional
Students who wish to park a vehicle on campus must purchase a Parking Permit online or in the Student Accounts Office, located in Melville Hall
Payments can be made through Self Service using a credit/debit card or bank account. All p a y m e n t s m a d e t h ro u g h S e l f S e r v i c e w i l l immediately post to the student’s account Additionally, payments can be made by visiting the Office of Student Accounts or by mailing a check or money order There is a non refund able convenience fee of 2 75% applied when making a credit/debit card payment through Self Service Students who do not wish to pay with a credit card may use a checking or sav ings account to make payments online or can pay in person by visiting the Office of Student Accounts
$300/semester (Vet Nursing, Rad Tech, OTA, PTA, Nursing)
Continuing and Professional Studies
Tuition, Fees, and Refund Policy
TUITION
Please call 610 526 6100 for pricing
Double
Single (if available)
Damage Deposit
$100 (returning resident)
$5,600/semester or $11,200/year
Part time Tuition $1,035/credit (excludes PTA part time evening) (does not include books and fees)
Technology Fee $200/semester
SUMMER SESSIONS
Holds
Collection of Delinquent Accounts
Harcum College reserves the right to trans fer delinquent accounts to a contracted col lection agency or attorney At which time, the student is responsible for the principal account balance and all fees, expenses, and costs result ing from collections or litigation at a maximum of 33.3%. Additionally, the account may be reported to one or more of the national credit bureaus
Housing Deposit $200 (non refundable)
ROOM AND BOARD
Full time tuition (12 18 credits) $13,920/semester $27,840/year (does not include books/fees)
Audit Fee
Room Reservation Deposit
Health Insurance
ALLIED HEALTH PROGRAMS (part time tuition)
Returned Check Charge $45/check
Parking Fee
The College does not provide health insur ance coverage to students Students are respon sible for providing their own health insurance, whether by parent/guardian’s health coverage or by their own election into a plan
Any student whose balance is not paid in full or who is not current on the payment plan w i l l h a ve a f i n a n c i a l H o l d p l a c e d o n t h e i r account During this time, the student is unable to view grades, register for future courses, par ticipate in Commencement, and obtain tran scripts or a diploma
Application Fee $50 (non refundable)
Late Registration Fee $100
Testing Fee
Part-time tuition (less than 11 credits) $890/credit (does not include books/fees)
Summer Sessions Room & Board
$200 (Refundable after final semester damage report)
MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND DEPOSITS
Parking Permit
The Office of Student Accounts handles a l l b i l l i n g a n d b i l l i n g re l a t e d i n q u i r i e s fo r tuition, room and board, and any related fees for the College Tuition bills are posted elec tronically to Self Service and are generated on a per semester basis Bills for the fall semes ter are posted in July and bills for the spring a re p o sted i n No vemb er Bi l l s ma y a l so b e o b ta i ned b y v i si ti ng th e S tu dent Ac c o u nts Office Bills will continue to be posted on a monthly basis for those students carrying a balance Failure to view or obtain a bill does not exclude students from paying their tuition balance
TUITION BILLING & PAYMENTS
Students enrolled at the Bryn Mawr cam pus opting to take more than 18 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $890 per credit. This does not apply to stu dents who are required to take more than 18 credits in a semester by their program's course sequence Students enrolled at a Partnership site opting to take more than 14 credits per semester are charged an over load fee of $890 per credit
To h e l p m a n a g e t u i t i o n p a y m e n t s, t h e College offers an installment plan To enroll i n t h e i n s ta l l m e n t p a y m e n t p l a n s t u d e n t s should log into Self Service and click the enroll link
Tuition for the 2022-23 Academic Year
$4,700/10 weeks
$890/credit
The College may automatically use all or a portion of the student’s post withdrawal dis bursement of grant funds for tuition, fees, and room and board charges (as contracted with the College) The College needs the student’s permission to use the post withdrawal grant disbursement for all other charges If the stu dent does not give permission, the student will be offered the funds However, it may be i n t h e s t u d e n t ’ s b e s t i n t e re s t to a l l o w t h e College to apply the funds to reduce the stu dent’s debt
The Student Accounts Office will review the request and process it within 48 hours
Summer
2 The entire amount of excess funds
Harcum is pleased to offer book vouchers. A b o o k vo u c h e r a l l o ws s t u d e n t s to c h a rg e books to their student account prior to the dis bursement of financial aid Book vouchers may be used at our online bookstore Follet a n d i n o u r C a m p u s S to re T h e m a x i m u m amount of a book voucher is $750 per term To be eligible for a book voucher students must meet the following criteria:
This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework. There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the stu dent remains enrolled in other courses
This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the stu dent remains enrolled in other courses
Recipients of Title IV funding, (Federal grants and loans such as Pell Grant, SEOG, Direct Stafford, and PLUS Loans) who with draw from the college may be required to have all or a portion of their awarded Title IV funds returned to the respective financial aid pro grams
A student is considered to have withdrawn from a semester if the student does not com plete all the days in the semester that the stu d e n t wa s s c h e d u l e d to c o m p l e t e W h e n a s t u d e n t w i t h d ra ws d u r i n g a s e m e s t e r, t h e amount of Title IV program assistance that the student has earned up to that point is deter mined by a specific formula
• Your financial aid award for the upcoming term exceeds the total cost of your tuition and fees
Return of Title IV Funds Policy
Add/Drop Period 100% After Add/Drop No Refund
Refund Policy
Returning Residential Students
If a student must withdraw from the College or is dismissed, the basic refund formula is as follows:
If the student receives (or the College or the parent receives on the student’s behalf) excess Title IV program funds that must be returned, the College must return a portion of the excess equal to the lesser of:
• Your student account is in satisfactory standing
• You must be registered for the upcoming term
2 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
A n y l o a n f u n d s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t m u s t return, the student (or the parent for a PLUS Loan) must repay in accordance with the terms of the promissory note That is, the student (or parent) must make scheduled payments to the holder of the loan over a period of time
To request a book voucher complete the B o o k Vo u c h e r re q u e s t o n l i n e a t www harcum edu/bookvoucher
If the student received (or the school or parent received on the student’s behalf) less assistance than the amount that the student earned, the student may be able to receive those additional funds
1 The student’s institutional charges multi plied by the unearned percentage of the student’s funds, or
Fall/Spring
Date of Percent of Tuition Withdrawal Refunded Add/Drop Period 100% 1st week after Add/Drop 80%
ROOM & BOARD
The College must return this amount even if it did not keep this amount of the student’s Title IV program funds If the College is not required to return all of the excess funds, the student must return the remaining amount
2nd week after Add/Drop 40% After 2nd Week No Refund
Up through the 60% point in each semester, a prorata schedule is used to determine the a m o u n t o f T i t l e I V f u n d s t h e s t u d e n t h a s earned at the time of withdrawal The amount to be returned is dependent upon the number of days the student attended, the cost of the program, and the aid received After the 60% point in the term, a student has earned 100% of the Title IV funds he or she was scheduled to receive during the period
New Residential Students
This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the stu dent remains enrolled in other courses
Ne w re s i d e n t i a l s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o b e charged a one time $200 Damage Deposit on their tuition account, which is refunded to the student minus any unpaid individual or public area damages assessed when the student per manently moves out of the residence halls
All returning students should complete a housing application renewal form and forward a $100 room reservation fee This fee will be credited to the student’s housing and dining bill in the upcoming semester The fee is for feited if the student does not return to housing No housing accommodations will be made after the add/drop date for each term
If the student received more assistance than earned, the excess funds must be returned by the school and/or by the student
• All documents required to disburse your financial aid have been received by the Financial Aid Office
For example, if the student completed 30% of a semester, the student earned 30% of the assistance the student was originally scheduled to receive
All new residential students must complete a new student housing application and are re q u i re d to m a ke a n o n re f u n d a b l e $ 2 0 0 deposit This deposit will ensure the student a space in the residence hall and is credited toward the student’s room and board charges If the new student decides not to move into the residence halls, $100 of this deposit is for feited and the remaining $100 will be credited to the student’s tuition bill If the new student decides not to attend Harcum, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be returned to the student
Book Vouchers
The room and board refund policies follow the tuition refund policy outlined below
If the student did not receive all of the funds that he/she earned, the student may be due a post withdrawal disbursement
If the student’s post withdrawal disburse ment includes loan funds, the College must get the student’s permission before it can dis burse them The student may choose to decline some or all of the loan funds so that the student does not incur additional debt
If the student is eligible to receive a Post Withdrawal Disbursement credited to his/her account, the funds will be credited in the fol lowing order:
T h i s S a t i s fa c to r y Ac a d e m i c P ro g re s s Standard includes a quantitative and qualitative measure of progress
3 Federal Direct PLUS Loan
Pa rti c i p a nts wi l l a l so l ea rn mo re a b o u t Harcum scholarships that are available and H a rc u m ’ s f i n a n c i a l a i d o f f e rs, w h i c h m a y include a combination of grants, loans, and employment opportunities
4 Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loan
All Federal Title IV programs including Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental E d u c a t i o n a l O p p o r t u n i t y G ra n t s ( S E O G ) , Federal Work Study, Federal Stafford Loans, and Federal Parent Loans (PLUS) are impacted by this standard
The requirements for Title IV program funds when a student withdraws are separate from the College’s refund policy indicated pre viously Therefore, a student may still owe funds to the College to cover unpaid institu tional charges The College may also charge the student for any Title IV program funds that were required to be returned
2 Federal SEOG
During these sessions, participants may discuss ways to finance a college education with financial aid professionals
Late Registration/ Payment Fee
3 Federal Subsidized Direct Loan
It is the student’s responsibility to finance h i s/h er edu c a ti o n T h e stu dent sh o u l d b e aware of the cost of tuition, books, and room and board The student is responsible for pay ing the tuition bill or making satisfactory pay ment arrangements with Student Accounts prior to the start of classes
The material that follows describes credit and GPA requirements to retain eligibility, duration of eligibility, and the restoration of eligibility if lost during enrollment
2 Federal Subsidized Direct Loan
The quantitative measure requires that a specific number of completed credits are nec essary each academic year to remain eligible fo r f i n a n c i a l a i d T h e q u a l i ta t i ve m e a s u re requires maintaining a Grade Point Average (GPA) that meets the minimum standard nec essary to maintain Academic Good Standing according to Harcum College policy
Student Aid Programs Impacted by the Standard
Any amount of unearned grant funds that the student must return is called an overpay ment The maximum amount of a grant over payment that the student must repay is half of the grant funds the student received or was scheduled to receive The student does not have to repay a grant overpayment if the orig inal amount of the overpayment is $50 or less The student must make arrangements with the College or the Department of Education to return the unearned grant funds
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 7
If the student is required to return unearned Title IV grant funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the fol lowing order:
Students registering after the start of classes or making final payment after the due date will be assessed a fee of $100
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for Federal Student Aid Standards
1 Federal Pell Grant
If the College is required to return unearned Title IV funds based on the withdrawal calcu lation, they will be returned in the following order:
Student Responsibilities
5 Federal SEOG
The Financial Aid Office at Harcum College is available to help students with financial planning and the process of applying for finan cial aid The Financial Aid Office is located in Melville Hall Students are encouraged to visit the office or to call 610 526 6098 if they need assistance
To p i c s c o ve re d i n c l u d e C o m m i t m e n t a n d Re s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e S t u d e n t a n d Pa re n t , Expectations of the College and the Student, Understanding the Cost of College, and Debt Management and its Consequences
The Financial Aid Office will notify stu dents in writing about their financial aid eli gibility The College is responsible for notifying students of tuition increases and changes in their financial aid packages.
5 Federal Direct PLUS Loan
It is the responsibility of the student to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and to submit all required paperwork requested by the Financial Aid Office Also, if applying for private scholarships, it is the student’s responsibility to submit the scholarship criteria and essays on time The student must also keep the Financial Aid Office informed of any changes in his/her address, telephone number, enrollment status, or other relevant information.
College Responsibilities
Harcum’s Financial Aid Office is required b y f e d e ra l re g u l a t i o n s to m o n i to r s t u d e n t progress toward completion of degree and cer tificate programs at the undergraduate level
Financial Planning
4 Federal Pell Grant
2 Federal SEOG
Financial Planning sessions are also held throughout the year at various campus events
1 Federal Pell Grant
1 Federal Unsubsidized Direct Loan
2 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
All students must receive a passing grade in at least 67% of all credits attempted Passing grades are A, B, C, D, or P I (Incomplete), W (Withdrawal), as well as F (Failure), are NON p a s s i n g , u n s a t i s fa c to r y g ra d e s a n d c o u n t towards credits attempted. Attempted Credits = all credits for which a student registers and receives a grade (including A, B, C, D, P, F, I, W) Repeated courses will be included in credits attempted Credits by Examination will be counted as credits attempted and completed satisfactorily In addition, transfer credits will re d u c e t h e m a x i m u m a t t e m p t e d c re d i t s allowed Courses with grades of AU will not be counted as credits attempted or completed.
Pace of Completion: In addition to main taining a GPA that meets the College minimum re q u i re m e n t s fo r s a t i s fa c to r y a c a d e m i c progress, students are to successfully complete 6 7 % o f t h e c u m u l a t i ve c re d i t s a t t e m p t e d M e a s u re m e n t fo r S a t i s fa c to r y Ac a d e m i c Progress for students is reviewed at the end of each spring semester to determine academic progress and future student aid eligibility Hence, all terms of enrollment at Harcum College, including summer, are included in the measurement.
Students who fall below the required pace of completion and/or the required GPA are considered to be not making satisfactory aca demic progress and are ineligible for Title IV financial aid Regaining eligibility can occur for future semesters once the required number o f d e f i c i e n t c re d i t s h a s b e e n s u c c e s s f u l l y a c h i e ve d a n d / o r t h e G PA h a s r i s e n to t h e required level Students who have withdrawn (for any reason) from the College, may be inel igible for further assistance until satisfactory academic progress has been regained
GPA: A step up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2 0 GPA requirements for graduation Harcum College uses a graduated GPA requirement, allowing a student’s GPA to be lower earlier in the stu dent’s academic career. All students must have a cumulative GPA that falls within the following categories:
Maximum Time Frame to Complete Program
For example, in a program requiring 64 credits to complete, the maximum number of credits that a student is permitted to attempt is 96 If 64 is divided by 96 the result is a pace of 67% If a student earns 67% of the credits attempted in each term, the student should complete the program within the maximum time frame
In the spring, the student enrolls for 18 cred its and earns 15 He/she has a cumulative total of 27 credits The cumulative total of attempted credits is 30 So 27 divided by 30 is a pace of 90% exceeding the 67% pace that is required.
Unsatisfactory Progress
For example, if the student takes 12 credits in fall term and earns 12 credits, the student has earned 100% of the credits attempted
T h i s sta nda rd do es no t a p p l y to tu i ti o n remission for dependents of Harcum College employees, athletic grants, some outside schol arships, and state grants (i e PA State Grants); state agencies awarding state grants establish their own academic standards
Conditions
Satisfactory academic progress also estab lishes a maximum time frame in which stu dents must complete their program of study in order to remain eligible for Title IV funds The maximum time frame for degree com p l e t i o n a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e c a n n o t exc e e d 150% of the published program’s credit length D e t e r m i n i n g i f t h e s t u d e n t h a s m e t t h e required pace of completion is accomplished by dividing the cumulative number of hours the student has successfully completed by the cumulative number of hours the student has attempted (Remedial coursework may be excluded from this determination, but transfer credits accepted by the institution towards the student’s program are included)
Eligibility
College Credits Minimum Attempted GPA Required 1 15 1 00 16 30 1 50 31 45 1 75 46 and above 2.00
This policy is subject to revision by PHEAA and was last revised in June 1997 Progress will be checked after the spring semester of each academic year
Students must successfully complete at least 12 credits for each full time semester and at least 6 credits for each part time semes ter in which the PA State Grant was received
Harcum College supports student veterans and veterans’ dependents in applying for and managing their VA Education Benefits and GI Bill®.
Veteran Support Services
• Providing current information concerning VA Education Benefits, programs, and Veterans Administration points of contact.
Visit the Office of Student Records We are here to meet the needs of our students who are veterans, service members, or veteran d e p e n d e n t s. T h e S t u d e n t Re c o rd O f f i c e includes your designated certifying officials and is prepared to provide advice and counsel in regard to any veteran education benefit concern The Assistant Registrar certifies your benefit enrollment throughout the year
All students have the right to file a written appeal and submit it to the Financial Aid Office
• Notification of changes in Veterans Education benefits regulations impacting benefits Student Benefits Management:
• Montgomery GI Bill® Active Duty (MGIB AD), Chapter 30 Selected Reserve (MGIB SR), Chapter 1606 Survivors and Dependents Assistance, Chapter 35
Satisfactory Academic Progress for the Pennsylvania State Grant Program
Student VA Education Benefits:
• Offering guidance in the resolution of VA payment issues
• Reserve Educational Assistance Program (REAP), Chapter 1607 The National Defense Authorization Act of 2016 ended REAP on November 25, 2015. Some individuals will remain eligible for REAP benefits until November 25, 2019, while others are no longer eligible for REAP benefits
*All new students must be admitted to the college and registered for courses before starting a file in this office
Harcum College will not impose any penal ty, including the assessment of late fees, the denial of access to classes, libraries, or other institutional facilities, or the requirement that a covered individual borrow additional funds, on any covered individual because of the indi vidual’s inability to meet his or her financial obligations to the institution due to the delayed disbursement funding from VA under chapter 31 or 33
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 2 9
• The Air Force Tuition Assistance (TA)
All circumstances must be documented Students will be informed of the appeal out come Notification letters or emails will be sent to students who are not making satisfac tory progress after grades are reported for the spring semester
Policy of Pennsylvania State Grant Program
In addition, a student will be required to su b mi t, a s p a rt o f th e a p p ea l , i nfo rma ti o n regarding why the student failed to make SAP, and what has changed in the student’s situation that would allow the student to demonstrate satisfactory academic progress at the next eval uation If the appeal is approved, the student will be placed on probationary status for one semester, and will be permitted to receive additional Title IV aid Satisfactory academic progress will then be re evaluated at the end of the next semester to determine if the student has met the requirements.
Harcum College permits any covered indi vidual to attend or participate in their course of education during the period beginning on the date on which the individual provides to Harcum College a certificate of eligibility for entitlement to educational assistance under chapter 31 or 33 (a “certificate of eligibility” c a n a l s o i n c l u d e a S ta t e m e n t o f B e n e f i t s ” obtained from the Department of Veterans Affairs’ (VA) website e Benefits, or a VAF 28 1905 form for chapter 31 authorization pur p o s e s ) a n d e n d i n g o n t h e e a r l i e r o f t h e following dates:
1 The date on which payment from VA is made to Harcum College
• Assisting veterans and eligible students in applying for Veterans Administration (VA) Education Benefits programs including: Post 9/11 GI Bill®, Chapter 33
The Financial Aid staff will review cases on an individual basis to determine if mitigat ing circumstances are responsible for poor p ro g re s s. M i t i g a t i n g c i rc u m s ta n c e s m a y include, but are not limited to: a) Illness or injury of the student b) Death of a close family member
NOTE: A Covered Individual is any indi vidual who is entitled to educational assistance under chapter 31, Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment, or chapter 33, Post 9/11 GI Bill benefits
• Facilitate student resolution of payment issues with the Debt Management Center and/or the Veterans Administration Regional Processing Offices (as appropriate)
How to Establish a File to Receive VA Educational Benefits
*Please note: The Office of Student Records is not part of the US Department of Veterans Affairs nor is the staff employed by the Department of Veterans Affairs GI Bill® is a registered trademark of the U S Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
• Informing VA and student of enrollment changes which impact VA benefit payments
• Vocational Rehabilitation for Veterans (VOC REHAB), Chapter 31
2 90 days after the date Harcum College cer tified tuition and fees following the receipt of the certificate of eligibility
• Providing the VA with accurate and timely Enrollment Certifications
Appeals must be made in writing directly to PHEAA. Full time eligibility is limited to four semesters for two year programs Part time eligibility is limited to eight semesters in two year programs Remedial or develop mental credits in some instances do not count toward the credit required for progress Contact the Financial Aid Office if you have questions
Appeals
• The Survivors and Dependents Educational Assistance (DEA) The Marine Gunnery Sergeant John David Fry Scholarship
3 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Academic Affairs
The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles and identify strategies to promote learn ing success The Office of Disability Services is located in the lower level of the Academic Center See page 13 for additional details
Harcum College’s Upward Bound program (HCub) is one of Harcum’s two TRiO programs s u p p o r t e d t h ro u g h a g ra n t f ro m t h e U S Department of Education Higher Education Act. HCub is committed to bringing the oppor tunity of higher education to Philadelphia’s economically disadvantaged and at risk high schools by awarding 80 low income and first generation students with intensive year round c o l l e g e p re p a ra to r y p ro g ra m m i n g , w h i c h i n c l u d e s a 5 we e k re s i d e n t i a l S u m m e r Academy
Tutoring Services are offered in the Student S u c c e s s C e n t e r o n t h e f i rs t f l o o r o f t h e Academic Center Students have access to pro fessional tutors for subject specific content and study skills improvement Tutoring is available in person and online. Tutoring ses sions may be scheduled in advance or available on a “drop in” basis depending on the subject matter and availability of tutors All services are free to Harcum students
Faculty
Located on the first floor of the Academic Center, the Student Success Center (SSC) is home to two of Harcum’s Academic Support P ro g ra m s : S t u d e n t S u p p o r t S e r v i c e s a n d Tutoring Services SSC is a support hub that p ro v i d e s a c a d e m i c c o a c h i n g , e d u c a t i o n a l workshops, and information on other academic supports. For more information, visit the SSC website at www harcum edu/ssc
Tutoring Services
The faculty at Harcum College are dedi cated to the teaching learning process As such, they embrace active, student centered t e a c h i n g s t ra t e g i e s a n d re g u l a r l y p e r fo r m classroom assessment techniques to improve student learning. They are content experts who encourage excellence in their students Many present their educational research at national and international conferences and are leaders of their professional organizations and communities
Office of Disability Services
Center for International Programs
Student Support Services, TRiO
The Center for International Programs (CIP) is designed to foster the cultural adjust ment of international students and encourage their academic success The International Program’s staff members are advocates for international students and are sensitive to their needs and concerns
HCub creates an atmosphere that strength ens a positive sense of self, while teaching the college’s core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, community service, and respect for diversity HCub works closely to support the entire family through each stu dent’s college admission process with emphasis on offering opportunities of financial coaching and scholarship outreach By preparing schol ars academically and socially, HCub promotes the highest level of achievement and success, guiding students to achieve their full potential in life
The CIP has two components: the English Language Academy (ELA) that offers credit and non credit English as a second language courses; and the International Student Advising component, that includes immigration advis ing and cultural activities
Student Support Services (SSS) is a grant funded program (TRiO) which serves first generation, low income, and students with disabilities SSS aims to increase academic performance, persistence, graduation, and transfer rates of the 170 students served each year SSS provides academic coaching, work shops and events, cultural activities, and trips Academic coaching provides a variety of serv ices including financial literacy, teaching foun dational academic skills, assisting in personal development, future planning, and referral to on and off campus resources The goal of the SSS program is to help students achieve their personal and academic goals while work ing to increase our student’s academic success
TRiO Upward Bound
Student Success Center
International students are defined as those students on F 1 student visas International students are required to comply with the reg ulations governing their immigration status a s d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f Homeland Security Individual advising ses sions and on going communication keep stu dents well informed of the regulations CIP staff members assist international students with other areas of concern, such as: housing, health care, banking, social security cards, employment, driver’s licensing, transfer credit, and assimilation into the College and com munity
International students are welcome to par ticipate in all College activities and are encour aged to present information about their culture to t h e i r c l a s s m a t e s, fa c u l t y , a n d s ta f f Participation in College activities provides opportunities for students to develop leader ship skills and to adapt to the American edu cation system The Center may be reached by email at elaharcum@harcum edu or by telephone at 610 526 6118
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3 1
English Language Academy
3 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Cultural excursions, guest lecturers, and in class videos supplement classroom instruc tion Full time students are required to attend classes for 20 5 hours per week, while part time students may choose courses for a total o f 3 17 h o u rs p er week E ng l i sh L a ng u a g e Academy students may participate in all facets of the College, including extra curricular activ i t i e s a n d s t u d e n t c l u b s a n d o rg a n i za t i o n s. English Language Academy students may also use the library and computer labs, and receive tutoring in the Student Success Center
The English Language Academy (ELA) provides assessments, support, and courses to address the needs of non native speakers
The ELA is located on the second floor of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr C a mp u s T h e E ng l i sh L a ng u a g e Ac a demy offers full time and part time instruction in English as a second language (ESL) Classes are held in writing, reading, grammar, oral communication, and TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) preparation
To contact the English Language Academy, please email elaharcum@harcum edu or call 610 526 6118
P l e a s e s e e a d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e c o u rs e s offered in the English Language Academy under “Course Descriptions” in the back of this Catalog These courses can be taken for credit or as non credit courses
Students at any level of English proficiency may be accepted into the program to study E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e a n d A m e r i c a n c u l t u re Classes are small and can accommodate all levels of English proficiency, from beginner to advanced Students take the English lan guage placement test at the beginning of each semester to determine their language needs Instructors are professional and thoroughly experienced in teaching English as a second language.
The Charles H. Trout Library
rc
The Reference Librarians work with individual students and provide instruction to entire classes on how to search the online catalog and research databases as well as understand
The online catalog is available from the Library’s website and lists all materials (books, eBooks, and DVDs) available in the Library
The Library is a strong proponent of infor mation literacy and lifelong research skills
T h e L i b ra r y p ro v i d e s a c c e s s to o n l i n e research databases including Academic Search
The Charles H Trout Library's mission is ( 1 ) To s t re n g t h e n a n d p ro v i d e a c c e s s to a diverse collection, both in print and online, that includes and supports the College's aca demic programs, as well as the information and classroom technology needs of everyone at the College, and (2) To instruct in the use of this diverse collection, especially by pro viding instruction in Information Literacy, and to promote equitable access to Library resources and services so that every student develops the necessary research strategies and skills to foster lifelong learning
For reference/research assistance, please contact the Reference Librarian at 610 526 6085 or library@harcum edu
Abstracts with Full Text Current students, faculty, and staff can access the databases from the library’s web page and through the Harcum Hatch The database password list is available t h H a u m H a n r t h e
Complete, CINAHL with Full Text, Dentistry & O ra l S c i e n c e s S o u rc e, C re d o Re f e re n c e, E B S C O D i s c o ve r y S e r v i c e, S I R S I s s u e s Researcher, NewsBank, and Criminal Justice
ro u g h t h e
collection
tc h u
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3 3
how to evaluate and cite sources effectively The Library participates in the College’s effort to develop, support, and instruct in the use of technology in teaching and learning
For more information on The Charles H Trout Library and a schedule of Library hours please visit http://harcum libguides com/trout library
Quicklinks tab The Library’s website also con tains useful research guides that provide access to print and online resources for all academic programs
T h e C h a r l e s H Tro u t L i b ra r y p ro v i d e s research instruction and assistance to students, faculty, and staff
d e
The Media Services Coordinator is available to provide technical assistance with software and online services in the classroom and across the College In addition, Interlibrary Loan service provides students and faculty with borrowing access to books and journal articles from libraries all over the United States
3 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Continuing and Professional Studies
Expanded Functions Dental Assistant
DA 260 and DA 261 must be taken in con secutive semesters. Students must earn a grade of B (80%) or higher
Upon successful completion of both courses, participants will be eligible to apply for EFDA C e r t i f i c a t i o n f ro m t h e C o m m o n we a l t h o f Pennsylvania
Contact: Director of Continuing and Professional studies at 610 526 1860 or tgroody@harcum edu
Medical Coding Certificate
The mission of Continuing and Professional Studies is to offer meaningful professional development and educational opportunities consistent with current college programming to working professionals, non matriculated students, and/or members of the community
A career in the field of Medical Coding pro vides skilled professionals with exciting career opportunities working in a physician’s office, group practice, hospital, or other health care facility According to the U S Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment in medical records and the health information field is projected to grow 13 percent from 2016 to 2026 This is due to the aging population requiring medical care, constant changes to the rules and regulations, and the increase in new medical procedures and treatments The student will learn prin ciples of medical coding related to the three main code books: CPT, ICD 10 CM Code Set, and HCPCS Level II
Continuing and Professional Studies
The Medical coding curriculum includes six courses (four of which are taken in the Medical Billing program) and may be com pleted in a part time or full time format Upon successful completion of these courses, the student will be eligible for their certification examination through the American Academy of Professional Coders (AAPC) The exam is included as part of the Medical Coding course a n d n o a d d i t i o n a l f e e s a re re q u i re d T h e Certified Professional Coder (CPC) designation is awarded upon successful completion of the exam
Saturday classes make it easy for working dental assistants to attend
Medical Billing Certificate Program
This course is designed as an intensive introduction to the basics of restorative den tistry for the dental auxiliary, including rubber dam applications; placing, carving, and fin ishing amalgam restorations; light cured com posite restorations; coronal polishing, fluoride application, sealants, and crown and bridge temporary restorations Skills are attained through both lecture and hands on technical laboratory sessions
Contact: Director of Continuing and Professional studies at 610 526 1860 or tgroody@harcum edu
Certificates for Professionals (Accredited Agencies)
T h e d e m a n d fo r E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s Dental Assistants (EFDA’s) continues to grow In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania an EFDA can perform additional duties in a dental office such as placing and contouring restora tions, coronal polishing, sealants, and fluoride application During the program, students will also learn the dental law and the rules and regulations of the State Board of Dentistry
For those interested in a healthcare career, here’s a great way to get started The field of medical billing provides skilled professionals with exciting career opportunities working in physicians’ offices, hospitals, insurance com panies, and government facilities The cur riculum includes medical terminology, health informatics, the principles of medical billing, and the analysis of coded data used for claims reimbursement For more information, go to www harcum edu/medicalbilling
For information contact Office of Continuing Studies EFDA at 610 526 6146 or dcavallucci@harcum.edu.
DA 260 EFDA I
Students must earn a grade of B (80%) or higher
DA 261 EDFA II
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3 5
T h i s c o u rs e i s d e s i g n e d to g a i n c l i n i c a l experience in all of the skills learned in DA 260 Students will be required to complete a minimum of 120 hours of clinical EFDA work during this course
A career as a Phlebotomy Technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients Phlebotomists use care and skill to obtain blood specimens from patients for analysis in the clinical lab oratory Technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomist to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce quality labo ratory results Phlebotomy technicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence in patients while drawing blood s p e c i m e n s i n a s k i l l f u l a n d s a f e m a n n e r Employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, laboratories, and blood banks
C o u rs e wo r k i n c l u d e s b a s i c s k i l l s i n venipuncture techniques, an overall under standing of anatomy and physiology, medical terminology, and an overview of laboratory operations Students will learn:
The course runs each Fall and Spring semester Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam
For information contact Director of Continuing & Professional Studies at 610 526 1860 or tgroody@harcum edu
T h e H T N 10 5 4 0 c o u rs e i s a n i n t e r n e t c o u rs e Pa r t i c i p a n t s w i l l re c e i ve p e rs o n a l instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam
This certification is given by the nationally re c o g n i ze d A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pathology in Chicago, IL
This certification prep seminar is designed for the person who plans to take the American S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pa t h o l o g y B o a rd o f Certification MLT Exam (ASCP BOC MLT) The course runs each Fall and Spring semester Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam
Students will learn techniques including prompting, modeling, and redirecting behavior i n a m a n n e r re s p e c t f u l o f e a c h i n d i v i d u a l served Topics will be covered through lectures, short readings, group, and hands on activities.
• Safety practices and universal precautions
The course (RBT 101) will provide an intro duction to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and prepare students to take the national cer tification test and become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) as per the national Behavior Analysis Certification Board
• Venipuncture and capillary blood draws
To reg i ster, c a l l th e C o nti nu i ng S tu di es Office at 610 526 1860
These programs are available to board eligible and current Registered Radiologic Technologists (RT) The programs provide fundamental ARRT Structured Education and clinical training at our affiliated locations The programs combine online didactic MRI or CT education, with hands on clinical learning experience so that students are able to learn the complex components and parameters needed to be eligible to sit for the ARRT board examination.
Successful completion of the certification allows a person employment in a variety of human service settings.
Fo r i n fo r m a t i o n c o n ta c t D i re c to r o f Continuing & Professional Studies at 610 526 1860 or tgroody@harcum edu
Students who successfully complete the MLS 230 240 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a c e r t i f i c a t e o f c o m p l e t i o n f ro m H a rc u m College This is a non credit course, as they average around three hours a week in the class
Prerequisites: High School diploma
Students who successfully complete the HTN 105 40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a c e r t i f i c a t e o f c o m p l e t i o n f ro m H a rc u m College; this is a non credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class.
3 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
This certification prep seminar is designed fo r t h e i n d i v i d u a l p l a n n i n g to ta ke t h e American Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification HT Exam (ASCP BOC HT)
Registered Behavior Technician Certificate
Requirements:
• Equipment used for phlebotomy
A Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) is a para professional responsible for implement ing treatment plans for individuals with a vari ety of behavioral needs, including, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, brain injuries, addictions, and anxiety Treatment plans produce positive changes that impact the client’s quality of life RBT’s work with clients to help them learn rel evant skills (such as communication, safety, self advocacy, and independence) and reduce challenging behaviors Certified RBTs gain employment in private homes, schools, clinics, community settings, or even their own homes
Post Primary Advanced Imaging Certification
Courses for Exam Review (Non-Credit)
Histotechnician Board of Certification Prep Seminar
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate
• Role of the phlebotomist in laboratory testing
Through lectures, assigned readings, hands on class participation, and practical internship, the students will demonstrate competencies e n a b l i n g t h e m to s i t fo r t h e B o a rd o f Certification exam in Phlebotomy sponsored b y t h e A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pathologists
This 40 hour program prepares people who would like to learn evidence based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles and strate gies for helping individuals with cognitive dif ferences
RBT National Certificate: high school diplo ma and 18 years of age
The Radiologic Technology Program, in partnership with Pulse Radiology, is offering Advanced Imaging Certification in Computed To mo g ra p h y (CT ) o r M a g neti c Reso na nc e Imaging (MRI) Each program runs for approx imately 23 weeks
Medical Laboratory Science Board of Certification Prep Seminar
The MLS 230 40 course is offered exclu sively through the internet and covers the content areas of the BOC exam
To prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board of Certification Exam, the participant will access pre and post tests in all content areas of the exam and receive personalized instruction to overcome areas of weakness
Animal Assisted Therapy is a 10 week cer tificate program in which the student com pletes 30 hours online and additional hours of clinical observation This course is an intro duction to the human animal bond and its therapeutic applications It is designed both for professionals with a wide range of disci plines and for volunteers, students, and new comers who wish to further their knowledge and explore career opportunities in this emerg ing, multi disciplinary field
The distance learning format allows stu dents to learn at their own pace The 10 week series of reading and writing assignments can be completed at the student’s convenience There are opportunities for students to com ment at online discussion forums Students are required to make two clinical observations at a site in their own community to observe AAT programs in action
Students must bring a calculator to each class
This certification prep seminar is designed fo r t h e i n d i v i d u a l p l a n n i n g to ta ke t h e American Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification PBT Exam (ASCP BOC PBT) The course runs each Fall, Spring, and Summer semester Participants are responsible for deter mining their eligibility to take this exam
The PBT 202 40 course is an internet course Participants will receive personal instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam
Prep Course for Veterinary Technician National Exam
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3 7
Students will examine how contact with animals can enhance human well being when incorporated into health care, social services, psychology, and other related fields
All registrants will receive written confir mation of enrollment in this course For infor mation and to register call 610 526 1860
Animal Assisted Therapy
To reg i ster, c a l l th e C o nti nu i ng S tu di es Office at 610 526 1860
This review course is designed to assist t h o s e p re p a r i n g to s i t fo r t h e Ve t e r i n a r y Technician National Examination The course c o n t e n t re f l e c t s t h e n e w b l u e p r i n t fo r t h e VTNE, and emphasis is given to each of the n i n e d o m a i n s o f t h e exa m T h e c o u rs e i s offered in Spring, Summer, and Fall Materials will be provided.
For certificate programs, Continuing Studies reserves the right to add/drop a course accord ing to enrollment To withdraw, cancellation must be received in writing five (5) business days before the class is scheduled to begin or a refund will not be granted Refunds are sub ject to a $25 return fee
Students who successfully complete the PBT 202 40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College; this is a non credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class
Noncredit Courses for Personal Enrichment
The developer and instructor for the 10 week course is Phil Arkow, an internationally acclaimed author, trainer, and authority in AAT/AAA Mr Arkow has conducted over 2,000 AAT/AAA sessions since 1973
Phlebotomy Technician Board of Certification Prep Seminar
For information and to register call 610 526 1860
Refund Policy
Academic Policies
3 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Classification of Students
Five academic subjects constitute a normal semester Students who require developmental coursework may be restricted to 13 credits, including developmental courses
• Part time: A part time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking fewer than twelve (12) semester hours of credit
A s t u d e n t i s n o t c h a rg e d fo r a c o u rs e dropped during the listed drop/add period on the Academic Calendar A student’s status may change from full time to part time which may affect eligibility for financial aid
Administrative Drop
• Senior: 25 and above credits completed
Course Load
If a student drops a course before the end o f t h e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d t h e c o u rs e w i l l b e removed from the student’s registration and will not appear on the student’s academic tran script.
Students must follow drop and withdrawal procedures and deadlines Students who do not withdraw within the stated deadlines and in accordance with this policy will receive the grade earned for that course Failure to attend class does not constitute a withdrawal; the student will receive the grade earned for the course unless a withdrawal form is completed and signed
T h e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d i s l i s t e d i n t h e Academic Calendar
A student wishing to drop/add a course should provide notification to his/her program director/academic advisor A student may either drop a course through the online reg istration system or request his/her program director drop the course A request to a pro gram director must be in writing prior to the drop/add deadline Drop/add decisions may have implications for expected graduation dates
S t u d e n t s n e e d to re m e m b e r t h a t a n y change in course load may affect a student’s financial aid Course withdrawal may also impact a student’s eligibility for aid in subse quent years. Please reference the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy for more infor mation Students are required to notify their Program Director of their wish to withdraw from a course and also need to contact the Financial Aid Office for information
Course Withdrawal
If a student does not attend a course during the entire drop/add period, the student will administratively be dropped from that course, and the student will not be charged
Students need to remember that by drop ping or adding a course their financial aid may be affected; therefore, students should contact the Financial Aid Office before decisions are made No requests will be considered after the drop/add period ends
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 3 9
Students who are on Academic Probation and Limited Load must take a reduced credit load (13 or fewer credits) unless special per mission to take additional credits is granted by the program director and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Legal Affairs (VPAA).
A f t e r t h e c o u rs e d ro p / a d d p e r i o d h a s passed, students may withdraw from a course u p to o n e we e k fo l l o w i n g t h e p o s t i n g o f midterm grades.
• Full time: A full time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking a minimum of twelve (12) semes ter hours Such a student is subject to all financial obligations required of students in regular attendance
• Auditor: An auditor is a student who is per mitted to attend certain courses without taking examinations or receiving credit
A student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full time status for financial aid
An overload fee is charged for more than 1 8 c re d i t s ta ke n i n a n y s e m e s t e r u n l e s s required by the student’s curriculum The Catalog prescribes the number of semester hours in each curriculum
Harcum’s academic policies maintain the h i g h e s t p o s s i b l e a c a d e m i c s ta n d a rd s A l l Harcum students are encouraged to strive for exc e l l e n c e i n t h e i r c h o s e n f i e l d o f s t u d y Regular class attendance and performance, i n a d d i t i o n to f u l f i l l m e n t o f a l l a c a d e m i c responsibilities, are essential for a successful college career
Dropping and Adding Courses
The class standing of a student is deter mined as follows:
Students wishing to withdraw from a course must notify their Program Director by the withdrawal deadline The Program Director will initiate the withdrawal form and will obtain the information necessary to process the with drawal
Academic Policies
See the Academic Calendar for specific withdrawal deadlines and applicable dates
A student who withdraws from a course receives a grade of “W”
Registration is a process beginning with the student’s first day to register and continuing through the end of the drop/add period Once the semester begins, courses may be added or dropped during the course drop/add period each semester
• Junior 0 24 credits completed
C 70 72 1 7
When a student wishes to withdraw from the College, he/she must initiate the with drawal process by writing to his/her program director It is not possible to withdraw by tele phone contact
4 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Mid term grades are prepared at the end of the seventh week of classes.
Administrative Withdrawal
A 95 100 4 0
D 63 66 1 0
This form must be signed by the student and approved by the course instructor and the student’s program director An action plan for completion must be submitted The com p l e t e d fo r m i s s e n t to t h e V PA A a n d t h e Registrar
I f t h e re q u e s t fo r a n I n c o m p l e t e i s approved, the student must complete and sub mit the incomplete work within 6 weeks from the end of the term in which the “I” was given If the incomplete work is not completed and submitted by the deadline, the “I” grade is changed to a grade of “F ” Please note, based on the situation and approval, students may be granted more than 6 weeks to complete coursework
Advising
I Incomplete Grade assigned only i n s i t u a t i o n s w h e re t h e s t u d e n t s h o ws t h e p o t e n t i a l to p a s s t h e c o u rs e b u t h a s u n f i n i s h e d wo r k because of illness or other unavoid able circumstance
Partnership Site mid session grades are prepared at the end of the third week of classes and are made available to students on Tuesday of the fourth week through Harcum Hatch
If the student is subsequently enrolled in a course where the “I” course is a prerequisite, the student must complete all incomplete coursework within the drop/add period of the next semester (or six weeks after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, whichev er is first), or the student will be dropped from the enrolled course
Mid term grades are made available to stu dents on Tuesday of the eighth week of classes in Harcum Hatch
Letter Numerical Grade Grade Grade Point
B 80 82 2.7
F Below 60 0 0
B 83 86 3 0
When a student is dismissed or expelled from the college, the student will be removed from all courses If the dismissal or expulsion occurs during the drop/add period, the student will be dropped from all courses If the dis missal or expulsion occurs after the withdrawal period, the student will receive final course grades based on the student’s standing in each course at the time of the dismissal or expul sion
To qualify for an incomplete in a course, the student must meet with the instructor and complete a “Request for an Incomplete Grade Form ”
A report on a student’s progress is provided to the student at the end of each semester Grades sent at the end of the semester are final, represent the official grades assigned in the course taken, and make up a student’s offi cial cumulative record Grades are based upon class work, assignments, papers, and exami nations Instructors may report unsatisfactory progress in a course to a student orally or in writing at any time No grades are released unless all financial obligations to the College have been met
An email is sent to all students informing them of grade availability in Harcum Hatch.
Grading System
B+ 87 89 3 3
D+ 67 69 1 3
This decision may affect a student’s finan cial aid Students who withdraw before com pleting at least 60 percent of the semester will have their federal aid prorated in proportion to the amount of semester completed For example, a student who withdraws after com pleting 50 percent of the semester has earned 50 percent of their federal aid The other 50 percent must be cancelled and returned to the U.S. Department of Education. The student is required to contact the Financial Aid Office for information
C+ 77 79 2 3
A letter grading system with grade points is used to indicate the quality of a student’s work This quality is represented by a student’s grade point average, which ranges from 0 00 to 4 0 Grades of C and lower are usually not transferable to another institution. For pro gram specific grade requirements, refer to the relevant section in this catalog
Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College
Financial Aid Implications
A 90 94 3 7
C 73 76 2 0
Students wishing to withdraw from the College are directed to complete a College withdrawal form with their program director
S t u d e n t s re c e i ve f re q u e n t f e e d b a c k o n progress in courses In addition to grades and comments on individual assignments, students w h o a re n o t m a k i n g s a t i s fa c to r y p ro g re s s receive academic warnings at any point of the semester. All students receive mid term grades. Mid term grades are essential in determining the progress of the student thus far in the term Mid term grades allow the student to seek out academic assistance through tutoring and other academic support resources or make c a re f u l d e c i s i o n s w i t h t h e i r i n s t r u c to r i n regards to their course enrollment
W Withdrawal Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course within the stated course withdrawal period (see timeframes and dead lines on the Academic Calendar) A “W” indicates that the course was attempted but not completed
A student suspended from campus will not be permitted to attend classes The length of the suspension and the student’s current aca demic standing will be considered when the s t u d e n t i s a d v i s e d b y t h e A s s i s ta n t V i c e President of Student Support on options for continuing his/her education
D 60 62 0 7
AU Au d i t a s s i g n e d to s t u d e n t s w h o audit a course (no examinations are taken and no credit is awarded)
Students have to demonstrate proficiency in the fundamental mathematical skills nec essary for college level Math. Students can do so by earning a proficient score on the college placement exam Alternatively, students can demonstrate proficiency by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student’s transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student’s GPA
Portfolio Credit
All students must fulfill basic skill require ments in English and mathematics.
Students authorized to pursue independent s t u d y a re re q u i re d to c o m p l e t e a l l c o u rs e requirements as specified by the instructor The instructor may require periodic meetings or discussion seminars relative to course mate rials or student progress.
A student qualifies for this study after com pleting one semester at the College, gaining a GPA of 2 5 or higher, and approval of the VPAA
NP No t Pa s s e d A s s i g n e d i n c e r ta i n courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis
A student who does not achieve the min imum passing grade of “D ” receives no credit for the course If the course is required for graduation, it must be repeated.
A portfolio credit is defined as a reflection of the knowledge that the student has mastered as it relates to the objectives and requirements of a particular course
Taking examinations and submitting term papers is not necessary, and auditors receive no course grades for academic credit
Directed Study
English
Independent study allows students with particularly inquiring minds to delve into a topic that deeply interests them It combines the fundamental characteristics of all good teaching guidance by a qualified, conscien tious instructor and flexibility independent of regular classroom attendance
Developmental Courses as Prerequisites
Mathematics
S t u d e n t s m a y re g i s t e r fo r a n ex i s t i n g Harcum course as Directed Study Similar to an Independent Study, a student receives a specific course syllabus, is assigned a faculty member, and has regularly scheduled meet ings. This option is available only to students who must complete a course that is not offered in the semester at hand
English Language Academy students who w i s h to a u d i t a c o u rs e re g i s t e r fo r c o u rs e s through the Office of the English Language Academy Au pairs register for course work through the English Language Academy
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 4 1
P Pass Assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis
Independent Study
Auditing Courses
The portfolio should contain a combination of documents and information that provides evidence of mastery of specific course require ments Some examples of materials used for the portfolio are licenses, completion of train ing programs, a resume, and a paper The port fo l i o s h o u l d t h e n b e a s s e s s e d b y a fa c u l t y member with expertise in the subject matter and approved by the VPAA
Students must meet the minimum skills levels that are required to pass the reading and English components of the college place ment exam These skill levels may be verified by scores on the Reading and English compo nents of the college placement exam or by passing IAD 050 and/or IAD 100 with a C or better Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the cal culation of the student's GPA
Community members may enroll in aca demic courses as auditors Tuition for auditing is the same rate as tuition charged for courses taken for grades. Auditing students are expect ed to attend class regularly and contribute to class discussion; every effort should be made to purchase the required books and complete assigned reading
I f c re d i t i s n o t o b ta i n e d fo r a n e l e c t i ve course, substitution of another elective is rec ommended A student who receives two “F’s” in a course cannot retake that course
Academic Appeal
4 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
The student must document in writing the reasons he or she considers the grade to be incorrect and present the documentation to the faculty member who will respond within ten business days. The student must present supporting evidence such as tests and papers If the faculty member denies the appeal, the student may appeal to the program director in writing within ten days
1 15 1 5 16 30 1 75 31 and above 2 0
If this appeal is denied, the student may appeal to the VPAA in writing who will respond within ten business days
Credits Attempted GPA Required
Students are entitled to the following aca demic honors based upon their semester grade point average:
Any part time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2 0 is restricted to a limited load of 6 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework
Any student whose GPA does not meet the above scale will be put on academic probation. Students on probation may not take more than 13 credits in the next semester
Dismissal includes forced withdrawal from courses and residence Academic Dismissal from the College applies to the following stu dents:
Probation
• Any student who is on academic probation for two consecutive semesters
Academic Honors
Limited Load
Warning
Any full time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2 0, or any student who is on academic probation, is restricted to a limited load of 13 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework.
• Any student who receives a grade of “F” in three courses or all courses attempted in a single term.
A student may appeal grading by a faculty member up to within two weeks of the semes ter following the assignment of the grade
Honor’s List part time and Continuing Education students who have earned 12 cred its, are currently taking 6 to 11 credits, have earned letter grades with quality point equiv alents, and a GPA of 3 50 4 00 are eligible for the Honor’s List
Academic standing may take one of several forms depending upon the individual situation An evaluation of student achievement is made at the end of each semester
In addition to maintaining good academic standing, each financial aid recipient must make academic progress according to financial aid guidelines
President’s List All full time students who have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a GPA of 4 0 are eligible for the President’s List
An official warning letter is given to full time students who have not successfully com pleted a minimum of 12 semester hours of academic credit for the semester
Dean’s List All full time students who have earned 12 credits, letter grades with qual ity point equivalents, and a GPA of 3 50 3 99 are eligible for the Dean’s List.
Academic Standing
Grade Appeal
Satisfactory progress will be determined by the grade point average (GPA) A step up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 GPA requirement for graduation
Academic Dismissal
A student who is academically dismissed may apply for readmission Application is made in writing to the program director who then forwards the application together with the program director’s recommendation to the VPAA for a final decision Application for readmission must include evidence of likeli hood of academic success (Requirements for dismissal from individual programs of study may differ from this policy).
Copies of these standards are available in the Financial Aid Office, are outlined in this catalog, and are mailed to each financial aid recipient
Other Academic Grievances
If a student has a cause for grievance in academic matters, the student is requested to meet with the faculty member involved If an agreeable decision is not reached, the student should then request a meeting with the pro gram director to discuss the matter If further steps are necessary, the VPAA should be con sulted
Attaining a cumulative grade point average of 3 50 or higher entitles the graduating student a t C o m m e n c e m e n t to t h e d i s t i n c t i o n o f Graduation with Honors
Accelerated Progress/ Course Exemption
Please refer to the Transfer Student Policy (Admissions Section)
As with any academic issue, students may exercise their right to appeal adverse atten dance decisions. Please refer to the current College Catalog for the complete Academic Appeal procedure
Refer to the instructor’s specific course syl labus or program handbook for course specific policies
The College will, in very extreme circum stances, delay or cancel classes and adminis t ra t i ve o f f i c e o p e ra t i o n s d u e to i n c l e m e n t weather or other emergency conditions.
Any change in course load may affect a s t u d e n t ’ s f i n a n c i a l a i d T h e F i n a n c i a l A i d Office is notified of the last day of attendance for students dropping or withdrawing from a course
• If there is a one hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 10 a m
• Notification to the local radio and television stations, Harcum’s phone, website, student staff email, and via Omnilert, the College emergency notification system, will be made as quickly as possible
If the decision is made to delay opening, there will be either a one hour delay or a two hour delay
International Baccalaureate
Class Cancellations
Advanced Placement Program
Ra d i o a n d t e l e v i s i o n s ta t i o n s t h a t a re requested to carry Harcum closing information are:
• WPVI TV (6ABC)
Class Attendance
I n q u i r i e s a b o u t t h e Ad va n c e d P l a c e m e n t Program should be directed to the Admissions Office (610 526 6050)
Students are expected to attend regularly all scheduled classes
Financial Aid Implications
Students requiring additional information about the IB should contact the Director of International Programs (610 526 6118)
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 4 3
• It is recommended that all students subscribe to the Omnilert emergency notification system, which is free and voluntary and can be accessed from the Harcum website
In the event that the College must cancel o r d e l a y t h e s ta r t o f m o r n i n g c l a s s e s a n d administrative operations, the President will make that decision before 5:30 a m on the day in question
Transfer Credit
Advising
• WCAU TV (NBC10)
• WTXF TV (Fox 29)
It is the student’s responsibility to make up any work or to obtain class notes and/or handouts
It is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor of any situation that causes the student to miss class
• If there is a two hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 11 a m
• Announcements on local radio and television will note the change (see list below)
The decision to cancel evening classes will be made by the President prior to 3:00 p m on the day in question If offices are to close b e fo re t h e e n d o f t h e wo r kd a y b e c a u s e o f weather conditions, the President will make the decision, and offices will be notified by automated voice messages on all active cam pus telephone extensions, via Omnilert, and via email
H a rc u m C o l l e g e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Advanced Placement Program of the College B o a rd At t h e t i m e o f e n t ra n c e, c re d i t a n d advanced placement is awarded to students w i t h s c o re s o f a t l e a s t 3 o n t h e Ad va n c e d Placement Tests in a variety of disciplines.
H a rc u m C o l l e g e re c o g n i ze s t h e International Baccalaureate (IB) Program and awards special consideration to students pre senting IB credentials on an individual basis.
• KYW TV (CBS3)
• Accrediting organizations
Graduate Requirements
Harcum has two programs that are offered online: Medical Laboratory Technician and Histotechnology
Transcripts
No transcript or student record will be sent to any person or agency without the student’s written authorization with the exception of the following:
Commencement exercises are held annu ally in May Candidates for graduation must complete a graduation application and submit it to the Office of Student Records during the semester preceding the one of expected grad uation Applications for graduation will be available from the student’s advisor, the Office of Student Records, or online May graduation applications are due by December 1st August and December graduation applications are due by May 1st
Harcum College has offered online courses since 2002 Online courses provide the flex ibility, convenience, and anytime/anywhere access that many of today’s learners require to suit busy family, work, and school sched ules.
4 All financial obligations to the College must be paid in full before a student may participate in the graduation exercises
Requirements
The following requirements must be met to obtain a degree from the College:
5 The diploma and transcript of grades also will be withheld until the student meets his/her financial obligations
2 For all degrees, a minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required. Basic Skills Standards (as outlined in the current Catalog) must also be fulfilled
• Parents of dependent students as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (Parents who claim students as dependents on their income tax return have a right to inspect the educational records of the student without prior written consent of the student. For details, contact the Office of Student Records)
Online Education
An official transcript of a student’s Harcum College record may be sent to an authorized person or agency upon receipt of the student’s written authorization There is a fee associated with this request Transcript requests should be directed to the Office of Student Records.
No transcript or grade reports are sent unless all financial obligations to Harcum College have been met
4 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Harcum’s online courses are designed, developed, and taught according to best prac tices in online education and feature dynamic interactive learning environments All instruc tors are trained and supervised according to best practices with the focus on instructor facilitation of student centered learning in individual and group assignments, projects, and activities.
Harcum College’s Online courses adhere to the same academic standards as their face to face counterparts on campus: all academic policies and procedures on campus and course goals and objectives apply to online courses
Readiness
In addition to technical skills, there are other requirements that must be met The student must have reliable and consistent access to a computer with Internet access, an email account, and the appropriate computer software (please note that tablets such as iPads will not provide full access and functionality to an online course) A high speed Internet connection is best, but it is not absolutely nec essary Online students must have a backup plan in the event their computer or Internet service fails Computer malfunction is not accepted as an excuse for late work. All course work should be saved on the student’s com puter and on a separate disk or flash drive Online students must be able to devote 8 12 hours (online and offline) per week to the course
• Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of Education, an administrative head of an education agency (defined by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974), or state education authorities
Online courses are not for everyone There is a high level of social interaction in an online course, but it is not the same as being in a classroom on campus Although they are more convenient and flexible, online courses are not easier than traditional courses
Commencement
Before registering for an online course, it is highly recommended that you take a readi ness assessment that has been designed to help you to determine if you are adequately prepared to be successful in an online course
• By judicial order
3 Credits for developmental courses do not count toward graduation
• Organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs and improving instruction, and other documents
A student enrolled in a practicum or pro gram which will be completed in June, as the final requirement for the program, may par ticipate in the May graduation ceremony and receive his/her diploma upon completion of the curriculum All other exceptions must have written approval of the President All students who complete the requirements for graduation in August or December may par ticipate the following May in the graduation ceremony
• For financial aid reasons
1 An Associate Degree student must have earned a minimum of 62 credit hours Some programs require more than this minimum The exact requirements for each program are indicated in the current Catalog
The Harcum degree represents not only the fulfillment of academic requirements but also the development of character and personal conduct A student who is dishonest in any assignment, test, or examination receives a grade of “F” and the incident is reported to the VPAA The penalties for such violations are cumulative A second violation will result in failure of the course; the third, expulsion from the college
Harcum College reserves the right to invite only those students whose progress and con duct have been satisfactory to return for a con secutive semester of study.
Filing Grievances to Accrediting Bodies and Pennsylvania State
Personal integrity is a goal that Harcum fosters Students should be guided by the fun damental ideals of honor and integrity in the personal conduct of their lives
Information concerning graduation rates for full time, first time students is available at the Office of Student Records at www har cum edu/gradrates
Student Records
To maintain an atmosphere conducive to learning, each member of the Harcum com munity acquires both rights and responsibil ities
Right to Return for Additional Study
The students’ rights and responsibilities are described in the Student Handbook The Handbook can be found on the Harcum web site
Graduation Rate Information
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Academic Conduct and Violations
Please refer to the list of accrediting bodies o n p a g e 9 o r c o n ta c t t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a Department of Education
Students have a right to assurance that their academic and personal records will be recorded accurately and held in confidence Access to a n d re l e a s e o f i n fo r m a t i o n p l a c e d o n t h e records shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended For details, contact the Office of Student Records
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 4 5
4 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Programs of Study
Course and Curriculum Changes
The core curriculum is designed to develop the following general education student learn ing outcomes:
Core Curriculum Requirements
BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy
BIO 205 Microbiology
T h e o u tc o m e o f a g e n e ra l e d u c a t i o n through engagement with the liberal arts and s c i e n c e s c o re c u r r i c u l u m i s m o re t h a n a body of knowledge gleaned from individual courses
Harcum’s majors fall under four academic c enters: C enter fo r Al l i ed H ea l th S c i enc e, Center for Art and Design, Center for Business, and Center for Social Sciences
It is an intellectual outlook that fosters respect for human achievement, regard for and sensitivity to creativity and aesthetic val ues, confidence in one’s ability to solve prob lems and make responsible choices, a sense of individual and social responsibility, and a lifelong commitment to learning and the devel opment of one’s potential
Majors
BIO 101 General Biology I
• Display an appreciation of human achievement and aesthetic values
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
College level Mathematics course as required by program of study
BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
Many Harcum majors feature a practicum or internship as an important part of the cur riculum In the practicum or internship, qual ified students spend a period of time gaining valuable experience in a workplace where they apply knowledge acquired in the class room
All degree students are required to com plete a minimum of 21 core curriculum credits These requirements include the following minimum number of credits in each of six core curricular areas:
CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry
BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry
• Utilize information literacy skills in conducting academic research
Programs of Study
• Express an understanding of human behavior, individually and collectively
• Employ effective oral and written communication skills in a variety of contexts (e g , research paper, personal letter)
Harcum College reserves the right to drop a course for insufficient enrollment and sub stitute courses in any curriculum
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 4 7
Science Elective 3 or 4 Credits
Certain programs such as Early Childhood E d u c a t i o n , Fa s h i o n D e s i g n , a n d Re ta i l Merchandising are designed to lead directly to a career while, at the same time, to prepare the student for transfer after graduation to baccalaureate degree programs Many pro grams allow students to follow a more flexible and individualized curricula leading to the associate’s degree
• Apply critical thinking and mathematical reasoning to problem solving
The purpose of Harcum’s core curriculum is to provide students with a body of knowledge and a set of skills that will lead to the growth o f i n d e p e n d e n t a n d l i f e l o n g l e a r n i n g A s Harcum students become immersed in a par ticular associate’s degree program to acquire the knowledge and professional experience necessary for a successful career, the core cur riculum provides the well rounded education that the College considers essential
English Composition 6 Credits
BIO 204 Nutrition
ENG 102 English Composition II
Mathematics 3 Credits
GSC 105 Science and Our World
Seeking to meet the needs of its students, Harcum offers a wide range of programs Many programs closely parallel those offered in four year institutions
• Demonstrate the ability to participate responsibly in a complex global community
ENG 101 English Composition I
• Demonstrate comprehension of basic principles of science.
CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry
Core Curriculum
Harcum College offers an educational pro gram which recognizes that career opportu nities for its graduates are expanding rapidly The entire curriculum is directed toward the growth and development of each student as an individual and as a responsible member of society
*MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds
All students must fulfill basic skills require ments in English, reading, and mathematics English
A C in IAD 050 or IAD 100 is not a passing grade. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the cal culation of the student's GPA
ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling
PHT 103 Digital Photography
4 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional
PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom
*MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano
*MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment
ART 112 Figure Drawing
SOC 109 Principles of Sociology
GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies
SOC 211 Minority Groups SOC 275 Marriage and the Family
SOC 110 Social Problems
*MUS 106IS Voice Lessons
ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction
SOC 110 Social Problems
HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition
HUM 201Ethical Issues in Professional Life
*MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass
GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies
PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities
HUM 212 The Art of the Film
SOC 115 Diversity in Society
Arts/Humanities Elective 3 Credits
SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the Life Span SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology SOC 211 Minority Groups SOC 275 Marriage and the Family
HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty
*MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass
Students must demonstrate proficiency in reading and writing skills required for ENG 101 Students can demonstrate proficiency on the college placement test or by earning a grade of C or higher in IAD 050 (Introduction to Ac a d e m i c D i s c o u rs e I ) a n d / o r I A D 10 0 (Introduction to Academic Discourse II)
ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry
Mathematics
ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional
ART 213 Fashion Illustration
*MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar
HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty
(*Note that each of the music performance courses award 1 credit )
DES 103 History of Furniture
ART 114 Painting
Social Science Elective 3 Credits
PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom PSY 154 Child Development
PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities PSY 212 Group Dynamics PSY 213 Educational Psychology PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology
Diversity Elective 3 Credits
ENG 103 Public Speaking
HUM 122 Music Appreciation
SOC 109 Principles of Sociology
PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology
HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics
RET 115 Fashion History
Basic Skills Standards
Students may have to demonstrate profi ciency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MTH 113 or MTH 115 Students can demonstrate proficiency on the Accuplacer, a departmental pre test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the stu dent’s transcript and will apply to the calcu lation of the student’s GPA
ART 110 Basic Drawing
SOC 115 Diversity in Society SOC 117 Animals in Society
PSY 156 Human Development
5 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Center for Allied Health Science
Many opportunities exist in hospitals, clin ical and research facilities, and doctors’ offices for individuals who want to become members of the Allied Health professional team
ELE General Elective 3 cr.
ELE General Elective 3 cr
BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr
Associate of Science
SOC 109 Prin. of Sociology 3 cr.
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5 1
The Allied Health Science Associate of Science Degree Program is designed for stu dents who desire to transfer to a four year institution where they may complete the final t wo y e a rs o f a b a c h e l o r ’ s d e g re e p ro g ra m Students may also enter the Allied Health Science program to complete pre requisite coursework required for the professional health science programs offered at Harcum College
All i e d H e a lt h C u r r i c u l u m
AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology 3 cr
MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
• Demonstrate professional responsibility and accountability with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
• Integrate research with computer applications to enhance professional development in the healthcare profession
IDS 103 College Orientation and 3 cr Research Skills
BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr
PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr CHE Chemistry 4 cr. 16 cr
Note: Applicants who do not meet standard admissions requirements may need to provide an additional essay and/or additional letter of recommendation before an Admissions decision can be made Students below standard requirements will be reviewed on a case by case basis by the Admissions Committee and w i l l re q u i re a p p ro va l f ro m t h e P ro g ra m Director
ELE General Elective 3 cr PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr. 16 cr
ELE General Elective 3 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
Program Outcomes
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr
AHS 103 Research & Comp App 3 cr 16 cr.
AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science 3 cr.
Total Credits: 63 Credits
• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only).
This team includes nurses, radiologic tech nologists, medical laboratory technicians, physical therapist assistants, occupational therapy assistants, phlebotomists, histology t e c h n i c i a n s, d e n ta l h y g i e n i s t s, a n d m o re Harcum’s Allied Health Science curriculum offers options to meet the needs of individuals pursuing an allied health career.
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr
Allied Health Science
HUM 202 Health Care Law & Ethics 3 cr
Prerequisites for Admission
• Demonstrate professional behavior, commitment to excellence, and value and respect diversity in the healthcare field
• Adopt a philosophy that incorporates elements of spiritual, physical, and mental well being to maintain a healthy lifestyle
• Demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills
• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses
• Apply knowledge of chemical, biological, and physiological concepts to the health science profession
ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
ELE General Elective 3 cr (intern, transfer, or other)
Animal Center Management
• Apply basic operational management aspects (inventory, computer knowledge, client/patient interactions, etc ) to an animal center
ACM 255 Zoonotic Disease/OSHA 3 cr.
BIO 101 General Biology 4 cr
Program Outcomes
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr. 15 cr
ACM 103 Canine Basics 3 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
ELE General Elective 3 cr.
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr BUS 122 Professional & Business 3 cr. Communication
Credits
THE BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SCIENCE program provides students who are interested in psychology and therapy with the knowledge, skills, and qualifications to be successful in multiple Behavioral Science positions and/or to continue their education by transferring completed coursework to a Bachelor degree program
• Design, plan, and manage a safe environment for both the humans and animals in a variety of contexts using common behavior characteristics and safe handling/restraint procedures
ELE General Elective 3 cr (Intern, transfer, or other)
BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 16 cr.
The program provides opportunities for students to earn a Pennsylvania certification i n A s s o c i a t e Ad d i c t i o n C o u n s e l o r ( A AC ) , and/or Certified Family Recovery Specialist (CFRS) Students may also be eligible to apply for the nationally recognized certification of Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) from t h e B e h a v i o r A n a l y s i C e r t i f i c a t i o n B o a rd (BACB) Graduates will be prepared and qual ified to work in a variety of healthcare settings including clinics, hospitals, and treatment centers
PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES
*Students wishing to transfer will need to take a higher level mathematics course
• Students will become proficient with a variety of software systems commonly used in management facilities
A n i m a l C e n t e r M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m
Prerequisites for Admission
• Graduates will explain and demonstrate approaches to the treatment and prevention of drug and alcohol abuse and addictions
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
5 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Behavioral Health Science
Associate of Science
G ra d u a t e s o f t h e A n i m a l C e n t e r Management program will be prepared for management careers at facilities where ani mals are maintained These facilities include, but are not limited to: zoological parks, wildlife refuges, veterinary hospitals, kennels, humane societies, and research facilities
• Apply business concepts (e g accounting, human resources, merchandising, managerial) to construct a successful animal center business model
ACM 101 Introduction to Animal 3cr Center Management
• Demonstrate effective professional and client communication skills
Total Credits: 62 cr.
• Graduates will analyze and apply psychological and sociological theories used in interventions
ACM 240 Animal Management & Nutrition 3 cr
• Identify how regulations, ethics, and liability affect animal center management policies and procedures
FOURTH SEMESTER
Graduated high school or have earned a GED
• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills while working with patients of all cognitive levels
Students will progress from a foundational knowledge of behavioral science to a more advanced understanding of addictions, cog nitive conditions (autism, Alzheimer’s, demen t i a , a n d / o r t ra u m a t i c b ra i n i n j u r y ) , a n d personality disorders Students will master the application, documentation, and assess ment of recognized treatments
• Utilize animal knowledge, (e.g. nutritional needs, husbandry requirements, healthy practices) to create and critique the infrastructure of an animal center
Included in the curriculum are business c o u rs e s, g e n e ra l e d u c a t i o n c o u rs e s, a n d Animal Center Management courses that com plement the major Service Learning will also be interwoven into the curriculum, which will benefit the animal community as well as the student
ACM 102 Animal Behavior 3 cr ACM 110 Merchandising 3 cr
BUS 109 Principles of Management 3 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr
ACM 109 Pet First Aid/CPR 1 cr 16 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
The Dental Assisting student’s educational experience will span three semesters, including a separate ten week summer session
• Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills used by a dental assistant in a variety of dental environments
S U M M E R S E S S I O N
DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum 8 cr.
Total Credits: 44 credits
Program Outcomes
PSY 200 Dialectic Behavioral Therapy 3 cr ELE Open Elective 3 cr. 15 cr
BHS 105 Methods of Relapse Prevention 3 cr BHS 106 Individual, Family, and Group Counseling 3 cr BIO 109 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr
• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum (new) SAT score of 840 Evidence based Reading/ Writing and Math, or (old) score of 750 (critical reading and mathematics scores only)
• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
DA 245 Dental Office Procedures 2 cr 10 cr.
Prerequisites for Admission
Harcum College Dental Assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental H y g i e n e P ro g ra m m u s t m e e t t h e D e n ta l Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program Admissions Sheet for more information, or call the Admissions Office at 610 526 6050
• Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the healthcare delivery system
• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics with a C or better
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr DA 110 Professional Communication 2 cr. in the Healthcare Setting 16 cr
BHS 110 Applied Behavior Analysis 3 cr. for Behavior Technicians
Upon completion of the certificate program, g ra d u a t e s a re e l i g i b l e to s i t fo r t h e D e n ta l Assisting National Board Exam
DA 121 Dental Assisting I 4 cr DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr
Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e D e n ta l A s s i s t i n g Certificate Program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:
DA 142 Dental Materials 3 cr DA 100 Dental Assisting Experience 2 cr. DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr DA 122 Dental Assisting II 4 cr DA 141 Basic Dental Science 3 cr
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5 3
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
Total Credits: 60 credits
DA 247 Preventive Health & Nutrition 2 cr
BIO 108 Introduction to Human 3 cr Anatomy & Physiology
(Tuition is charged for the Summer Session)
Policies regarding individuals with blood b o r n e i n f e c t i o u s d i s e a s e s a re a va i l a b l e o n Harcum’s website under the Dental Assisting Program and upon request from the College’s Student Health Office.
B e h a v i o ra l H e a lt h S c i e n c e C u r r i c u l u m
Dental Assisting Certificate
The Dental Assisting Certificate program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accred itation status of “approval without reporting requirements ” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440 4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611
• Graduates will practice dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state
• College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses
PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr BHS 103 Professional Ethics & Advocacy 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr BHS 104 Substance Abuse Counseling 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning Elective 3 cr. 15 cr
One-Year Certificate
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr HUM 202 Healthcare Laws & Ethics 3 cr BHS 107 Stress Management in 3 cr. Community & Clinical Settings
ELE Open Elective 3 cr. 15 cr
PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr 18 cr.
BHS 101 Introduction to 3 cr Behavioral Health Science ENG 101 English Composition 1 3 cr BHS 102 Introduction to Substance Abuse 3 cr ENG 104 Professional Communications 3 cr ELE Open Elective 3 cr 15 cr
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
A dental assistant performs specific pro cedures on patients, exposes and processes radiographs, assists chairside, prepares and delivers dental materials, and participates in laboratory procedures Dental assistants may perform only under the direct supervision of a dentist
D e n t a l A s s i s t i n g C u r r i c u l u m
• Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines
• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required. New clearances are required annually A Child Abuse history and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Assisting Program
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
(Tuition is charged for the Summer Session)
• A maximum of 15 transfer credits in equivalent non dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Dental Assisting Certificate program Transfer credits are evaluated by the College
DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum 8 cr 8 cr
E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n t a l A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m
• To receive a Dental Assistant Certificate, the student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher in all Dental Assisting courses
DA 250 Dental Assisting IV Internship 7 cr. DA 249 Dental Assisting IV Seminar 1 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr. 14 cr
S U M M E R S E S S I O N
• Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the healthcare delivery system
• Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members
Total Credits: 69 Credits
Acceptance into the Expanded Functions
The Dental Assisting curriculum require m e n t s i n t h e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l Assisting Associate of Science degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accred itation status of “approval without reporting requirements ” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at 312 440 4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 6 0 611 T h e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Program Outcomes
Prerequisites for Admission
• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals
Associate of Science
Policies regarding individuals with blood borne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College’s Student Health Office H a rc u m C o l l e g e E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s
U p o n s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e Expanded Functions Dental Assisting degree program, the graduate is eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania EFDA certification exam
• Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills utilized by an expanded function dental assistant in a variety of dental environments
DA 121 Dental Assisting I 4 cr DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr DA 247 Preventive Health & Nutrition 2 cr BIO 108 Intro to Human Anatomy & Physiology 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. DA 110 Professional Communication Skills 2 cr in the Healthcare Setting 16 cr
DA 243 Dental Assisting III 5 cr.
• The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites
• Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider Basic Life Support (BLS) CPR course, including adult, child, infant, and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program
• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses
• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, and child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required
• GPA of 2 0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only)
Program Requirements
Procedures include rubber dam application; placement of matrix band and wedges; placing, carving, and finishing amalgam restorations, light cured composite restorations, coronal polishing, fluoride application, and pit and fissure sealants. Students also learn fabrication of temporary crowns and bridges and place ment of temporary restorations
A s s i s t i n g c u r r i c u l u m re q u i re m e n t s a re approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Dentistry
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
• A failing grade (C or lower) or a grade of W in the same Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program Expanded Functions Dental Assistant (EFDA)
• Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting Program Orientation
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr DA 245 Dental Office Procedures 2 cr 16 cr.
• Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines
Dental Assisting Associate of Science Degree p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g entrance requirements:
Students accepted into the Dental Assisting Certificate program must meet the following additional criteria:
5 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s D e n ta l A s s i s ta n t (EFDA) performs restorative and preventative procedures on patients under the direct super vision of a dentist An EFDA must be state certified to practice
• Graduates will practice expanded function dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state.
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
DA 142 Dental Materials 3 cr DA 100 Dental Assisting Clinical 2 cr. DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr DA 122 Dental Assisting II 4 cr DA 141 Basic Dental Science 3 cr. 15 cr
S t u d e n t s a c c e p t e d i n to t h e E x p a n d e d Functions Dental Assisting Associate Degree program must meet the following additional criteria:
• Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program
• Transfer credits are evaluated by the College A maximum of 30 transfer credits in equivalent non dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate of Science Degree program.
Intellectual:
Students must be able to work in a clinical environment that is required to follow guide lines for infection control This may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection Protective gloves, masks, eye wear, and clinical attire must be worn
The essential abilities required by the cur riculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmen tal, and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental assistant. These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate
• Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting/EFDA Program Orientation
The technical standards, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those phys ical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the Dental Assisting and Expanded Functions Dental Assisting curriculum
Behavioral and Social:
• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required New clearances are required annually
S h e e t fo r m o re i n fo r m a t i o n , o r c a l l t h e Admissions Office at 610 526 6050
Environmental:
• Students participate in clinical experience and are responsible for their own transportation to and from clinical sites
Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly This includes time management skills, com munication styles, and interactions.
Dental Assisting students interested in apply i n g to H a rc u m ’ s D e n ta l H y g i e n e P ro g ra m m u s t m e e t t h e D e n ta l H y g i e n e P ro g ra m ’ s admissions requirements Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program
• Students must achieve a grade of C (75 percent) or higher in all dental courses and B (80 percent) or higher in DA 243 DA III EFDA course and DA 250 DA IV EFDA clinical internship
• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals
Motor/Sensory:
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5 5
• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, child abuse clearance, and criminal record check are required
The student must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental assisting and expanded functions dental assist ing skills when working with patients and assisting the dentist Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment. Functional vision, hearing, motor, and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform those duties delegated by the den tist, including but not limited to: manipulation and delivery of dental materials, exposure of radiographs, and evacuation and retraction of the oral cavity The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs
Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting The student must demon strate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate. The student must be able to ver bally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team
Program Requirements
Essential Functions for Expanded Functions Dental Assisting /EFDA Students
The student must be able to work in a coop erative, professional, and ethical manner with individuals of differing personalities and back grounds Being able to participate effectively as an integral part of the team is important.
A Child Abuse history and a criminal record may exclude the student from participation i n t h e c l i n i c a l c o m p o n e n t o f t h e D e n ta l Assisting/EFDA Program
The programs require essential abilities in information acquisition The student must have the ability to master information pre sented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material pre sented through computer imaging, and pro jected images The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature The ability to comprehend three dimensional relationships and understand the spatial rela tionship of the structures is important. Further, the student must be able to complete com puter based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate, reason, analyze, and synthesize Problem solv ing skills are essential
Communication:
• A failing grade (C or lower) for DA specific classes and C+ or lower for EFDA specific classes) or a grade of WF in the same Expanded Functions Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program
DH 201 Preventative Oral Health Services III 2 cr. Seminar
• A college cumulative grade point average of 2 5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores
D e n t a l H yg i e n e C u r r i c u l u m
Program Outcomes
DH 190 Oral Pathology 2 cr
Dental Hygiene
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr 9 cr.
DH 202 Preventative Oral Health Services III 4 cr. Clinic
DH 203 Dental Anesthesia Part II 1 cr. DH 270 Pharmacology 2 cr
The Dental Hygiene Associate of Science Degree program is accredited by the Com mission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval w i t h o u t re p o r t i n g re q u i re m e n t s. ” T h e Commission on Dental Accreditation can be c o n ta c t e d a t ( 31 2 ) 4 4 0 4 6 5 3 o r a t 211 E a s t Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611
DH 282 Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene 2 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr. SOC 109 Principles of Sociology 3 cr 17 cr.
5 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
The student’s clinical experience will span three semesters, including a summer session and will take place at several facilities, including the Harcum College on campus Cohen Dental Center, St Christopher’s Hospital for Children, P h i l a d e l p h i a VA H o s p i ta l , C o m m u n i t y Volunteers in Medicine, and the Kornberg School of Dentistry
DH 101 Preventative Oral Health Services I 4 cr. DH 170 Dental Histology/Embryology 2 cr 15 cr.
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will provide comprehensive dental hygiene care to a diverse population based on the current standards of care
DH 280 Periodontics II Lab 0 cr
CHE102 Principles of Chemistry 3 cr
• Completion of high school Algebra I, Algebra II, geometry, chemistry, and biology (with lab) with grades of B or higher College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses
DE 191 Head and Neck Anatomy 1 cr
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will incorporate ethical and professional judgment into the practice of dental hygiene
DH 121 Medical Emergencies 1 cr
MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr. 9 cr
DE 192 Dental Anatomy 2 cr
After completion of the associate degree program, graduates are eligible to sit for licens ing board exams
DH 271 Community Dental Health 2 cr
S U M M E R E N T RY– S u m m e r I
FA L L S E M E S T E R Fa ll I
DH 211 Preventative Oral Health Services IV 5 cr Clinic
Prerequisites for Admission
D e n ta l H y g i e n e s t u d e n t s m e e t i n g E x panded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA) entrance requirements are eligible to take an optional Expanded Functions I & II course any time after graduation This will make stu d e n t s e l i g i b l e to s i t fo r t h e Pe n n s y l va n i a E x p a n d e d Fu n c t i o n s C e r t i f i c a t i o n E xa m ination
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will apply critical thinking, problem solving and self assessment skills in the provision of dental hygiene care
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 950 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 1030 Evidence based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT of 20
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development within the changing environment of the healthcare profession
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr
The Dental Hygienist is a licensed, preven tive, oral health care professional who provides a variety of patient care services The graduate will be able to work in a variety of settings such as private practice, group specialty practice, hospitals, schools, and public health settings
BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 cr BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr
DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II 2 cr Clinic (Part II)
FA L L S E M E S T E R – Fa ll I I
Total Credits: 85
S U M M E R S E S S I O N –S u m m e r I I
DH 110 Preventative Oral Health Services II 2 cr Seminar
DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II 2 cr Clinic (Part I)
SPRING SEMESTER Spring I
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will integrate knowledge from general education, basic science, and dental hygiene courses
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will demonstrate effective communication skills; written, oral, and interpersonal
DH 200 Dental Anesthesia Part I 1 cr ENG 103 Public Speaking 3 cr.
DH 180 Periodontics I 2 cr 16 cr
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 cr. DE 150 Dental Radiology 3 cr
DH 142 Dental Materials 2 cr
Associate of Science
DH 280 Periodontics II 3 cr BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr. 19 cr
SPRING SEMESTER – Spring II
DH 210 Preventative Oral Health Services IV 2 cr Seminar
Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e D e n ta l H y g i e n e A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g e n t ra n c e requirements:
• Purchase of designated instrument kit and supplies, uniform scrubs, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals, and forms packets
• Harcum Placement Tests All candidates must take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, mathematics, and reading. All remedial coursework must be completed prior to enrollment in the Dental Hygiene Program
Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting The student must demon strate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate The student must be able to ver bally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team
Motor/Sensory:
• A maximum of 33 transfer credits in equivalent non dental specific coursework can be accepted Transfer credits are evaluated by the College
Communication:
Policies regarding individuals with blood borne infectious diseases are available on the Harcum website under the Dental Hygiene Program and are available upon request from the College Student Health Office
Environmental:
the student must be able to complete com puter based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate reason, analyze, and synthesize Problem solv ing skills are essential.
• Proof of current certification from an approved CPR course, Basic Life Support (BLS) for healthcare providers, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Preventative Oral Health Services I Current certification must be maintained throughout the program
Functional vision, hearing, and tactile sen sation must be adequate to perform a clinical examination, including, the gathering of infor mation on texture, color, palpable changes in tissues, and fine changes on tooth surfaces
Students must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental hygiene care to the patients Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment
Program Requirements
Essential Functions for Dental Hygiene Students
Students must be able to work in a clinical environment and follow required guidelines for infection control This may include chem ical solutions and aerosols for surface disin fection Protective gloves, masks, eyewear, and clinical attire must be worn.
Admission to the Dental Hygiene program is competitive and completion of minimum admission requirements does not guarantee admittance to the program.
Intellectual:
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5 7
• Students may need to supplement the patient pool in the clinical education experience
Students accepted into the Dental Hygiene program must meet the following additional criteria:
Application Deadline
Re entry into clinical courses is on a space available basis.
• The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites
These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the ful fillment of these attributes is not adequate
• Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check A Child Abuse history will and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Hygiene Program
Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all required academic and clinical requirements and follow appro priate protocol. The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly This includes time man agement skills, communication styles, and interactions
Dental Hygiene students must achieve a grade of C or higher in all science and dental hygiene courses and maintain a grade point average of 2 0 or higher throughout the pro gram A failing grade (C or lower) or a grade of W/F in two dental hygiene or science cours es on the first attempt will result in dismissal from the program
The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs
The student must be able to work in a coop erative professional manner with individuals of differing personalities and background Being able to participate effectively as a mem ber of a healthcare team is important
All application materials must be received by February 15
• Attend the mandatory Dental Hygiene Program Orientation.
The Essential Functions, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those phys ical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the dental hygiene curriculum The essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, c o m m u n i c a t i o n , e n v i ro n m e n ta l , a n d t h e behavioral and social aspects of the perform ance as a dental hygienist.
• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs: Clearances are done through an online system from Castle Branch Proof of medical insurance is required Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination, child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required
The program requires essential abilities in information acquisition The student must have the ability to master information pre sented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material pre sented through computer imaging, and pro jected images The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature The ability to comprehend three dimensional relationships and understand the spatial rela tionship of structures is important. Further,
Criteria such as completion of non Dental Hygiene coursework, cumulative grade point average, and date of completion of minimum requirements may be used in the evaluation and decision process Because of class size lim itations, the College does not guarantee contin uous enrollment between non Dental Hygiene coursework, the Dental Assisting Certificate Program, and the Dental Hygiene Program. Should a current Harcum student be interested in the Dental Hygiene Program, a new appli cation, along with supporting documents, must be submitted to the Admissions Office All Dental Hygiene admissions requirements must be met
Histotechnicians play a critical role in prepar ing biopsy specimens for microscopic exami nation by the pathologist They are involved with the detection and diagnosis of cancer and other pathological conditions, as well as fol lowing the treatment and progress of disease.
• Students will be able to analyze the results of histopathologic tissue samples in order to aid the pathologist in diagnosing diseases and recommending treatment
More information on this career can be found at these websites: www ascp org and www nsh org
• Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance
• Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern histopathology laboratory
Cognitive Functions:
HTN 102 Fundamental Histotechnology 3 cr. Lab Techniques
HTN 113 Applied Histotechnology 6 cr Special Stain Techniques
The Histotechnician program at Harcum College is fully accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 N River Rd , Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018 5119 Telephone: 847 939 3597
HTN 114 Comprehensive Applied 6 cr Histotechnology Procedures
Psychomotor Functions:
Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r - S p r i n g
SOC SCI Social Science Elective 3 cr. DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr 9 cr.
CHE Chemistry Elective 4 cr. 13 cr
• Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development
HTN 105 HT Cert Exam Prep Seminar 1 cr 10 cr.
Associate of Science
Successful histotechnicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employ ment in hospitals, reference labs, clinics, and research facilities
Total: 66 cr.
Prerequisites for Admission
The accredited Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements:
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r S p r i n g
• Background checks
5 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
HTN 112 Applied Histotechnology 4 cr Lab Techniques
The HT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work under time constraints, maintain alertness and con centration during a normal work period, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new sit uations, work safely with potential chemical and biologic hazards, using universal precau tions; show respect for self and others; project an image of professionalism including appear ance, dress, and confidence
Affective Functions:
Important Information
T h e H T s t u d e n t m u s t b e a b l e to : m o ve freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators; possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow del icate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools; possess fine motor skills to handle equipment used in the histology laboratory; identify and distinguish objects macroscopi cally and microscopically; lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds; possess a sense of touch and temperature discrimination; use hands for repetitive activity
HTN 100 Intro to Histotechnology 3 cr Theory & Techniques
The HT student must possess the following intellectual skills: communicate effectively in written and spoken English, possess and apply mathematical skills, possess the psy chological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgment, and analytic ability Computer literacy is essential for success in online courses
*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I, BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II, BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not o f f e re d o n l i n e b y H a rc u m C o l l e g e. T h e s e courses may be taken at any accredited college o r u n i ve rs i t y a n d t ra n s f e r re d to H a rc u m College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better
• A high school or college GPA of 2 0 Students accepted to the HT Program must meet the following criteria:
Histotechnician Curriculum
S u m m e r S e m e s t e r
Program Outcomes
MTH 113 College Math 3 cr ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr AHS 103 Research and Comp App 3 cr BIO 103 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr 16 cr
BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr BIO 104 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr. 18 cr
HTN 103 Histotechnology Special Stains 3 cr
• Physical examination
Essential Functions for the Histotechnician Program
F i rs t S e m e s t e r - Fa ll
• Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills
• Immunizations
Histotechnician
Designed to prepare individuals for employ ment in a histology laboratory, the Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on site requirements, offering students the flex ibility to earn an associate’s degree on a full time or part time basis Additionally, Harcum Histotechnician graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)
HTN 104 Advanced Histotechnology 3 cr Techniques
T h i rd S e m e s t e r Fa ll
• Students will create a plan to demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees.
M a s s a g e T h e ra py C u r r i c u l u m
Associate of Science
Massage Therapy
Designed to prepare individuals for employ ment in a clinical laboratory environment, the Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on site requirements, offering students the flex ibility to earn an associate’s degree Additionally, Harcum Medical Laboratory Technology grad uates qualify to take the Board of Certification Exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)
ELE Open Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
Credits completed are transferable for stu dents who continue their education by pur suing a Bachelor’s degree
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr MT 103 Wellness Professional Development 3 cr MT 104 Advanced Massage Techniques 3 cr
The curriculum is made up of courses in B u s i n e s s d e ve l o p m e n t , K i n e s i o l o g y , a n d M a s s a g e T h e ra p y G ra d u a t e s w i l l e a r n a n Associate’s degree, and be qualified to apply fo r t h e n a t i o n a l M a s s a g e a n d B o d y wo r k Licensing Examination (MBLEx), granting students the credential for successful careers as Licensed Massage Therapists (LMT)
ELE Open Elective 3 cr. 16 cr
MT 106 Clinical Applications I 3 cr BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 cr. PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr 16 cr
BIO 204 Nutrition 3 cr MT 107 Clinical Applications II 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr. SCI 114 Applied Kinesiology 3 cr MT 102 Theory, Law & Ethics 3 cr
Medical laboratory technicians play an important role in detection, diagnosis, and treatment of disease Successful medical lab o ra to r y t e c h n i c i a n s a re p ro b l e m s o l ve rs, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in h o s p i ta l s, re f e re n c e l a b o ra to r i e s, c l i n i c s, research facilities, and private practices
• Demonstrate effective and appropriate professional communication skills in interactions with clients, colleagues and others
T h e M e d i c a l L a b o ra to r y Te c h n o l o g y A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m a t Harcum College is accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) NAACLS can be contacted at 5600 N River Rd , Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018 5119 or 847 939 3597
More information on this exciting career can be found at these websites: www ascp org and www ascls org
• Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance.
• Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development
The program introduces students to diverse massage therapy approaches that easily blend therapeutic and clinical modalities
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 5 9
• Define the elements of an ethical client centered therapeutic relationship
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
MT105 Supplemental Modalities 3 cr
The Massage Therapy Program provides students with the knowledge, skills, and qual i f i c a t i o n s to b e c o m e s u c c e s s f u l M a s s a g e Therapists in healthcare and spa settings, or as entrepreneurs in the Wellness and Holistic health fields.
Total Credits: 62 Credits
Program Outcomes
• Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern clinical laboratory
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
• Students will demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees
• Develop a plan for a successful practice, business, or employment situation
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
• Explain and apply appropriate techniques for therapeutic benefit
BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr MT 100 Massage Fundamentals 3 cr MT 101 Indications, Contraindications 3 cr & Pathology
• Students will analyze laboratory results to diagnose disease and pathologic conditions
PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES
• Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills.
• Develop plans for effective massage sessions that reflect an understanding of the client’s current condition and client’s goals for the session
Medical Laboratory Technology
Associate of Science
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
** The final spring semester is completed at the hospital practicum site during day shift hours, Monday through Friday A min imum grade point average of 2 0 must be maintained before the practicum begins Students are responsible for their own trans portation to and from the hospital practicum site.
MLS 114 Applied Hematology & Microscopy 1 cr MLS 130 Immunology 3 cr 18 cr.
*BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr
Affective Functions:
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
• Physical examination, immunizations, and background checks
MLS 224 Applied Lab Techniques in Microbiology 4 cr
Cognitive Functions:
The MLT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work effectively under time constraints and under pressure, wo r k i n d e p e n d e n t l y , p r i o r i t i ze wo r k l o a d according to laboratory department needs, when multitasking maintain alertness and concentration in a loud and hectic environ ment, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new situations, work safely with potential chemical, radiological, and biologic hazards using universal precautions, show respect for self and others, project an image of profes sionalism including appearance, dress, and confidence
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr MLS 101 Introduction to Medical 3 cr Laboratory Technology MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I 1 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr AHS 103 Research Methods 3 cr & Computer Applications BIO 101 General Biology I 4 cr 17 cr
• High school or college GPA of 2 0
Clinical Rotation Practicum Courses**
6 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Total Credits: 74 Credits
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
T h e a c c re d i t e d M e d i c a l L a b o ra to r y Technology Associate of Science Degree pro gram offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a lab oratory career and meet the following entrance requirements:
M e d i ca l L a b o ra t o r y Te c h n o l o g y C u r r i c u l u m
The MLT student must possess the follow ing intellectual skills: communicate effectively in written and spoken English, possess and apply mathematical skills, possess the psy chological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgment, ana lytic ability
MLS 113 Basic Hematology & Clinical Microscopy 3 cr
Important Information
Psychomotor Functions:
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr. SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 9 cr.
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr
The MLT student must be able to: move freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators, possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow del icate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools, grasp and release small objects (test tubes, pipettes, microscope slides), manipulate other laboratory materials (reagents, manual and automated pipettes, etc ), identify and distinguish objects macroscopically and micro scopically, lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds, possess a sense of touch and temper ature discrimination, use hands for repetitive activity
MLS 226 Applied Lab Techniques in Coagulation 1 cr. MLS 227 Applied Lab Techniques in Urinalysis 1 cr MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar 1 cr 17 cr
MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology 3 cr MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II 1 cr 13 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry 3 cr MLS 212 Clinical Hematology and Coagulation 3 cr MLS 213 Clinical Immunohematology 3 cr.
*CHE Chemistry Elective 4 cr.
MLS 222 Applied Lab Techniques in Hematology 3 cr. MLS 223 Applied Lab Techniques in 3 cr Immunohematology
* BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College These courses may be taken at any accredited college o r u n i ve rs i t y a n d t ra n s f e r re d to H a rc u m College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better.
Prerequisites for Admission
Students accepted into the MLT program must meet the following criteria:
Essential Functions for Medical Lab Technician Program
MLS 225 Applied Lab Techniques in Serology 1 cr
MLS 221 Applied Lab Techniques in Chemistry 3 cr
S U M M E R S E S S I O N
The Nursing Program at Harcum College promotes excellence in nursing education by providing an educational foundation in the arts and sciences that enhances the application of nursing theory into clinical practice in a variety of health care settings The nursing curriculum provides experiences in meeting human needs holistically across the health illness continuum. Theoretical and clinical learning experiences are integrated within the clinical nursing courses
• Integrates integrity and accountability into practice that uphold established regulatory, legal, and ethical principles while providing patient centered standard based nursing care
N u rs i n g P ro g ra m
NUR 216 Transition to Nursing Practice 2 cr 6 cr.
C u r r i c u l u m
NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III 4 cr.
Full approval from the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing was received in October, 2005 and October, 2019
Nurses are unique health care providers who implement the highest level of health care services and collaborate with other mem bers of the health care team to promote and maintain the health of diverse populations.
• Participate in the use of evidence based quality improvement processes in the delivery of patient centered care
• Demonstrate effective use of strategies to mitigate errors and reduce the risk of harm to patients, self, and others in a variety of settings.
T h e p ro g ra m b e g i n s i n l a t e Au g u s t Laboratory and clinical experiences are offered in the day, evening, and weekend based on availability of clinical sites Upon completion of the program requirements, graduates are e l i g i b l e to ta ke t h e Na t i o n a l C o u n c i l fo r Licensure Examination for Registered Nurse (NCLEX RN)
F i rs t S e m e s t e r ( Fa ll )
T h e Ac c re d i ta t i o n C o m m i s s i o n fo r Education in Nursing (ACEN) can be contacted at 3343 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 850, Atlanta, GA 30326, Phone 404 975 5000 Fax: 404 975 5020 or www acenursing org
NUR 106 Mental Health Nursing 2 cr 9 cr.
T h i rd S e m e s t e r ( Fa ll )
Admission Criteria
An applicant’s scholastic aptitude, academic achievements, and ability to succeed in the Nursing Program are considered in making the decision to admit a student into the Nursing P ro g ra m A p p l i c a n t s m u s t c o m p l e t e a l l Prerequisites for Admission in order to be con sidered for admission to the Nursing Program.
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 6 1
NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of 9 cr Nursing Practice 9 cr
G ra d u a t e s o f t h e N u rs i n g P ro g ra m a re awarded the Associate of Science Degree in Nursing and are eligible to take The National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX RN) examination to become a Registered Nurse
Total Nursing Course Credits: 33 Credits
NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I 7 cr.
Program Outcomes
Nursing Program
• Collaborate as a member of the inter professional healthcare team to manage and coordinate the provision of safe, quality care for patients, families, and groups
Total Nursing Program Credits: 66 Credits
• Evaluate nursing care provided to patients, families, and groups across the lifespan from diverse backgrounds in a variety of settings to ensure that it is compassionate, age and culturally appropriate, and based on a patient’s values and needs
• Demonstrate use of best current evidence and clinical expertise when making clinical decisions in the provision of patient centered care
• Appraise leadership, management, and priority setting skills in the provision and management of safe, quality, patient centered care
Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r ( S p r i n g )
The Harcum College Nursing program is accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN) In August 2017 the program was granted "Continuing Accreditation" by the Board of Commissioners for ACEN following the Spring 2017 on site program review.
The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing can be contacted at the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of State, Bureau o f P ro f e s s i o n a l a n d O c c u p a t i o n a l A f fa i rs, S t a t e B o a r d o f N u r s i n g , P O B o x 2 6 4 6 , Harrisburg, PA 17105 2649; Phone: 717 783 71 4 2 ; o r Fa x : 71 7 7 8 3 0 8 2 2 ; We b s i t e : https://www dos pa gov/ProfessionalLicensin g/BoardsCommissions/Nursing/Pages/default aspx
NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II 5 cr NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing 4 cr 9 cr
• Critique information and patient care technology to communicate relevant patient information, manage care, mitigate error, and support decision making
Associate of Science
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r ( S p r i n g )
Total General Education Course Credits: 33 Credits
Students applying to the Nursing Program must complete all of the following general education course requirements with a mini mum grade of C These prerequisite courses can be transferred from another institution and must be completed prior to acceptance into the Nursing Program.
Upon completion of all application require ments, candidates will be reviewed for admis sion to the Nursing Program
Total General Education Credits 33 cr
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr
• Interview may be required
• A student can only repeat one Nursing course, or withdraw from one nursing course one time throughout the entire Nursing program (NOTE: NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice cannot be repeated)
• Attend the mandatory College and Nursing orientation
• Meet the 66 credits required for completion of the Nursing Program.
• TEAS Exam required
BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr BIO 205 Microbiology 4 cr
Course with AED training for health care providers
Program Requirements
1 The didactic (classroom) component the student’s knowledge of nursing content
Students must successfully pass both theory and clinical practicum to progress to the next nursing course Failure in either the didactic or clinical component results in a course fail ure An “unsatisfactory” rating in any clinical practicum results in a failing grade for clinical and thus a failure for the nursing course
The application of theory in practice is i n t e g ra l to l e a r n i n g i n t h e c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g Therefore, course grades are based upon the assessment of two components:
• Purchase designated uniforms and equipment for laboratory and clinical practice
• A second failure or withdrawal from a Nursing course will result in dismissal from the Nursing program
Students who are unsuccessful in a nursing course must follow the procedures outlined in the Nursing Student Handbook
• Meet yearly required flu vaccination.
• Provide evidence of an optimal level of individual health to complete Core Performance Standards
No t e : T h e Pe n n s y l va n i a S ta t e B o a rd o f Nursing requires Harcum College to inform applicants that they may be denied licensure or the privilege of taking the licensure exam i n a t i o n ( N C L E X R N ) i f t h e y h a ve p l e a d e d guilty and/or been convicted by a judge of a misdemeanor, felonious act, or illegal act asso ciated with alcohol or an illegal act associated with substance abuse(s) in the course of this Commonwealth or any other state, territory, or country For more information, contact the S ta t e B o a rd o f N u rs i n g a t 71 7 7 8 3 71 4 2 o r www.dos.state.pa.us/nurse.
• The applicant must have documentation of a minimum cumulative GPA of 2 8 at the time of formal application to the Nursing Program A grade of “B” or better in all prerequisite science courses is required and a grade of “C” or better in all other prerequisite courses NOTE: Students who have repeated a science course one or more times in order to obtain a passing or higher grade will not be accepted
PSY 156 Human Development 3 cr SOC 109 Principles of Sociology 3 cr.
• A grade of C or lower will result in a course failure
• Purchase all required current editions of textbooks and supplemental learning materials
• Complete all degree requirements of the Nursing Program within four semesters after beginning the first Nursing course
The Nursing Program of Harcum College reserves the right to amend regulations, fees, conditions, courses, laboratories, and clinicals as circumstances may require without prior notice to persons who might thereby be affect ed The provisions of the Nursing Program are not to be regarded as an irrevocable con tract between Harcum College and the stu dents of the Nursing Program
Acceptance into the Nursing Program is competitive Completion of requirements does not guarantee admittance into the Nursing Program
In all cases, the Nursing faculty reserves the right to take action when a student is not performing at the expected level of achieve ment and/or is deemed unsafe in the clinical setting Specific policies and requirements related to the Nursing Program are contained in the Nursing Student Handbook
Prerequisites for Admission
2 The clinical practicum the student’s demonstration of nursing theory in practice through the attainment of specific clinical practicum learning objectives
• Provide self transportation to and from clinical rotation sites
6 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Meet all health and immunization require ments of the Nursing Program, including titers for Rubeola, Mumps, Rubella, Varicella Zoster, and Hepatitis B
Disclaimer
Acceptance Requirements
MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr.
• P ro o f o f c u r re n t c e r t i f i c a t i o n f ro m a n a p p ro ve d A m e r i c a n H e a r t A s s o c i a t i o n C a rd i o p u l m o n a r y Re s u s c i ta t i o n ( C P R )
• Provide proof of current health insurance coverage
• Provide evidence of a negative 10 panel urine drug screening test
Upon acceptance into the Nursing Program, students are required to:
• Child Abuse History Clearance (original copy)
(Critical Thinking, Interpersonal Abilities, C o m m u n i c a t i o n , M o b i l i t y , M o to r S k i l l s, Hearing, Visual, Tactile, and Strength/Stamina) Refer to Student Nursing Handbook
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr
• Fingerprint (Department of Human Services)
• Achieve a minimum grade of C+ in each Nursing course
• Federal Certified Criminal Background Check (original copy)
• Students will relate the importance of the phlebotomist to the integrity of the results reported by the lab and identify guidelines to prevent lawsuits
This course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phlebotomist by presenting a background in human phys iology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present health care setting
• Mobility: ability to maneuver in the clinical setting
• Computer literacy is essential in blended courses
Registration for this course is concurrent with the Phlebotomy Practicum and serves to prepare students for success in the certifi cation exam
• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices
Credits: 1
A career as a phlebotomy technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients. Phlebotomy tech nicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence with patients while skillfully and safely drawing blood specimens for analysis in the clinical laboratory
PBT 202 Phlebotomy Certification Exam Prep Seminar.
Application Process
• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i e , phone receivers, hearing aid, etc )
Program Outcomes
P h l e b o t o my C u r r i c u l u m
• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination
Applicants for admission into Phlebotomy courses must possess:
• Students will apply knowledge of medical terminology, human anatomy, and body systems to phlebotomy principles and procedures
Pre requisite: High School diploma Credits: 3
Essential functions represent the non aca demic requirements of the program that stu dents must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. The student should not be hesitant in the use of a needle for blood drawing The following is a list of the technical abilities and skills
Students completing the PBT 210 and PBT 201 courses are eligible to take the phlebotomy certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists
Registration for the non credit Phlebotomy Technician Certificate program is conducted t h ro u g h t h e O f f i c e o f C o n t i n u i n g a n d P ro f e s s i o n a l S t u d i e s. C o n ta c t : O f f i c e o f Continuing and Professional Studies, 610 526 6083
Certificate
• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English
This course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y o f C l i n i c a l Pa t h o l o g i s t s (ASCP).
• Affective: work effectively under time constraints and under pressure
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 6 3
• Students will identify the importance of effective communication skills when relating to patients and discuss the role of regulation in maintaining standards of professionalism, confidentiality, and safety.
• Students will explain information applicable to phlebotomy procedures such as venipuncture and capillary puncture, blood collection additives, order of draw, special collections, point of care, specimen handling, and processing
Once training is completed, employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians’ offices, labora tories, and blood banks
PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum
Essential Functions for the Phlebotomy Program
The Phlebotomy Practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phle botomy technique This practicum will provide the required number of hours and venipunc tures necessary to qualify for the Board of cer tification Exam in Phlebotomy
Phlebotomy Technician
T h e a d m i n i s t ra t i o n o f t h e P h l e b o to m y Technician Certificate program is conducted b y t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f C l i n i c a l L a b o ra to r y Science
• Students will demonstrate correct collection procedures for body fluids
• Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English
• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy
Technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomy technician to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce accurate laboratory results
• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.
Total Credits: 6 Credits
PBT 210 Phlebotomy Theory and Techniques
Pre-requisite: PBT 210 Credits: 2
Non US born students or students whose native language is not English must be able to present proof of English proficiency
S U M M E R S E M E S T E R –
*MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 9 cr.
OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV 1 cr
6 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience Level IIB 6 cr. 13 cr
Program Outcomes
Core Courses
OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level IIA 6 cr
• Graduates will demonstrate appropriate communication skills (written, verbal, and non verbal) to educate and communicate with clients, caregivers, and other health professionals consistent within the OTA scope of practice
Occupational Therapy Assistant
*ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr
• Graduates will gather and apply information to formulate conclusions based in sound clinical reasoning to develop intervention plans that are client centered and within the scope of practice of an OTA
OTA 225 Activities & Adaptations for 3 cr Adulthood & Geriatric OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Lifespan 3 cr OTA 227 Professional Seminar III 1 cr.
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
• Graduates will demonstrate and uphold professional standards and responsibilities to promote ethical practice appropriate to the role of the OTA.
• Occupational Therapy Assistants must complete a two year educational program accredited by Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA) to be eligible to sit for the national certification examination (see below) After successful completion of the exam, candidates may apply for their state license to practice as Certified Occupational Therapy Assistants (COTAs)
SOC 122 Occupational Roles & Tasks 3 cr. throughout the Life Span
• Graduates will integrate information from biological, physical, and psychosocial sciences to demonstrate an understanding and to formulate a holistic view of the person and how illness or disability can affect occupational performance
*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr 18 cr
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for OTA’s 1 cr OTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr OTA 119 Introduction to Occupational Therapy 3 cr General Concepts/Emerging Practice
• The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program at Harcum College is fully accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 6116 Executive Blvd , Suite 200, North Bethesda, MD 20852 4929 ACOTE’s telephone number is 301 652 2682. Website: www acoteonline org
*ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr *HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr 17 cr
OTA 120 Application of Professional Behavior 2 cr in Emerging Practice and Fieldwork Level 1A
O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra py A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m
• Graduates will select and implement evidence based interventions to support participation in areas of occupation throughout the continuum of care and across the lifespan.
*Core courses marked can be taken prior to entering the Occupational Therapy Assistant program
Associate of Science
• Strict clearance requirements apply to all students in the OTA Program If you have ever been arrested, you are required to contact the program director immediately in writing to jfoster@harcum edu to determine if your record and/or expungement will impact your ability to attend required clinical rotations
• Occupational Therapy Assistant (OTA) graduates are eligible to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant, which is administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) Please note that any arrest or conviction within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other state, territory, or country may prevent the ability to sit for the NBCOT Certification Examination, be placed in fieldwork, and/or attain state licensure If ever arrested or found guilty of a misdemeanor or felonious act, you will be urged to request a character review through NBCOT This can be accessed at http://www nbcot org/early determination character review
*AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology 1 cr
*PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr.
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in 4 cr. Adulthood & Geriatric & Fieldwork Level I C Adult / Geriatric Practice
Total Credits: 72 Credits
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
T h e O c c u p a t i o n a l T h e ra p y A s s i s ta n t A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s designed to prepare students for a career in occupational therapy assisting Occupational therapy is a health profession which utilizes everyday life activities to help people of all ages prevent, lessen, or overcome disabilities or illnesses that interfere with their ability to lead independent and satisfying lives The o c c u p a t i o n a l t h e ra p y a s s i s ta n t , u n d e r t h e supervision of a registered occupational ther apist, works in a variety of settings, including hospitals, schools, rehabilitation facilities, mental health settings, and in community based intervention
OTA 123 Bio Psycho Social Conditions 3 cr. OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood & Adolescence & Fieldwork Level I B Child / Adolescent Practice 4 cr OTA 125 Activities & Adaptations for Childhood & Adolescence 3 cr OTA 127 Professional Seminar II 1 cr BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr 15 cr
• Fieldwork Level I A General Concepts/Emerging Practice,
• Current (not older than one year) physical exam
• Spring start for program courses: all program courses meet on Saturdays
• Fall start for program courses: all program courses meet on Fridays
• State Criminal Record Check
• All non transfer Occupational Therapy Assistant students must take placement exams in English, Math, and Reading Any required developmental coursework must be completed before enrolling in OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles Placement exams are waived for transfer students
• FBI Background Check
Program Schedules
• Two step PPD test (if positive, chest x ray necessary)
Traditional settings include acute care hos pitals, rehabilitation centers, assisted living facilities, schools, mental health facilities, and other educational / medical facilities
• Part time: a student can be part time, if core requirements have been met elsewhere Two of the four semesters will be a part time credit load of 11 credits A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution. No prior Occupational Therapy Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution The Occupational Therapy Assistant program does not accept advance placement or credit for experiential learning
Once students have been accepted into the program, the following additional criteria must be met before enrolling in professional course work:
Graduation (Qualification to sit for National Certification Exam)
Program Requirements
• Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2 5 or better in order to remain in the program A student whose GPA falls below 2 5 will be put on probation
• All Occupational Therapy Assistant students must provide proof of the following medical and legal clearances (or of application in progress):
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence Based Reading/Writing & Math Minimum composite ACT: 19
• Tdap booster (within the past ten years)
Clinical Experiences
Each of the three Fieldwork Level I expe riences is carried out as a four day placement during the academic semesters Fieldwork Level II experiences consist of two eight week, full time (40+ hour/ week) placements and follow the facilities’ business hours
A l l p l a c e m e n t s a re a s s i g n e d b y t h e Academic Fieldwork Coordinator Selection of placements is guided by the goal of giving students the broadest exposure to the field as possible, including traditional and emerging practice settings
• Fieldwork Level I C Adult / Geriatric Practice
• State Child Abuse Clearance
• Hepatitis B series (at least begun with first three doses)
All program specific courses (all OTA, BIO, and PSY courses) must be completed with a grade of C or better Students must complete Level II fieldwork within 18 months following completion of the didactic portion of the pro gram
• Pre program developmental and core requirements coursework may be started at any time (Fall, Spring, or Summer semesters)
• If the GPA remains below 2 5 for two consecutive semesters, the student will be dismissed from the program
• Fieldwork Level I B Child / Adolescent Practice, and
• Full time: program courses are offered one day/week, supported by online assignments during the week, with core educational courses offered on weekdays, evenings, or online
• Clinical component: during Semesters I III, there are part time clinical experiences scheduled at clinical sites, four days per semester Semester IV consists of two eight week, full time clinical placements during the usual and customary hours that a clinician would work for that specific setting.
• For students with college credits, a minimum college GPA of 2 5
• A student who receives a “C “ or less has failed the course and will be required to repeat the course before continuing in the program
• Completion of biology with “C” or better is recommended
Prerequisites for Admission
• A student who has failed any two OTA program courses, or has failed the same OTA program course twice, will be dismissed from the program and will not be permitted to re enter. This policy pertains to all OTA program courses, which include both academic and clinical courses (fieldwork placements)
• Documentation of measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella immunizations
• All Occupational Therapy Assistants are required to have health insurance throughout their period of enrollment at Harcum If a student is not covered under another plan, they will be withdrawn from the program until proof of health insurance is provided
Students participate in two levels of clinical fieldwork experiences throughout their enroll ment in the Occupational Therapy Assistant program: Fieldwork Level I is designed to pro vide students with opportunities to collect data by observing, shadowing, and interview ing professionals in the field, as well as par ticipating in client intervention Fieldwork Level II is a hands on experience, in which fieldwork students gradually assume the roles and responsibilities of an entry level occupa tional therapy assistant
The curriculum requires three Fieldwork Level I experiences; each one is taught as part of an “anchor course” in each of the first three semesters and reflects that semester’s focus:
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 6 5
All OTA students must have regular access to a computer with Internet connection
Deal with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions / Interpret instruc tions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form / Problem solving deal with unexpected situations / Carry out written or oral one to two step instructions / Ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time / Ability to generalize instructions from one sit uation to another / Mathematics add, sub tract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions, calculate time, make simple measurements / Reading comprehend man uals, instructions for maintenance of equip ment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts / Clerical reading perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy / Writing prepare reports using prescribed for mat, make entries into medical and educa tional charts / Writing conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style / Work pace maintain a work pace appro priate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site /Computer Skills send and receive email, perform a basic web search, participate in online course work
Essential Functions are defined as the skills you need to bring into the program in order to be successful as an Occupational Therapy Assistant student An inability to perform any of the functions listed below, even with accom modations, may indicate that you do not have the prerequisite skills to be successful in this profession and that occupational therapy assist ing should not be your field of choice Call the Program Director for questions
Physical Therapy is a field of health care that uses the application of physical agents, therapeutic exercise, and activities in the treat ment and restoration of human bodily func tion
Ability to do in door work and out door work / Tolerate exposure to dust, fumes, odors, and toxic or caustic chemicals / Being around moving machinery, electricity / Exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces / Exposure to v i b ra t i o n / We a r i n g o f p ro t e c t i ve c l o t h i n g (mask, silicone gloves)
• Understand, apply, and integrate the fundamental theories of patient treatment including the knowledge of indicators, contraindicators, and precautions of specific treatment procedures
Physical Factors: Sensory Perceptual
• Analyze, assess, and re assess the effect of physical therapy treatment as it relates to the patient’s plan of care
• Perform patient treatment within the scope of physical therapy practice
• Demonstrate and educate the patient, family, and healthcare team in physical therapy techniques which will maximize the patient’s functional independence
Physical Factors: Environmental
Vision acuity: near / Vision acuity: far / Vision: depth perception / Color vision / Full field of vision/Spatial perception (ability to “visualize” objects) / Form perception (ability to perceive and recognize shapes) / Hear nor mal conversation / Hear telephone conver sation / be comfortable with tactile contact / Discriminate objects by touch
The Physical Therapist Assistant program prepares students to provide direct patient care, using physical therapy treatments in a variety of departmental settings under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist Graduates of the program are eligible to take the national licensure examination Physical Therapist Assistant students can be accepted into the College in the fall, spring, or summer semesters; the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequencing begins only in the fall for the full time course sequence (day classes) and January for the part time course sequence (evening classes)
Associate of Science
The Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education accredits the Physical Therapist Assistant Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College Graduates are eligible to sit for the national board exam ination for the physical therapist assistant
• Use critical thinking and problem solving skills to select the most appropriate patient care activities in a safe and legal manner.
• Implement patient treatments, monitor and appropriately adapt to the patient’s condition during a treatment session, and accurately document the treatment results
Social skills
Essential Functions for Occupational Therapy Assistant Students
Physical Factors: Motor skills
6 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Cognitive Factors: Reasoning
Emerging practice settings are represented by community based programs, specialty pro grams, such as driver training or hippotherapy A clinical instructor from the placement site’s staff supervises all fieldwork experiences Students are responsible for their own trans portation to and from the clinical sites
Physical Therapist Assistant
Graduate Outcomes
Standing (with good balance) / Walking / Sitting / Lifting 80 lbs / Carrying 50 lbs / Pushing/Pulling 80 lbs / Bending / Kneeling / C ra w l i n g / F l o o r s i t t i n g / G ra s p i n g (firm/strong) / Grasping (light) / Finger dex terity / Reaching forward / Reaching overhead / Coordination of hand, wrist, and fingers / Eye hand coordination
S o c i a l E m o t i o n a l a n d C o m m u n i c a t i o n Factors:
Ability to engage in a face to face verbal conversation, making eye contact and using appropriate body language / Dependability effective time management, follow through o n c o m m i t m e n t s & re s p o n s i b i l i t i e s / Professional presentation presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers / Initiative self starting projects, ta s k s, a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n , s e a rc h i n g o u t answers / Empathy being sensitive, respond ing to the feelings and behaviors of others / Cooperation working effectively with other individuals / Organization prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities, maintaining effective work space / Supervision ability to give and receive constructive feed back and to modify behavior accordingly / English language pro ficiency ability to understand spoken and written English, express self clearly in English, a n d b e e a s i l y u n d e rs to o d w h e n u s i n g t h e English language
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
Students can review the outcomes results for the Physical Therapist Assistant Program a t w w w fs b p t o rg o r w w w a p ta o rg o r a t http://harcum edu/PTA The PTA Program a t H a rc u m C o l l e g e i s a c c re d i t e d b y t h e C o m m i s s i o n o n Ac c re d i ta t i o n i n P h y s i c a l Therapy Education (CAPTE), 1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone 703 706 3245; email: accreditation@apta org; website: http://www capteonline org
PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 cr
PTA 112 Physical Therapy I/ 4 cr Electrophysiology
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr PTA 112 Physical Therapy I/Electrophysiology 4 cr
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr
• Recognize the values and beliefs of diverse patient populations and display empathic responses to the patient.
S U M M E R S E S S I O N
PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise 2 cr
• Use communication skills (both verbal and non verbal) to develop effective interpersonal relationships with patient, family, and colleagues
Although many of these courses may be transferred for college credit, the Physical Therapist Assistant program is not intended to prepare students to enter a doctorate level physical therapy program Graduates are eli gible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant Students can review the outcomes results for the PTA Program at www fsbpt org or www apta org or http://harcum edu/PTA
Total Credits: 77 Credits
PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr.
P hys i ca l T h e ra p i s t A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m : Pa r t- t i m e ( Eve n i n g ) D i v i s i o n Required Prerequisite Courses
The following courses must be completed p r i o r to i n i t i a t i n g t h e P h y s i c a l T h e ra p i s t Assistant course sequence, and can be com pleted the prior summer
BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr
A s s i s t a n t C u r r i c u l u m : Fu ll- t i m e D i v i s i o n
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I 3 cr 6 cr.
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 218 Pathophysiology 4 cr.
S P R I N G ( J a n u a r y ) S e m e s t e r I
10 cr.
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr PTA 109 Functional Anatomy 2 cr. PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 111 Foundation Principles of 3 cr Physical Therapy
S P R I N G I I
FA L L I I
PTA 109 Functional Anatomy 2 cr
PTA 111 Foundation Principles of 3 cr. Physical Therapy 17 cr
PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3 cr. 10 cr
PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I (full time day) 3 cr. ***FULL TIME DAY***
S P R I N G I I I
PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III *FULL TIME DAY* 6 cr 14 cr
PTA 222 Orthopedics 3 cr PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications 4 cr 13 cr
Program Outcomes
AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology 1 cr BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr.
W I N T E R S e m e s t e r (approx. Jan. 2 30)
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology 3 cr
S U M M E R I I
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr. PTA 222 Advanced Orthopedics 3 cr 6 cr.
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr PTA 218 Pathophysiology 4 cr 7 cr
S U M M E R ( M ay ) S e m e s t e r I
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 11 cr.
Total Credits: 77 Credits
PTA 240 Clinical Seminar 2 cr
P hys i ca l T h e ra p i s t
AHS 101 Medical Terminology 1 cr BIO 103 Anatomy and Physiology 4 cr BIO 104 Anatomy and Physiology II 4 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 15 cr.
FA L L ( Au g u s t ) S e m e s t e r I
PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II *FULL TIME DAY* 6 cr
PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation 3 cr 16 cr
PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology 4 cr
PTA 240 Clinical Seminar 2 cr PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II 6 cr PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III 6 cr 14 cr.
PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy 2 cr PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications 4 cr. 6 cr
PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise 2 cr 6 cr
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 6 7
S U M M E R S E S S I O N
• Manage his/her time effectively and ability to maintain a work pace appropriate to a given caseload, including regular and punctual attendance at the clinical affiliation sites as well as all classes
• Students may be unable to complete requirements for graduation and/or obtain a license to practice based on results of these background checks.
Prerequisites for Admission
• All application documents must be submitted to the Admissions Office. The Admissions Committee will review only completed application files
• Carry out written or oral, one, two, or three step instructions
• PTA students are required to comply with the PTA dress code and professional behavior standards
Cognitive
• Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form
• Remember instructions and carry out tasks over time
• Master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images
• Once accepted to the program, annually students are required to have a physical examination, chest x ray, Quntiferon Gold blood test, hepatitis B vaccine, and proof of current CPR certification and proof of medical insurance
• Students without the prerequisites are required to complete preparatory coursework before admission to the program This will increase the number of semesters required to complete the program
• It is strongly recommended that applicants complete a minimum of 20 hours of volunteer or work experience in a physical therapy department
• There is an annual fee for obtaining the required clearances and tracking the medical and required documents for clinical education Students are required to register in the program’s on line tracking system, and are responsible for all associated fees
For students to be successful in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program, they must pos sess the ability to achieve competency level performance in all physical therapy procedures which include, but are not limited to, the fol lowing:
• Problem solve and deal with unexpected situations.
• Physical Therapist Assistant students must earn a grade of C or higher in MTH 111, AHS 101, BIO 103, BIO 104 and C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses to proceed in the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequence
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence Based Reading/Writing & Math Minimum composite ACT: 19 A college cumulative GPA of 2 5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores
• Students must demonstrate academic ability to earn a grade of C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses
• Physical Therapist Assistant Policies and Procedures (per Physical Therapist Assistant Policy and Procedure Manual and the PTA Program Clinical Education Manual) are binding
• Generalize instructions from one situation to another
• Demonstrate an entry level knowledge of clinical and didactic materials.
• Read and comprehend physical therapy evaluations, educational and medical charts, manuals and instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures
• Physical Therapist Assistant students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2 0 throughout the program
• Completion of Algebra I and II, Geometry, Biology (with lab) with earned grades of C or higher
• No prior Physical Therapist Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution (exceptions are granted on a case by case basis per Physical Therapist Assistant program policy)
• A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution
• Prepare and write written educational reports using appropriate grammar, punctuation, and spelling
Essential Functions for the Physical Therapist Assistant Student
• Document entries into medical charts
• Students must take all Physical Therapist Assistant courses in the sequence in which they are offered Failure to do so will result in an increase in the number of semesters required to complete the program
• Failure (grade of C or lower) of any two Physical Therapist Assistant courses will result in dismissal from the program
• Class attendance is mandatory for all Physical Therapist Assistant lectures, labs, and clinical affiliations
Acceptance into the Program is dependent upon the following:
Program Requirements
• It is recommended that the student speak with the program director of the Physical Therapist Assistant program prior to entering the program
• Prior to or during the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and FBI criminal history background check must be completed successfully (both should show a clear record) Clearances must be successfully completed in order to proceed to site visits and clinical affiliations
• Accepted students must demonstrate math proficiency and complete the college placement examination in English and reading above the developmental level
• Reason with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions
• Recall coursework materials and integrate appropriately in problem solving scenarios
6 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• A minimum GPA of 2 5
Students are responsible for their own trans portation to and from the facility (ies) Students participate in three clinical affiliations which a re a s s i g n e d b y t h e D i re c to r o f C l i n i c a l Education, as follows: PTA 150 for four weeks at the end of the junior year and PTA 250 and 251 for seven weeks, each at the end of the senior year Grading for all clinical affiliations is on a pass/fail basis Clinical affiliations PTA 2 5 0 a n d 2 51 m u s t b e c o m p l e t e d w i t h i n 1 8 months of completion of the didactic course work
• Ability to present oneself in a manner (dress, body language, personal hygiene, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers
• Ability to perform cleaning procedures for sterile techniques with all size whirlpools
The clinical affiliations are full time, typ ically during the day, including those affilia t i o n s fo r t h e s t u d e n t s c o m p l e t i n g t h e coursework in the part time/evening division Students must successfully complete each affiliation prior to continuation in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program
• Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and to follow appropriate classroom, testing, and clinical protocols
• Ability to handle stresses of competency testing, lab practicals, and clinical affiliations
• Understand spoken and written English and utilize the English language appropriately in written assignments and documents
• Ability to perform the full range of motion to a patient.
• Ability to communicate effectively with patients by explaining procedures to patients; obtaining consent from patients to proceed with treatment; receiving information from patients, their charts, other health care providers and/or their physician; introducing self while confirming patient’s identity and documenting clear, concise, and accurate notes in the patient’s chart
Affective
• Ability to set up treatment sessions using laboratory or clinic equipment within the time restraints of the treatment requirements to provide safe and effective treatments to the patient
• Ability to give and receive constructive feedback and to modify behavior accordingly
• Ability to apply ultrasound safely, which includes manipulating dials at the same time that the sound head is kept moving on the patient’s treatment site
• Empathy being sensitive and responding to the feelings and behaviors of others
All Physical Therapist Assistant and general education courses must be completed prior to initiation of the terminal clinical affilia tions
• Ability to engage in a face to face verbal conversation, making eye contact, and using appropriate body language
• Ability to express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language
• Ability to monitor vital signs and respond to emergencies
• Ability to apply graded manual resistance to patients’ individual muscle groups for the purpose of determining the patient’s strength or applying exercise techniques for strengthening or stretching all muscle groups
The Physical Therapist Assistant program does not guarantee any minimum or maxi mum travel distances The clinical affiliations are full time (40 hours per week) and follow the facilities’ business hours
The clinical sites include: acute care hos pitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing homes, sports medicine facilities, and other medical facilities A clinical instructor from the clinical site’s physical therapy staff supervises all clin ical affiliations Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clin ical sites. The travel distance for the student for each clinical affiliation will be dependent on the location of each clinical site assigned
• Adequate ability to guard patients safely during ambulation activities on level surfaces and stair climbing when the patient is using a cane, walker, crutches, or other assistive devices
• The organizational and time management skills necessary to coordinate class, study, and clinical responsibilities
Psychomotor
Clinical Experiences
• Good body mechanics in the process of all patient treatment techniques
All Physical Therapist Assistant students will participate in clinical observations prior to the start of their affiliations These obser vations will introduce the Physical Therapist Assistant students to the exploration of physical therapy practice and the integration of pro fessional behaviors in various health care set tings
• Ability to apply standard precautions when indicated for patients with potential blood borne pathogens
• Effectively process information, prioritize and problem solve in an environment containing multiple distractions
• Ability to safely and competently apply modalities and electrical stimulation, including contra indication/precaution review, using appropriate parameters and set up techniques These treatments include, but are not limited to: moist heat, cold packs, cryocuff, intermittent compression, paraffin, fluidotherapy, ultrasound, transcutaneous electrical stimulation, Russian stimulation, high volt galvanic stimulation, and neuromuscular stimulation
• Ability to initiate or self start projects, tasks, and communication, searching out answers using appropriate resources.
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 6 9
• Ability to transfer patients safely from bed to chair or mat and from table to chair using minimum, moderate, maximum, or dependent lift techniques
• Ability to perform CPR
• Ability to cooperate and work effectively with other individuals
• Ability to complete wound care techniques on open wounds
• Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation which must be adequate to monitor and assess a patient’s health needs and to perform duties as noted in a PT plan of care
S P R I N G 2
7 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Demonstrate effective communications skills
Student will demonstrate proper position ing techniques to produce optimal diagnostic images
Student will provide competent patient care
Students will continue to refine verbal and written skills to communicate with patients, co workers, and the radiologist
• Demonstrate Professionalism
*BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr. RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II 4 cr RAD 106 Radiographic Exposures II 3 cr SOC 115 Diversity in Society 3 cr **RAD 107 Clinical Education II 2 cr 16 cr.
FA L L 2
• Demonstrate and employ the skills of clinical competence
Total Credits: 76 Credits
S U M M E R 2
• Demonstrate effective critical thinking skills
Students will answer patient questions pro fessionally and respect their confidentiality.
R a d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y C u r r i c u l u m
AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology 3 cr RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic 3 cr Sciences & Patient Care 6 cr.
Radiologic Technology
Student will manipulate technical factors to produce quality images
Student will demonstrate appropriate radi ation safety principles
S U M M E R 1 & 2
RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V 3 cr HUM 202 Health care Law & Ethics 3 cr PSY Psychology Elective 3 cr RAD 209 Registry Review 3 cr **RAD 207 Clinical Education V 3 cr. 15 cr
Student will adapt positioning of non rou tine patients
Student will design an alternate care plan for trauma patients
The Harcum College Radiologic Technology Associate of Science Degree program is nation ally accredited by the Joint Review Committee o n E d u c a t i o n i n Ra d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y (JRCERT) Additional information can be found at: Joint Review Committee in Education in Radiologic Technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago, IL 60606 3182, 312 704 5300, www jrcert org, or mail@jrcert org
* If applying for transfer credit, these two courses must be completed at the same college or university
RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV 3 cr RAD 202 Radiation Protection & Biology 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology 3 cr **RAD 204 Clinical Education IV 3 cr. 15 cr
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III 2 cr **RAD 108 Clinical Education III 3 cr 8 cr
Associate of Science
Student will demonstrate a professional demeanor with their diverse patient popula tion
** Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical educa tion site
Program Outcomes
Radiologic Technologists, or radiographers, are an integral part of the health care team Using knowledge of anatomy, physiology, positioning, and radiation technique to obtain high quality diagnostic images of the human b o d y , ra d i o g ra p h e rs e m p l o y t h e d ex t e r i t y developed during training to complete exam i n a t i o n s s a f e l y a n d q u i c k l y Wo r k i n g w i t h some of the most sophisticated, technologically advanced equipment presently available, radi ographers enjoy the rewards of close patient contact. Radiologic technology is a personally rewarding, well respected profession with great potential for growth through other related imaging modalities
Student will practice effective verbal and writing skills for the professional field and continuing education
FA L L 1
The Radiologic Technology Program pro vides the community with caring, compas s i o n a t e, a n d s k i l l e d p ro f e s s i o n a l s U p o n graduation from Harcum College, the graduate will demonstrate entry level proficiency in imaging the human body to assure the correct diagnosis and proper treatment of each patient. Hospitals and imaging centers employ the majority of radiographers, but there are many o t h e r s e t t i n g s i n w h i c h t h e y wo r k Radiographers may also cross train and work in highly specialized areas such as interven tional radiology, computerized tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging Radiographers may pursue advanced education and employ ment in management, education, research, or sales
The mission of the Radiologic Technology Program is founded on the mission of Harcum C o l l e g e i n t h a t t h e Ra d i o l o g i c Te c h n o l o g y Program combines career preparation with a well rounded core education While student learning is a priority, the curriculum also fos ters responsible citizenship by involvement in a local community service project
Upon completing the program graduates will be able to:
Student will demonstrate problem solving ability
Student will adhere to uniform policies and act in a professional manner in the clinical setting
*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I 4 cr RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I 3 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr **RAD 104 Clinical Education I 2 cr 16 cr
S P R I N G 1
Prerequisites for Admission
• Walk upright, bend over easily, and be able to carry between 20 and 30 pounds This is the approximate weight of 4 or 5 image receptors
• Job shadowing experience: It is highly recommended that all applicants shadow a Radiologic Technologist for 6 8 hours in a hospital or imaging center and submit the appropriate form for verification
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence Based Reading/Writing and Math, or minimum composite ACT: 19
• Prior to the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and criminal history background check must be completed
• Possess emotional well being to complete, comply, and deliver services necessary for correct diagnosis and treatment of the patient.
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7 1
• Complete tasks in a timely fashion consistent with department and clinical protocol
• Act in an ethical manner consistent with the Code of Ethics developed by the ARRT
• Walk up and down stairs without difficulty or delay
• Communicate in a clear and concise manner to patients, to people in other departments, as well as to family members of the patient
• There are some out of pocket expenses involved with the clinical component These include, but are not limited to: uniforms and shoes, x ray markers and radiation monitoring badges, CPR training, transportation to and from the clinical site, and all medical clearances including a yearly flu shot
Essential Functions for Radiologic Technology Students
All application materials for the Radiologic Technology program are due to the Office of Admissions by February 15 Additional Information
• Visually and acutely monitor patients in dimmed lights, and be able to respond quickly to emergency situations
• Hear and distinguish various equipment and background sounds during equipment operations
• Maneuver all x ray equipment, for example, raise the x ray tube or lower it, and push and position the mobile units.
• Reach up to 6 feet off the floor with the assistance of a step stool
• Position patients for radiographic examinations
• Assist patients in and out of wheelchairs
• Understand and apply clinical instructions given from department personnel.
• Push wheelchairs and stretchers with patients in them
Physical
• Move and/or lift patients from stretchers to radiographic table, and vice versa
• Administer CPR after proper certification and instructions
• Work around, set up, and maintain a sterile field
• No prior Radiologic Technology courses will be accepted from another institution
Application Deadline
• A minimum 2 5 GPA for either high school or recent college experience
• Once accepted to the program, students are required to have a physical examination, PPD test, hepatitis B vaccine, proof of current CPR certification, and proof of medical insurance (See Health Center forms)
Program Requirements
Cognitive
• Act quickly and make responsible decisions in emergency situations
• Assist patients while walking with them
All radiologic technologists, including stu dent radiographers, must be able to meet cer tain standards, both physical and mental, in order to perform the duties and expectations of a general radiographer Each student must have the following abilities:
• Read and apply instructions in treatments or examinations, write and record notes and patient histories properly
• Use a keyboard for retrieving information from the computer
• Additional essay required
• Work cooperatively with other healthcare workers
• Follow directions from senior technologists/Clinical Instructors
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
17 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
VET 316 Emergency Rotation 2 cr 13 cr
VET 323 Patient Care Rotation 1 cr
Veterinary Medicine
VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science 4 cr
VET 321 Operating Room Rotation 1 cr
VET 329 Large Animal Elective 1 cr 12 cr.
• Veterinary Nursing graduates will successfully demonstrate knowledge in all domains represented on the Veterinary Technician National Examination
VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I 4 cr VET 228 Surgery & Radiology 4 cr
VET 327 Clinical Laboratory & Pathology Rotation 1 cr
VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation 1 cr.
VET 250 Veterinary Technology Senior Seminar 1 cr 18 cr
Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete two twelve week practica: 1) the Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital, the University of Pe n n s y l va n i a ’ s s m a l l a n i m a l h o s p i ta l i n P h i l a d e l p h i a ; a n d 2 ) t h e L a rg e A n i m a l Practicum at New Bolton Center, the University of Pennsylvania’s large animal hospital in Kennett Square, PA These practica involve approximately 40 hours per week including weekend and evening duty The practica are undertaken after completion of all academic coursework
VET 322 Critical Care Rotation 1 cr
Accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association, the program’s graduates are eligible to sit for the Veterinary Technician National Exam Program/Department Mission Statement
VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Nursing 3 cr VET 109 Anatomy & Physiology 4 cr of Domestic Animals I
• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate effective verbal and written communication skills
VET 325 Medicine/Nursing Surgery Rotation 1 cr
Total Credits: 92 Credits
*Small Animal and Large Animal Practica
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr VET 103 Veterinary Nutrition for 1 cr Companion Animals
• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate competency in clinical skills enabling them to work effectively in a variety of veterinary settings
VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III 4 cr
Associate of Science
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
Small Animal Practicum*
Program Outcomes
VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and 3 cr Management
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr.
F I F T H S E M E S T E R
VET 118 Pharmacology & Anesthesia 3 cr.
Large Animal Practicum*
VET 315 Radiology Rotation 1 cr
VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation 2 cr.
SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr.
VET 304 Oral/Written Report and Final Exam 1 cr
15 cr.
VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II 4 cr 18 cr.
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
VET 307 Surgery Rotation 1 cr
VET 305 Wards Rotation 2 cr
VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills 4 cr
S I X T H S E M E S T E R
HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr
VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation 1 cr
The terms veterinary technician and vet erinary nurse are currently used interchange a b l y i n t h e ve t e r i n a r y p ro f e s s i o n . T h i s six semester, associate’s degree program pre pares students to enter a career as a veterinary n u rs e i n p r i va t e ve t e r i n a r y p ra c t i c e, zoo/wildlife medicine, biomedical research, pharmaceutical sales, teaching, humane soci eties, raising livestock, or anywhere that the health and welfare of animals is a concern Students get their hands on experience at the U n i ve rs i t y o f Pe n n s y l va n i a S c h o o l o f
Veterinary Nursing
7 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
VET 326 Field Service Rotation 1 cr
VET 225 Principles of Medicine 3 cr
VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation 2 cr
Ve t e r i n a r y N u rs i n g C u r r i c u l u m
VET 314 Orientation, Final Exam and Case Study 1 cr VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation 2 cr.
To attend practica, students must have a GPA of 2 0 or higher in Veterinary Nursing courses as well as an overall GPA of 2 0 or high er Public transportation to New Bolton Center i s n o t a va i l a b l e T h e re fo re, s t u d e n t s a re required to room at New Bolton or provide their own transportation to attend practicum
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry 4 cr
VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation 2 cr.
• Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate safe and effective animal handling techniques
VET 110 Anatomy & Physiology of 4 cr Domestic Animals II
The Harcum College Veterinary Nursing Program strives to promote lifelong learning and compassionate care by providing the high est level of veterinary nursing education The Veterinary Nursing Program, in partnership with the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospitals, offers opportunities for students to develop advanced technical abilities; to demon strate the highest respect and concern for the welfare of patients; and to work as a member of the veterinary team in a professional and ethical manner, while promoting the profession o f ve t e r i n a r y n u rs i n g , a n d t h e ro l e o f t h e licensed veterinary nurse, through community outreach and knowledgeable client educa tion
• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in the written form in English
• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination, including adequate hand strength, and the ability to safely use a syringe
Acceptance into the Veterinary Nursing A s s o c i a t e o f S c i e n c e D e g re e p ro g ra m i s d e p e n d e n t u p o n t h e fo l l o w i n g e n t ra n c e requirements:
• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices
• Students are allowed to repeat a maximum of two Veterinary Nursing classes during their time in the program
• Mobility and Physical Strength: ability to maneuver in patient care settings and the laboratory, ability to lift 30 pounds, and the ability to stand for extended periods of time
Admission Requirements
• Completion of Algebra I and II, biology and chemistry, with earned grades of “C” or higher College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses
• Reading: ability to read, understand, and follow directions printed in English
• Before starting practicum all students must have documented 60 hours of practical experience in a veterinary setting
• If you do not earn a grade of C or better in any class, you will have to take the class over
Harcum Placement Tests: candidates may be required to take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, math, and/or reading The Admissions Office will notify the candidates who need to take the placement exam(s).
• Needing to retake a third Veterinary Nursing class will result in dismissal from the program
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7 3
• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow, and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy and distinguish objects through a microscope
Academic regulations applying to all stu dents at Harcum College are published in the Harcum College Catalog and Student Life reg ulations appear in the Student Handbook Academic programs are allowed to have rules that are more stringent than College rules, and when that occurs, the stricter rule takes precedence Listed below are rules particular to the Veterinary Nursing Program
• Students are allowed only two attempts to pass a Veterinary Nursing class Failure to earn a grade of C or better with the second attempt will result in dismissal from the program.
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 C r i t i c a l Re a d i n g a n d M a t h o r ( Ne w ) 9 8 0 Evidence Based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT: 19
• You must earn a grade of C (73) or better in ALL of your classes, including general education classes The C or better rule also applies to practicum rotations
• Veterinary Nursing students are allowed to register for two 18 credit semesters
• To pass a 4 credit class with a lab, you must pass the lab as well as the lecture
• Students must receive a grade of C or better in all rotations
Essential Functions represent the essential non academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate suc cessfully in the program and become employ able. The following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into Veterinary Nursing Program courses must possess:
• PennVet reserves the right to terminate the practicum for any student who does not meet requirements as specified in the Veterinary Nursing Essential Functions
Policy pertaining to Success on Penn Vet Practicum:
• All students must complete both the large and the small animal practicum at PennVet
• If a student receives a grade less than C in a second rotation, the student will be academically dismissed from the program
• Any student receiving a grade less than C in any one rotation must re register and retake that rotation
Personal essay Letter of Recommendation
Essential Functions for Veterinary Nursing Students
Program Requirements
• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English
• Cognitive and Social: ability to make ethical and rational decisions, maintain emotional and psychological stability in stressful situations, ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time, to engage in face to face verbal conversation, make eye contact and use appropriate body language, work cooperatively with others and accept constructive criticism from supervisors, and to modify behavior accordingly
• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i e , phone receivers, hearing aid, etc ) including successful use of a stethoscope
Center for Art and Design at Harcum
7 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
DDN282 Corporate Identity 3 cr DDN284 Design Studio II 3 cr. DDN286 Portfolio Studio 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr. 15 cr Total Credits 66
M o s t g ra p h i c d e s i g n e rs s p e n d t h e va s t majority of their time working on computers Many younger designers break into the indus try by employing these skills
• Demonstrate creative problem solving through projects that require realistic solutions
• Develop the skills necessary to effectively use the basic tools of design, illustration, and production
DDN171 The History of Art and Graphic Design 3 cr
• Be prepared for the employment demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets
Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7 5
T h i rd S e m e s t e r
IDS103 College Orientation and Research Skills 3 cr. 15 cr
The Graphic Design Program prepares stu dents for a freelance or entry level career in the design field Learning from professionals in the field, students develop techniques and procedures required to produce a concept and render a visual image using professional design software Students are prepared to meet the demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets
G ra p h i c D e s i g n C u r r i c u l u m
Program Outcomes
DDN154 Typography 3 cr
• Create a professional portfolio and online digital portfolio
Associate of Science
Graphic Design
• Acquire a working knowledge of graphic design, layout, illustration, typography, and computer graphics
ART110 Basic Drawing 3 cr
DDN151 Digital Imaging Production 3 cr. DDN152 Layout and Design 3 cr
F i rs t S e m e s t e r
DDN176 Interactive Graphics 3 cr.
SOC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr 18 cr.
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r
DDN163 Computer Illustration 3 cr DDN165 Graphic Design 3 cr
ENG102 English Composition II 3 cr DDN252 Introduction to Web Design 3 cr. DDN258 Illustration Studio 3 cr DDN262 Design Studio I 3 cr DDN268 Creative Advertising 3 cr. MTH115 Financial and Business Math 3 cr 18 cr.
ENG101 English Composition I 3 cr
Many types of organizations hire designers as full time or part time employees Many designers prefer freelance practices, building their businesses over time
Merchandise Planner Visual Merchandiser
Stylist Program Outcomes
Wholesale Account Manager
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr FSH 203 Apparel Design 3 Tailoring 3 cr FSH 205 Senior Collection Workshop 3 cr PSY/SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
• Use drawing and computer aided design to create concept, design, and trend boards (Photoshop and Illustrator)
Total Credits: 60/61 Credits
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
FSH 107 Draping 3 cr
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Employ flat pattern and draping techniques in creating garments
Analyze and evaluate a variety of textiles to select the most appropriate for design appli cation
Practice professional behavior and utilize appropriate industry terminology in oral, writ ten, and visual communication
●Prepare for a career in the fashion industry by creating both physical and digital portfolios and articulating process and inspiration
FSH 104 Introduction to Apparel 3 cr. Design and Merchandising FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills 3 cr. IDS 103 College Orientation and Research Skills 3 cr 15 cr.
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr RET 115 History of Fashion 3 cr 15 cr
FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation 3 cr FSH 201 Illustrator, Flats, and Technical Drawing 3 cr ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3/4 cr 15/16 cr
Evaluate and support design decisions in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers, and influencers
The mission of the Fashion Design Program is to prepare students with the necessary edu cation and skills to gain successful employ ment in the fashion industry and/or to transfer into a four year program Students will learn computer, drawing, and apparel construction skills and will engage in community service through service learning projects
Event Promoter
• Evaluate the impact of fashion trends, cycles, and target markets to create effective marketing strategies in both conventional and digital formats
FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design 3 cr.
• Use elements and principles of design and color for effective styling and creation of visual merchandising
7 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
ART 112 Figure Drawing 3 cr ART 116 2D Design 3 cr
Fashion Merchandising is an exciting and ever evolving field that plays a central role in the fashion industry It’s not just about design Someone needs to manufacture, distribute, sell, and buy the clothes. That person has expe rience in fashion merchandising Fashion Merchandisers combine creativity and a love of fashion with an understanding o f b u s i n e s s a n d m a r ke t i n g p ra c t i c e s T h e unique program at Harcum College offers three tracks: Retail Buying, Visual Merchandising, and Fashion Marketing that lead to a career as a fashion business professional
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion 3 cr
Fashion Design
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr.
Apply design thinking to develop, design, construct, and create a high quality original apparel collection
Associate of Science
Associate of Science
Fashion Merchandising
• Demonstrate proficiency with industry technology including, but not limited to, spreadsheets, word processing, and Adobe Suite
Create concept boards, design boards, and technical drawings using hand illustrated and digital techniques
Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED
Program Outcomes
• Identify, differentiate, and evaluate a variety of textiles for buying, costing, and selling apparel products
Retail Manager
Potential Careers for Fashion Merchandisers include: Digital Marketer
C u r r i c u l u m
●Employ Computer Aided Design to model product construction in technical packs
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
• Prepare for a career in the fashion industry and create both physical and digital portfolios of their work
Retail Buyer
• Evaluate and support their creative work in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers, and influencers
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
• Utilize professional terminology in oral, written, and visual communication
Fa s h i o n D e s i g n
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7 7
Fa s h i o n M e rc h a n d i s i n g
ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr 15 cr.
RET 211 Textiles 3 cr.
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
FSH 104 Introduction to Fashion Design 3 cr and Merchandising
IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr 15 cr.
DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr
C u r r i c u l u m
RET 115 History of Fashion 3 cr.
SCI Science Elective 3/7 cr
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED
SMM 101 Social Media Marketing 3 cr.
Total Credits: 60/61 Credits
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion 3 cr
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr 15 cr.
RET 106 Visual Merchandising 3 cr
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr 15/16 cr
ELEC Open Elective 3 cr
RET 105 Retail Consumers 3 cr
PSY/SCI Social Science Elective 3 cr.
RET 210 Trend Analysis, Styling, 3 cr Fashion Forecasting
FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation 3 cr
Interior Designers are highly imaginative, artistic, and resourceful Combining their cre ative talents with critical thinking and technical skills enables designers to develop design solu tions that are safe, functional, attractive, and socially and environmentally responsible
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
• Hospitality and Retail Design
DES 151 Introduction to 3D Modeling 4 cr DES 260 Business Practices 3 cr. MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr or MTH 113 College Mathematics SOC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr 17 cr.
DES 308 Sustainable Design
7 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Graduates will demonstrate the attitudes and values of professional responsibility, accountability, and effectiveness with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others and the environment
Associate of Science
• Sustainable Design
Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED
DES 102 Interior Design II 4 cr DES 109 Drawing & Rendering for ID 4 cr DES 108 Materials 3 cr. DES 110 CAD for ID 4 cr ENG 102 English Composition II * 3 cr 18 cr
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
DES 230 Practicum I DES 231 Practicum II
Individuals seeking a career change (with or without a prior degree) find this program especially attractive The Interior Design pro gram is designed for full time or part time stu d e n t s. F l ex i b l e s c h e d u l e s a c c o m m o d a t e working professionals Graduates meet aca demic eligibility standards for professional licensing examinations (NCIDQ)
DES 251 CAD II DES 111 Feng Shui
S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n CA D , S ke tc h U P, Photoshop, and other regularly updated com puter programs to meet the current needs of the industry Practicum and co ops are avail able for students to receive hands on experi ence in the field
Fu ll t i m e C o u rs e S e q u e n c e
DES 101 Interior Design I 4 cr DES 107 Technical Drawing 4 cr DES 103 History of Furniture 3 cr ADS 107 The Digital Image 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I * 3 cr. 17 cr
Interior Design
• Manufacturer's Rep, Home Furnishing Sales and Design
• Graduates will apply knowledge of design principles to develop creative solutions to interior design problems
As a graduate you may choose to enter the profession as designers specializing in areas which include:
DES 202 Interior Design IV 4 cr DES 208 Portfolio Preparation 4 cr DES 206 Building Systems 3 cr. DES ELE Design Elective 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3/4 cr 17/18 cr
D e s i g n E l e c t i ve s
Through the studio experience, students l e a r n b y d o i n g C r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g , c re a t i ve exploration, and the development of technical s k i l l s e n a b l e s t u d e n t s to b e c o m e I n t e r i o r Design professionals They learn to balance theory and practice, form and function, all while expressing their own personal style
DES 306 Kitchen & Bath Fundamentals
DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II DES 312 Decorative Arts
Please note for NCIDQ eligibility, a work component beyond 60 Interior Design credits is required
• Graduates will solve interior design problems with applicable codes and industry standards
DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces
Program Schedules
• Graduates will demonstrate oral, written, and graphic communication skills and techniques needed for success in the interior design field
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Total Credits: 69 or 70 credits
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
• Residential Design, Home Staging
• Graduates will create effective design solutions through the selection of appropriate materials, finishes, and furniture
• Kitchen and Bath Design
Program Outcomes
• Facilities and Planning
At Harcum College, Interior Design is a humanistic discipline: the art of conceiving, planning, and creating interior spaces that are made to serve people in answer to their indi vidual and collective needs and desires We fo c u s o n e n c o u ra g i n g s t u d e n t s to b e c o m e thoughtful, innovative, and responsible design ers.
Please call 610 526 6095 to set up an indi vidual meeting to review your college tran script(s) to determine what may be eligible to transfer By transferring general education credits, students may be exempt from re taking core requirement courses. Students may begin the Interior Design program in the fall, spring, or summer
• Commercial Design, Government Design
DES 201 Interior Design III 4 cr
Total Credits 69 credits
Photography
• Official high school transcript(s)
• Portraiture: Formal portraits including school and senior portraits, environmental portraits, fashion, and pet portraits; photographs taken on location such as weddings and religious ceremonies
• Visual journalism/ storytelling: Photographs, video, and multimedia capture of newsworthy people and places as well as sporting, political, and community events for news media or the internet
• Demonstrate mastery of the functions of the DSLR camera and the use of various formats, including videography
• Work samples (5 15 completed pieces in electronic format)
PHT291 Professional Development 3 cr Photography Elective 3 cr. Students choose one of the following electives: PHT283 Advanced Portraiture Techniques
ENG102 English Composition II 3 cr PHT162 Theory of Light/Portraiture 3 cr PHT164 New Media/Visual Journalism 3 cr. PHT168 Introduction to Color Photography 3 cr SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 15 cr
• Written Essay
PHT280 Video Production/Multimedia 3 cr PHT292 Portfolio Preparation 3 cr
PHT286 Advanced Commercial Photography
ENG101 English Composition I 3 cr PHT141 Fundamentals of Photography 3 cr PHT143 Basic Lighting 3 cr PHT145 Theory of Composition/ 3 cr History of Photography
• Commercial and industrial: Photographs of objects such as models, merchandise, buildings, and landscapes, to be used in media such as advertisements, catalogs e commerce, and websites
Traditional Process 18 cr.
PHT284 Advanced Visual Journalism PHT288 Fine Art Photography
• Fine art: Photographs with artistic talent and creativity sold as fine artwork
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r
• Demonstrate the ability to communicate through visual imagery.
Career Opportunities
• Develop technical skills in digital asset management, editing, cataloging, color management, and archiving
Application Requirements
• Completed Application
PHT253 Portrait Essentials 3 cr PHT256 Commercial Photography 3 cr PHT261 Advanced Photoshop 3 cr HUM Art/Humanities Elective 3 cr. 18 cr
MTH115 Financial and Business Math 3 cr PHT251 Fashion Photography 3 cr
• Office college transcripts (if applicable)
• TOEFL scores (TOEFL scores are required for students for whom English is a second language)
• Develop strong foundational skills in composition, lighting, and posing
• Letter(s) of Recommendation
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 7 9
• Graduated high school or have earned a GED
• Utilize professional practices and develop problem solving skills
• Develop the ability to work creatively on assignments and produce the finished product in a professional and timely manner
• Create a professional portfolio and web presence
Admissions Requirements
Program Outcomes
F i rs t S e m e s t e r
Photographers find career options in such fields as:
T h i rd S e m e s t e r
The Photography Program prepares stu dents for entry level opportunities in the fast p a c e d wo r l d o f p ro f e s s i o n a l p h o to g ra p h y Learning from professionals in the field, stu dents learn to communicate visually an idea through a photograph. The program provides opportunities, not only for a high level of tech nical training and skills needed to do quality p h o to g ra p h y , b u t a l s o to h e l p t h e s t u d e n t become a successful freelancer, business per son, or a highly valued employee
P h o t o g ra p hy C u r r i c u l u m
Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r
PHT148 Digital Photographic Imaging 3 cr. IDS103 College Orientation and Research Skills 3 cr 18 cr.
Recommended but not required
SCI Science Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr
Many types of organizations hire photog raphers as full time or part time employees as well as freelancers. More than half of all photographers are self employed photogra phers, who build their businesses over time Many young photographers break into the industry using their workflow skills in digital asset management, archiving, editing, and retouching
8 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Center for Business
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management
ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr
SPM 101 Sports In Society
Business Management
ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr BUS 122 Professional & Business Communication 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr. 15 cr
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
• Explain and integrate business practices (marketing principles, strategy development, and management) in a student's chosen major
BUS 223 Microeconomics 3 cr BUS 227 Principles of Business Law 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr
BUS 270 Operations Management
SMM 210 Digital and Social Media Marketing Strategy
• Demonstrate effective communication skills ( oral and written) and leadership skills by presenting case studies and projects individually and in teams.
B u s i n e s s E l e c t i ve s
SMM 101 Introduction to Digital and Social Media Marketing
Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED
Program Outcomes
• Apply ethical and legal business practices in making responsible business decisions
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
MTH 11 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr BUS 221 Principles of Marketing 3 cr. BUS Business Elective 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr 15 cr
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
BUS 242 Advertising
BUS 109 Principles of Management
• Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions as demonstrated through strategic marketing plans
SMM 220 Consumer Behavior
BUS 213 Financial Accounting 3 cr BUS 222 Macroeconomics 3 cr
Associate of Science
B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 8 1
The Business Program prepares students for employment and continuing education through the integration of theory and practice. Us i n g a n i n t e rd i s c i p l i n a r y a p p ro a c h , t h e department blends the College's core curricu lum with the student's desired area of study (business management, marketing, or sports management) The program prepares students to compete effectively in the local, national and global marketplace The department is committed to preparing its students to assume leadership roles in their professions and com munities The Business Program encourages students to be active learners and engage them in projects that emphasize critical reasoning, analytical thinking and communication The Business Program foundation is based upon ethical business practices and behavior, social responsibility, and a commitment to lifelong learning
Total Credits: 60
SSC Social Science Elective 3 cr. SCI Science Elective 3 cr BUS Business Elective 3 cr 15 cr
• Apply data analysis, critical thinking, and effective information reporting techniques in a variety of business and management contexts
• Apply data analysis, critical thinking, and effective information reporting techniques in a variety of business and sports management contexts
• Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions as demonstrated through strategic marketing plans
ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr BUS 110 Introduction to Business 3 cr. BUS 122 Professional & Business Communication 3 cr HUM ELE Humanities Elective 3 cr IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr or
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
8 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
• Demonstrate effective communication skills ( oral and written) and leadership skills by presenting case studies and projects individually and in teams
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning 3 cr BUS 221 Principles of Marketing 3 cr SPM 101 Sports and Society 3 cr DIV ELE Diversity Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
• Explain and integrate business practices (marketing principles, strategy development, and management) in a student's chosen major
S p o r t s M a n a g e m e n t C u r r i c u l u m Fu ll- t i m e C o u rs e S e q u e n c e
Program Outcomes
BUS 213 Financial Accounting 3 cr BUS 222 Macroeconomics 3 cr. SSC ELE Social Science Elective 3 cr SCI ELE Science Elective 3/4 cr SPM102 Principles of Sports Management 3 cr 15/16 cr.
The Business Program prepares students for employment and continuing education through the integration of theory and practice. Us i n g a n i n t e rd i s c i p l i n a r y a p p ro a c h , t h e department blends the College's core curricu lum with the student's desired area of study (business management, marketing, or sports management)
BUS 223 Microeconomics 3 cr BUS 227 Principles of Business Law 3 cr. BUS 109 Principles of Management 3 cr BUS ELE Business Elective 3 cr GEN ELE General Elective 3 cr. 15 cr
Sports Management
The Business Department encourages stu dents to be active learners and engage them in projects that emphasize critical reasoning, analytical thinking, and communication The Business Program foundation is based upon ethical business practices and behavior, social responsibility, and a commitment to lifelong learning
Total Credits: 60/61
The Sports Management program prepares students to compete effectively in the local, national, and global marketplace The depart ment is committed to preparing its students to assume leadership roles in their professions and communities
Associate of Science
GEN ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr
• Apply ethical and legal business and sports practices in making responsible business decisions
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 8 3
Center for Social Sciences 8 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Criminal Justice
• Graduates will be able to define and understand the relationship and differences between state and federal law
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
CJ 235 White Collar Crime
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
Total Credits: 60 61 Credits
CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
CJ 276 Criminal Law 3 cr
Students must complete 30 credit hours at Harcum
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
CJ 185 Policing & Police Practices
• Graduates will be able to differentiate between criminal law and civil law
ELE General Elective is an open elective Any 3 credit college level course may be taken to fulfill the open elective requirement
Prerequisites for Admission:
CJ 200 American Court System
Program Outcomes
CJ 101 Intro to Criminal Justice 3 cr LS 202 Torts 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr. MTH 113 College Mathematics 3 cr
CJ 299 Independent Study
Associate of Science
The Criminal Justice Program’s mission is to educate students desiring careers in law enforcement, security, prison corrections, parole, probation, forensic analysis, and related careers. Major courses combined with general education requirements allow students to develop the requisite critical thinking and pro fessional skills in order to succeed in today’s challenging careers in criminal justice, or to transfer to a four year institution
CJ 277 Criminal Procedure 3 cr DIV Diversity Elective 3 cr CJ 230 Punishment & Corrections 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 or 16 cr
CJ 286 Animal Law
Graduated high school or have earned a GED
Fu ll- t i m e C o u rs e S e q u e n c e
CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
• Graduates will be able to apply their knowledge of specific Constitutional rights to critically analyze criminal justice scenarios.
• Graduates will be able to communicate professionally and demonstrate knowledge of ethical standards in the field of criminal justice
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
CJ Criminal Justice Elective 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr CJ 215 Juvenile Justice 3 cr 15 cr
CJ 256 Criminal Evidence and Investigations 3 cr.
CJ 210 Police/Community Relations
• Graduates will gather facts, record information accurately, and prepare documents used in criminal justice fields
SOC Social Science Elective 3 cr 15 cr
C r i m i n a l J u s t i c e E l e c t i ve s
CJ 195 Domestic Violence & the Criminal Justice System
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 8 5
CJ 296 Senior Seminar 3 cr
CJ 205 Gangs Organized Crime
Associate of Arts
EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education 3 cr EDU 220 Early Literacy 3 cr EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler 4 cr. ENG 102 English Composition II 3 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr (ENG 103 Public Speaking preferred for ECE majors) 16 cr.
• Graduates will observe and assess young children and accommodate for the needs of diverse learners
• Through courses in early childhood development, program planning, and a variety of supervised practicum experiences with young children, students will be prepared to enter the field of childcare as assistant teachers or assistant group supervisors After two years’ experience in the field, graduates with an associate degree may advance professionally to hold positions as lead teachers or group supervisors Graduates of the program work in infant/toddler programs, preschool settings, and other childcare venues
Prior to placement in College level math and English courses, students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses College preparation courses qualify fo r f i n a n c i a l a i d b u t d o n o t c o u n t to wa rd s degree completion
• Graduates will identify the importance of family and community building
Program Outcomes
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
8 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
EDU 112 Early Childhood Education 4 cr PSY 154 Child Development 3 cr ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education 3 cr ENG 101 English Composition I 3 cr EDU 120 Classroom Management 3 cr. 16 cr
C h i l d D e ve l o p m e n t A s s o c i a t e ( C DA )
Supervised field experiences are an integral part of the Early Childhood Education cur riculum. In the final semester, students take on more direct responsibilities and, through extensive supervised practical work at the site, develop entry level skills in early childhood education
EDU 206 Science Methods PreK 4th 3 cr EDU 209 Math Methods PreK 4th 3 cr EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK 4th 3 cr. PSY 213 Educational Psychology 3 cr MTH 115 Business Mathematics 3 cr 15 cr
• Graduates will plan developmentally appropriate lessons that consider student differences.
• Graduates will demonstrate leadership and professionalism
E a r ly C h i l d h o o d E d u ca t i o n C u r r i c u l u m
All professional coursework begins in the Fall semester Students may enroll in other semesters to complete core and preparatory coursework
Early Childhood Education
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
• Graduates will examine and analyze theories, trends, and issues affecting child development
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom 3 cr EDU 228 PreK Methods & Field Experience 6 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr. BIO or GSC Science Elective (based on lab) 3 or 4 cr 15 or 16 cr
Option: A CDA qualifies a student to work in H e a d S ta r t , Ke y s to n e S ta r t s, a n d NA E Y C accredited child care centers Students who have a current (not expired) CDA certificate m a y t ra n s f e r i n n i n e c re d i t s t h a t w i l l b e reviewed with the student and approved by the Early Childhood Education program direc tor For more information, contact the Early Childhood Education office at 610 526 6035
• Students who wish to become certified teachers in Early Childhood Education (Pre K through 4th grade), Elementary/Middle Grades (Grades 4th 8th), and/or Special Education are provided with the opportunity to acquire foundation skills in education, as well as to fulfill their core course requirements before transferring to a four year education program.
Total Credits: 62 63 (based on science lab)
*All program specific courses required in the Early Childhood Education curriculum must be completed with a grade of C or high er
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Prior to enrolling in 200 level coursework in Early Childhood Education, all developmental course work in reading and English must be completed, and students must meet professional development requirements. A student placing at developmental level courses may need to consider a 2 and a half to 3 year track to allow completion of preparatory course work
The Early Childhood Education Program is designed to prepare students for one of two optional career paths:
• Graduates will display effective skills in written and verbal communication
Ac c e p ta n c e i n to t h e E a r l y C h i l d h o o d Education program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:
• Graduated high school or have earned a GED
• Dependability (effective time management, follow through on commitments and responsibilities)
• Mathematics: add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions; calculate time; make simple measurements.
• Clerical reading: perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy.
Essential Functions are defined as the skills a candidate must bring into the program in order to be successful as a student in the Early Childhood Education program and, after grad uation, an Early Childhood Education profes sional
• Physical examination
• Hepatitis B series immunization
• Writing: prepare reports using prescribed format; make entries into medical and educational charts; conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style
Physical
• Reasoning: recognize abstract and concrete variables; define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions; interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form
• Work pace: maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site
• Social skills: engage in a face to face verbal conversation, making eye contact and using appropriate body language; relate appropriately to a range of individuals of a variety of ages and backgrounds (children, colleagues, parents, agency representatives)
• Professional presentation: presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers; initiative self starting projects, tasks, and communications; searching out answers using appropriate resources
• Cooperation: working effectively with other individuals
Essential Functions for Early Childhood Education Students
• Sensory/Perceptual: vision acuity: near; vision acuity: far; vision: depth perception, full field of vision; hearing: hearing normal conversation; comfort with background music; toleration of noise; tactile perception: comfort with tactile contact
• Child abuse clearance
Cognitive
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), students with disclosed and document ed special needs are entitled to reasonable accommodations related to their disability to help them achieve Essential Functions
• Priority application deadline date is May 1 Before beginning professional coursework, accepted students must show proof of the fol lowing:
• Organization: prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities; maintaining effective workspace
• Reading: comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts; read aloud to groups in an engaging manner
• Problem solving: deal with unexpected situations; carry out written or oral multiple step instructions; remember instructions and carry out tasks over time; generalize instructions from one situation to another
The ability to perform all of the above listed Essential Functions with or without accom modations is essential for successful com p l e t i o n o f t h e E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n Program
*Please note that observation sites require the legal and medical clearances listed above Results of the background checks may affect the ability to complete the degree in Early Childhood Education and obtain a position in the field
Prerequisites for Admission
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 8 7
Social Emotional
• Criminal record check
• Supervision: give and receive constructive feedback and modify behavior accordingly.
• Environmental: Indoor work; outdoor work; exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces; wearing of protective clothing (mask, latex gloves); handling of bodily fluids and solids; exposure to smells of bodily fluids and solids; handling of cleaning fluids/wipes; handling of electrical appliances or tools
• Immunization (Mantoux/PPD TB test, MMR booster)
• Motor skills: standing (with good balance); walking; sitting; lifting/carrying 50 lbs ; pushing/pulling 100 lbs ; bending; crouching; kneeling; crawling; floor sitting; grasping: firm/strong; grasping: light; reaching forward; reaching overhead; eye hand coordination; comfort with dance and movement
Program Outcomes
T h e G e n e ra l S t u d i e s A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s
The Human Services profession is dedicated to providing services to individuals and families in need of assistance The goal of human serv ices work is to enhance the quality of life for those who are served Some of the roles per formed include: counselor to those who need support, broker to help people access commu nity services, teacher of daily living skills, advo cate for those unable to do so for themselves, mediator between clients and agencies, and caregiver to children, elders, and disabled adults
F i f t h S e m e s t e r
Degree program is designed for those students who expect to transfer to a four year college or are undecided about a specific program of study and wish to explore a variety of academic fields The curriculum permits students spe cialized, individual planning through the selec tion of electives
F O U RT H S E M E S T E R
Total 60 cr.
• Analyze the specific needs of clients who deviate from optimal functioning in one or more areas
*IDS103 may be replaced with other course if student previously has been in college level coursework
Students must complete at least 30 col lege level credits at Harcum Please note that Partnership students may take a maximum of 12 credits per semester
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r
• Identify appropriate goals and objectives to meet the specific needs of clients
Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
General Studies
PSY 111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr SOC 109 Introduction to Sociology 3 cr
• Construct, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of service plans for clients
IDS103* College Orientation & Research Skills 3 cr or ELE
Fo u r t h S e m e s t e r
PSY253 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr. HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr SOC275 Marriage and Family 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 12 cr.
H U M A N S E RV I C E S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
MTH 113* College Mathematics 3 cr
HSC101 Intro to Human Services 3 cr IAD100 Academic Disc II or ENG 101 Eng Comp I 3 cr HSC102 Fundamentals of Case Management 3 cr. 12 cr
MTH Math Elective 3 cr. PSY111 Introduction to Psychology 3 cr SCI Science Elective 3 cr SOC110 Social Problems 3 cr 12 cr
Total Credits: 60 61 Credits
S E C O N D S E M E S T E R
ELE General Elective 3 cr.
Prerequisites for Admission
ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr
• Examine the required roles and responsibilities of the human service professional
Associate of Arts
As working conditions may vary consider ably, students also learn a wide range of inter ventions and skills that can be adapted to specific populations in various settings, such as resi dential treatment facilities, correctional facilities, group homes, halfway houses, youth services agencies, mental health facilities, and substance abuse programs In addition, students receive core educational courses in the liberal arts, social sciences particularly sociology and psy chology humanities
• Examine basic concepts for understanding characteristics of and interactions among diverse groups of people
PSY156 Human Development 3 cr. SOC211 Minority Groups 3 cr PSY158 Psychology of Disabilities 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr. 12 cr
Graduated high school or have earned a GED
ELE General Elective 3 cr
Prerequisites for Admission:
The pioneers of human services education programs believed that the answer to workforce needs was not to train another group of spe cialized professionals, but to develop a new type of worker the “generalist.” Harcum’s pro gram includes generalist skills such as inter viewing, observing, and recording pertinent information, implementing treatment plans, advocating for clients, conducting group ses sions, and mobilizing community resources
ENG 102 Composition II 3 cr.
A major component of all human services education is gaining exposure to the variety of disciplines, professionals, and subject matter that students will encounter in the field Thus, the Human Services program at Harcum includes elective options in a classroom setting to enhance students’ generalist backgrounds For example, students have the opportunity to choose selective classes in other disciplines such as Early Childhood Education or Criminal Justice, where they will be able to explore their own interests with students from these pro grams This networking experience also sim ulates a human services setting in which professionals from numerous disciplines col laborate as a team advocating for clients However, not all electives are offered each semester and all electives must be approved by the Program Director
F i rs t S e m e s t e r
8 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
ENG102 Composition II 3 cr HSC201 Intervention Skills and Strategies 3 cr SOC109 Principles of Sociology 3 cr HSC203 Crisis Intervention Skills and Strategies 3 cr 12 cr.
Human Services
Acceptance into the General Studies pro gram is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:
T h i rd S e m e s t e r
SCI Science Elective 3 or 4 cr HUM Humanities Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 or 16 cr.
T H I R D S E M E S T E R
ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr.
Associate of Arts
*Students transferring to a four year college should also complete MTH 116
F I R S T S E M E S T E R
ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr ELE General Elective 3 cr 15 cr
ENG 101 Composition I 3 cr
ACC Accounting ACM Animal Center Management AD Art and Design AHS Allied Health Science ART Art BHS Behavioral Health Science BIO Biology BUS Business CHE Chemistry CIS Computer Information Science CJ Criminal Justice DA Dental Assisting DDN Graphic Design DE Dental Education DES Interior Design DH Dental Hygiene EDU Education ENG English ESL English as a Second Language FSH Fashion Design GSC General Science GST Gender Studies HSC Human Services HTN Histotechnician HUM Humanities IDS Interdisciplinary Studies LS Law & Justice MLS Medical Laboratory Science MT Massage Therapy MTH Mathematics MUS Music NUR Nursing OTA Occupational Therapy Assistant PED Physical Education PHT Photography PSY Psychology PTA Physical Therapist Assistant RAD Radiologic Technology RDG Reading RET Retail Merchandising SMM Marketing SOC Sociology SPM Sports Management TR Therapeutic Recreation VET Veterinary Nursing Prefixes represent the following subject areas: Course Descriptions 9 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology
Corequisite: AHS 102 Credits: 3
Allied Health Science
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is designed to teach students the medical office administrative skills that are commonly performed in a health care setting Students will be given hands on experience using electronic simulation Emphasis will be placed on good communi cation skills, electronic health records, managing accounts receivable and payable, and health insurance and reimbursement Learning these vital skills will help prepare the student for entry level office manage ment
This course explores the role of the Allied Health professional in society today, focus ing on changes in the health field, issues relating to health professionals, and factors affecting the economics of the healthcare industry An in depth look at the various professions that compose the allied health field is explored along with information on employment opportunities and trends with in each profession
This course provides the student with the ability to recognize, analyze, define, spell, and use basic medical terminology Emphasis is placed on terminology used in the rehabilitation professions Terms relat ed to anatomy, physiology, pathology, and therapeutics are covered
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 110, BUS 222/223, BUS 213
Research Methods and Computer Applications is a three credit course designed for students enrolled in all aca demic programs at Harcum College This course will serve as an introduction for stu dents to develop effective research strate gies in accessing information from various online resources and will impart basic com puter literacy skills necessary to utilize Microsoft software applications efficiently (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Publisher)
Accounting
Credits: 3
ACC 230 Cost Accounting
AHS 103 Research Methods and Computer Applications
In this course students will become familiar with and correctly utilize terminology that is used in all allied health professions Students will correctly analyze, define, and apply medical terminology Students will be able to label diagrams and to divide words into component parts, use the cor rect pronunciation of each word, and identi fy the terms that describe positions, directions, and planes of the body
This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pro nouncements for financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent assets.
ACC 210 Intermediate Accounting I
Prerequisite: ACC 210 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AHS 106 Medical Coding Concepts
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting II
This course is designed to teach students the general principles of ICD 10 CM (International Classification of Disease), CPT 4 (Current Procedural Terminology), and HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) coding Students will learn how to translate medical diag noses, conditions, signs, and symptoms into code numbers Emphasis will be placed on coding guidelines, control of fraud and abuse, and coding accuracy.
This course provides an understanding of cost accounting systems and procedures and how they are used for business strategy and implementation This course presents an analysis of key data for planning and controlling to assist in management deci sions.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 1
AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology
AHS 107 Medical Office Management
AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science
Prerequisite: AHS 102 and AHS 106 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 213 Credits: 3
This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pro nouncements to the financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent liabili ties and stockholders' equity
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9 1
ACM 109 Animal First Aid & Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
Prerequisite: None Credits: 1
AHS 111 Introduction to CPT Coding
AHS 201 Patient Care Technician
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: AH 108 Corequisite: BIO 108 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: AHS 100 Credits: 4
This is a hybrid online and in person class that will teach students how to perform Animal First Aid and CPR. This class is designed to teach students life saving skills associated with animals Students are expected to study on their own and com plete online modules, then come into class and perform Animal First Aid and CPR Students will be eligible to take the national Animal First Aid and CPR certification exam after completion of this course
Prerequisites: AHS 102 and AHS 106 Credits: 3
Animal Center Management
AHS 108 Medical Billing
This class teaches how to promote the ani mal center and drive business to the animal center. A key emphasis is directed to mar keting to Millennials through social media
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of ICD 10 CM diagnosis coding Students will learn how to accurately assign diagnosis codes to patient encounters Students must receive a grade of “C” or higher at the end of the semester in order to register for AHS 111 and AHS 112
Whether the graduate is working in a dog shelter, or at a veterinarian hospital, or hands on with service animals, or in a canine daycare center, or as a pet sitter, or in the canine unit for the police, a strong knowledge of canine behavior and training is essential This course provides students with the fundamental tools to succeed in any position that requires them to work with dogs
Prerequisite: AHS 110 Credits: 3
ACM 102 Animal Behavior
ACM 110 Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry
An animal center is a business that focuses on the care and well being of animals This is a survey course that will discuss sectors in the animal industry that graduates can obtain employment in These industries are: veterinary hospital, non profit animal center (shelter medicine), entrepreneurial (boarding, training, daycare, food industry, pet store, etc.), laboratory research, and zoos
This course will focus on the skills that are needed to work in a physician’s office or long term nursing care facility Emphasis will be on communicating with the patient and properly documenting patient records including measuring and recording vital signs, blood collections, and urinalysis
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
For proper caring and to avoid injury to the animal and/or the handler, it is important to understand the behavior of animals Animal Behavior introduces students to what the animals are thinking and why they behave the way they do
This course is designed to teach students the principles of medical billing and reim bursement Students will be given hands on instruction on how to complete claim forms (CMS 1500 and UB 04) as well as other important forms such as: patient registra tion forms, encounter forms, pre authoriza tion, and referrals CMS reimbursement methodologies and revenue cycle manage ment will be discussed in great detail
This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of the Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) Coding System CPT codes are the United States standard for how medical professionals doc ument and report medical, surgical, radiolo gy, laboratory, anesthesiology, and Evaluation and Management (E/M) servic es All healthcare providers, facilities, and payers use CPT codes for reporting and reimbursement
9 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
This course is designed to help students prepare for the CPC exam Students will demonstrate their knowledge of ICD 10 CM, CPT, and HCPCS level II coding guide lines and regulatory rules. Mock examinations will help the student to iden tify the correct usage of CPT, HCPCS Level II, and ICD 10 CM codes
ACM 103 Canine Basics: Breeds, Care, Training
ACM 101 Introduction to Animal Center Management
Prerequisite: AHS 110 Credits: 3
AHS 112 CPC Review course
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AHS 110 Introduction to ICD 10 CM Coding
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: ACM 101 Credits: 3
AD 105 Drawing as Dialogue
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9 3
Art and Design
ACM 255 Zoonotic Disease Prevention and OSHA
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AD 101 2D Form and Design: Value
Prerequisite: ACM 101, ENG 101 Credits: 3
This course will introduce students to the properties of color such as hue, saturation, and temperature Students will complete color exercises using gouache, cut paper, and digital tools A continued focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions
AD 102 2D Form and Design: Color
Pre requisites: ACM 101, ACM 102, ACM 110, ACM 103 Credits: 3
AD 103 Sculptural Practices: Additive
This course introduces students to the lan guage, materials, and contemporary prac tices used to create drawings Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on observa tional drawing activities for learning about value, form, and composition Students will explore abstract mark making and innova tive approaches to convey representation Self expression is encouraged In addition, discussion is an essential part of the class dynamic, as is developing the skills of observation and articulation
This course explores strategies for making abstract drawings using observation and imagery as a point of departure Subjects will include forms in nature, microscopic imagery, film, and found textures Students will be introduced to artists who use color and material in unique ways Materials will include gouache, pastels, and collage
This course is an introduction to sculpture using subtractive methods and surface treatment Subtractive sculpture is the old est form of sculpture and involves remov ing material, as in plaster or clay carving to create a finished work Students will create three dimensional forms using tools, tech niques, and a variety of materials including soap, dried clay, plaster, paper, and more Students will brainstorm, plan, sketch, dis cuss, and create representational and non representational sculptures
This course emphasizes hands on learning within the studio setting Participation in the course enables students to acquire and develop skills in the creation of two dimen sional design Using black and white media including ink, markers, graphite, and cut paper, students will explore creative meth ods to express ideas and solve problems
This course is an introduction to the care and management of companion animals and small mammals (dog, cat, hamsters, gerbils, rats, mice, guinea pigs, chinchillas, rabbits, ferrets) Topics include species identification, science of nutrition, nutri tional needs, pet food industry, husbandry, and environmental considerations
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
ACM 240 Animal Management & Nutrition
Reptiles and birds are significantly different than mammals and the requirements to properly care for them are unique Graduates must learn the different nuances between the two and learn the proper way to maintain and handle these two species of animals
ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management
This course is an introduction to sculpture and form focusing on additive methods and surface treatment Students will create three dimensional sculptures using basic tools, techniques, and a variety of materials. The first half will focus on building form with plaster and cardboard The second half of the course will focus on hand built clay forms including coil pots and tilework
Handling and restraint of these species will be discussed and common health concerns will be identified
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Throughout the course, focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions.
AD 104 Sculptural Practices: Subtractive
AD 106 Drawing: Abstraction, the Art of Observation
This course will introduce students to the methods used to prevent injuries and sick ness in the workplace Students will under stand the potential animal hazards and safe handling techniques needed to work in a variety of anima centers With the increase in animal care jobs, zoonotic diseases are more prevalent and understanding disease transmission and prevention is a key skill. Execution of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations is vital to mitigating animal related injuries and illness This class will culminate in the OSHA 10 certification, an independent assessment of their skills and knowledge
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None
Credits: 4
Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 103, AD 104, AD 105, AD 106 Credits: 4
AD 108 The Contemporary and The Modern
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
AD 107 The Digital Image
9 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
This course provides an opportunity for stu dents to engage in dialogue about contem porary art, artists, designers, and the process of making art. Through class field trips to museums, galleries, and creative spaces, students will get a glimpse of, and experience the arts in and around Philadelphia Students will work individual ly and collectively to document field trips through photographs and text on a blog, allowing them to turn experience into con tent Additionally, students will view a selection of *Art 21 videos for an inside per spective from the artist’s voice
AD 210 Studio Lab
Studio Lab challenges students to develop their own artistic approach to the creative process and follow their own particular interests Under the instructor's guidance, students will develop individual projects in a chosen material and method On a regu lar basis, the instructor will assign “tasks,” which are short creative exercises, to be presented to the class These tasks are designed to challenge the students to be innovative with alternative materials, tools, and techniques In addition, students will be introduced to strategies for documenting and presenting their artwork in a profes sional manner
ART 112 Figure Drawing
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
In this course students choose a fine arts or design focus under the supervision of a fac ulty member Students go through a process of proposing and creating a plan with a fac ulty member for each project These plans include materials, skills, and subject matter that the student will explore The course focuses on presentation strategies for art & design work including photographic docu mentation of artwork and a website or blog
Credits: 3
Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 103, AD 104, AD 105, AD 107, AD 108, AD 210, AD 211
AD 211 Practitioners, Galleries & Museums
Art
ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling
AD 220 Art & Design Portfolio
This course introduces modern and con temporary art and design through a themat ic approach, connecting artists and movements through subject matter and form Attention is given to gender, race, and class to expand the canon of who and what is represented Using a variety of methods, students will begin to develop techniques used to analyze visual images of art and design Students are encouraged to find their own critical voice through lecture, dis cussion, research, and analysis
This course introduces the basic principles and skills of drawing such as linear perspec tive, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), proportion, and composi tion. Self expression and an individual approach are acknowledged and encour aged
ART 110 Basic Drawing
This course introduces the basic principles of drawing such as linear perspective, mod eling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), and proportion Exploration, imagi nation, and individuality of expression are emphasized Students will work primarily from models and slides using a variety of materials and techniques (both traditional and innovative)
*Art21 is a celebrated global leader in pre senting thought provoking and sophisticat ed content about contemporary art, and the go to place to learn first hand from the artists of our time A nonprofit organiza tion, Art21’s mission is to inspire a more creative world through the works and words of contemporary artists (Art21 org)
Prerequisite: None
This course is an introduction to Adobe Photoshop and the skills used in the creative process for editing artwork documentation and creating original imagery for both web and print. Students will learn how to make basic edits like corrections to exposure, color & lighting adjustments, cropping, and re sizing images The course continues with more sophisticated edits like adding text, compositing layers, layer masking, and applying filters Students will learn how to use Adobe Bridge (a media browsing appli cation) for organizing, navigating, and docu menting their digital images.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course is an introduction to the meth ods and tools of visual storytelling Using the popular medium of graphic novels as a foundation, this course seeks to teach stu dents about devices for linear narrative using a visual approach Students will learn to create images and sequences of images, from written/spoken ideas and to develop these images and sequences into a clear and logical narrative arc Emphasis will be placed on selection and sequencing of details, continuity and coherence, control ling the reader’s focus and pace, setting mood and tone, and other strategies for con veying information Students will be encouraged to consider the transferability of these narrative concepts to written work.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
BHS 101 Introduction to Behavioral Health Science
Important practices such as prevention, intervention, treatment and recovery are introduced and discussed Through case study analyses, group discussions, and per sonal reflections, students are encouraged to view the “helping process” with an ethi cal and multicultural perspective
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is an introduction to the ele ments of design incorporating line, shape, texture, and special concepts on a two dimensional surface Projects include black and white and color media
BHS 104 Substance Abuse Counseling
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course introduces the student to cre ative expression and the multidimensional media available when designing visual and three dimensional art, music, movement, and creative drama curricula for young chil dren Students will be introduced to theo retical perspectives of the creative process, its benefits for intellectual, social, and emo tional development, and to strategies which encourage young children to expand their self expression experiences and skills
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9 5
BHS 103 Professional Ethics & Advocacy
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
BHS 102 Substance Abuse Counseling
Behavioral Health Science
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Understanding the study of human behav ior plays a vital role in improving the quali ty of life for people with mental health and substance abuse disorders. This course pro vides a comprehensive overview of behav ioral health, its basic concepts, and the various careers available in the field Course topics include behavioral health his tory, psychological disorders, basic pharma cology, drugs and their impact on society, and substance abuse counseling
This course is a study of different styles of fashion drawing for practical application to the fashion industry and for illustration purposes Students are encouraged to devel op an individual style and to produce a pro fessional portfolio to represent their own collection
Students will also design, implement, eval uate, and document creative experiences for young children
Credits: 3
ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional
This course provides students with an understanding of ethics in healthcare Students will learn the historical, theoreti cal and moral foundations of the laws, regu lations, and professional codes regarding ethics in the United States The ethical les sons learned will apply to addiction, cogni tive disorders, behavioral disorders, psychiatric patients, multicultural clients, public health, supervision, and society in general
Core Humanities Elective
With drug use on the rise in the United States and over 23 5 million Americans suf fering from substance addiction, the demand for addiction treatment is critical and ever increasing This course examines the field of substance abuse counseling, focusing on principles of effective treat ment, treatment settings, and types of counseling available to individuals, groups, and families Journaling, group discussions, and guest speakers are included in the course experience Students receive an extensive overview of the all encompassing role that addiction professionals provide in prevention, intervention, relapse preven tion, and aftercare
This course provides an understanding of addiction with substance abuse issues and treatment modalities Goals, principles, and methods of available treatments will also be examined Treatment modalities explored will include: individual and group treatment, family treatment within tradi tional models of counseling and/or experi ential approaches, within different levels of care Treatment guidelines regarding work ing with special populations, including (but, not limited to): adolescents, gender specif ic, and different race/ethnicities will also be addressed
Prerequisite: None
ART 213 Fashion Illustration
The principles of design are explored through construction in wet and dry media in three dimensional form.
ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education
ART 114 Painting
ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional
This course teaches the student to develop a visual language of line, form, color, tex ture, and space while working with water color, acrylic, or oil paints The content includes canvas preparation, various paint ing techniques, historical reference, and dialogue through critique Subject matter includes figures, still life, landscape, and sketches drawn from imagination
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Biology
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
9 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Biology 101 is an introductory biology course designed for non science major biol ogy students Topics include cell structure and physiology, patterns of reproduction, genetics, and an introduction to molecular biology Laboratory activities include basic laboratory skills, utilization of the scientific method, use of the microscope, and rein forcement of lecture topics
Core Science Elective
Credits: 4
BHS 106 Individual, Family, and Group Counseling
Credits: 4
Prerequisite: None
BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
BIO 205 Microbiology
BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
This course is a continuation of BIO 103 and offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body The fol lowing topics will be covered in lecture: special senses, the circulatory system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, the excretory system, and the endocrine system Laboratory instruction will include studies of: reflex activities, structure and function of sense organs, the heart and cir culatory systems, respiration, digestion, and urinary systems Lab activities will involve the dissection of a mammalian eye, heart, and kidney
Core Science Elective
BIO 204 Nutrition
Prerequisite: BIO 103 with a grade of C (73%) or better
This course provides an understanding of treatment modalities for addiction with sub stance abuse issues Goals, principals, and methods of available treatment will be exam ined Treatment modalities explored will include: individual and group treatment, family treatment within traditional models of counseling and/or experiential approach es, within different levels of care Treatment guidelines regarding working with special populations, including (but, not limited to): adolescents, gender specific, and different race/ethnicities will also be addressed
Core Science Elective
BIO 101 General Biology I
This course offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body It introduces the proper medical terminolo gy used to describe the relative position of body parts, body sections and body regions, and describes the biological levels of organi zation found in the human body The main taining of homeostasis through the interaction of the organ systems is dis cussed throughout the course Lectures and laboratory sessions cover the following units: the cell, tissues, the skin, the skeletal system, the muscular system, and the nerv ous system Laboratory instruction includes: observation of prepared micro scope slides of tissues and detailed study of human bones and muscles, as well as the nervous system Note: Student must achieve a grade of C or better to take BIO 104
This course is a one semester course that provides a presentation of the structure and function of the human body The following topics will be covered: terms used to describe the position of body parts, body sections and body regions, inorganic and organic chemistry, cells and tissues, integu mentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, the senses, endocrine system, blood and circulatory system, respiratory system, digestive sys tem, and urinary system
Prerequisites: BIO 101 or BIO 103. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
Credits: 3
This course is designed to help students understand and facilitate the process of recovery among addicted individuals and reduce their risk of relapse. The primary attention will be to ascertain various estab lished and progressive methods and strate gies to help clients and their families reduce relapse risk or intervene early in the relapse process, and describe clinical tools that can be incorporated into individual, group, or family sessions The emphasis will concen trate on a holistic approach for recovery Sources of material that will be explored will include: mindfulness, exercise, diet, Traditional Chinese medicine (TCM), 12 step program, traditional approaches (CBT, DBT, SFT), harm reduction, acupuncture, and medicated assisted treatment
BHS 105 Methods of Relapse Prevention
Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or better or IAD 100 waived Credits: 4
This course covers the structure, physiolo gy, diversity, and distribution of microor ganisms. Bacteria will be studied extensively but basic principles of virology, fungi, and immunology will also be dis cussed The laboratory will include tech niques for bacterial cultivation, purification, and identification, as well as methods for the control of infection trans mission
Core Science Elective
Credits: 3
This course is an introduction to the sci ence of nutrition Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and rudiments of diet therapy are discussed As matters of general interest, topics such as packaging and labeling of food, food poisoning and storage, food fads and fallacies, and comparing nutritional value versus cost in food buying are dis cussed with the aid of a series of projects
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 109 Principles of Management
Business
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: BUS 213 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Principles of Management teaches and demonstrates the techniques of leadership, management, and organizational structure The fundamentals of various approaches to managing; planning; decision making; strategic management; organizing and coor dinating work; authority, delegation, and decentralization; organizational design; interpersonal skills; leadership; organiza tional effectiveness; control methods; and organizational change and development are explored
BUS 122 Professional and Business Communication
BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry
This course teaches students the impor tance of professional writing and oral pres entation in a business environment Heavy emphasis is placed on the writing and oral presentation of business letters, memoran da, reports, and executive summaries Students receive instruction and feedback on preparing for a presentation, content and use of visual aids, technology use, effective delivery of presentations, and han dling of questions and criticisms Students will be given group projects to help improve their ability to interact within small groups.
BUS 213 Financial Accounting
This course introduces students to the con cepts and applications of managerial accounting Students focus on analysis and recording of various manufacturing costs, cost volume profit analysis, preparation of financial statements for a manufacturer, creation of static and flexible budgets and reports, evaluation of capital investments, and various costing systems
This course will prepare students to think strategically about marketing in today’s global environment After successful com pletion of this course, students will have a basic understanding of the marketing con cept, the marketing mix (product, place, promotion, and price), segmentation, tar geting, positioning, customer value, brand ing, services marketing, global marketing, marketing metrics, consumer and business behavior, ethics and social responsibility in marketing, market research, and analysis In addition, students will understand the role of social media and digital marketing to compete in the global environment
BUS 110 Introduction to Business
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9 7
BUS 222 Macroeconomics
This course provides an introduction to the objectives, principles, assumptions, and concepts of financial accounting. It focuses on procedures and practices from the accounting cycle through financial state ment presentation with an emphasis on recognizing, valuing, reporting, and disclos ing assets, liabilities, and equity This course presumes no previous accounting knowledge
Prerequisite: IAD 050 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: ENG 101 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course provides an introduction to the exciting and dynamic world of domestic and global business It focuses on under standing the dynamic interrelationships between business functions delivering qual ity products and services Special attention is placed on social responsibility, “green” businesses, global enterprises, and social media This course presumes no previous business knowledge
This course is an introduction to the bio chemistry of nutrition Sources and func tions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and metabolic pathways are dis cussed An emphasis is placed on the bio chemical aspects of nutrition
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 214 Managerial Accounting
This course deals with consumers as a whole, producers as a whole, the effects of government spending and taxation policies, and the effects of the monetary policy car ried out by the Federal Reserve Bank The course explores domestic and international economies Fundamental macroeconomics topics explored include Keynesian model, unemployment, inflation, and the business cycle, measuring domestic output and national income, economic growth, interest rates and aggregate demand and supply, elasticity, the balance of payments, exchange rates, and trade deficits
BUS 221 Principles of Marketing
BUS 260 Introduction to Business Finance
Prerequisite: BUS 221 Credits: 3
BUS 223 Microeconomics
This course examines practical advertising experiences in the context of overall mar keting and communications process The course explores advertising perspectives, developing marketing and advertising strategies, evaluating advertisements, and commercials with an emphasis on social media Topics covered include crafting and marketing advertising strategies, analyzing advertisements, and selecting appropriate media channels to offer advertising
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: BUS 251 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: BUS 222 or BUS 223 Credits: 3
9 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
BUS 265 International Economics
This course is designed as a fundamental course in descriptive and inferential statis tics It will cover the essential ideas of statis tical theory that are appropriate for solving many real world problems The course presents the basic concepts of sampling, sampling techniques, and data presenta tion Elementary algebra is employed in deriving measures of central tendency and variability for various discrete probability distributions and the normal distribution Topics include probability theory, measures of central tendency, and estimation tech niques using confidence intervals
BUS 230 Human Resource Management
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110
The knowledge of financial principles is advantageous to managers in virtually every discipline in business This course is designed as an introduction to finance. The content of this course integrates both con ceptual and mathematical information Cases, comprehensive problems, and cur rent events are analyzed and discussed throughout the course to provide students with hands on experience in the use and application of financial tools The basic con cepts of the time value of money, valuation, and capital budgeting are covered. Risk, working capital management, leverage, forecasting, and the analysis of financial statements and ratios are given particular attention
Prerequisite: MTH 113 or MTH 115, ENG 101 Credits: 3
BUS 242 Advertising
This course is designed as the second semester of a two semester course in Statistics. It covers additional ideas of statis tical theory that are appropriate for solving many real world problems Statistics II teaches students how to develop testable hypotheses and how to use them to analyze data and answer questions The course cov ers hypothesis testing for inferences based on a single sample, statistical inference about means and proportions based on two samples, linear regression, and tests of goodness of fit and independence
This course provides students an overview and concise treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to the business profession Key topics explored include the legal system, contracts, sales, property, and government regulation
BUS 262 International Marketing
This course introduces the student to the nature of international marketing and the environments in which it is conducted Students will explore corporate strategies in marketing on an international scale and the importance of knowing the opportunities and challenges The issues affecting mar keting in a global environment and how managers must deal with these forces will also be addressed
BUS 227 Principles of Business Law
This course presents a principles level introduction to the core theories of International Economics along with policy analyses of our world’s increasing trade relations and economic integration The goal is to make economic reasoning about the international economy accessible to a diverse group of students, including both business majors and non majors
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 109 Credits: 3
Microeconomics deals with the behavior of individual households and firms and how government influences that behavior The principal objective of the course is to intro duce methods and tools of economic analy sis, and these analytical tools will be applied to questions of current policy inter est such as, making, resource allocation, and the production and distribution of goods and services Key topics include demand, supply and market equilibrium, elasticity of demand and supply, market failures, pure competition, monopoly, and monopolistic competition and oligopoly.
This course provides an introduction and overview of human resource management as a key function in an organization and career possibility The main course objec tive is to acquaint students with the knowl edge, skills, and abilities associated with human resource management as a strategic tool to improve effectiveness and efficiency of human capital in achieving an organiza tion’s goals and objectives Topics which are covered in the course include: human resource policies as recruitment, selection, performance management, rewards, staffing and development, culture and capa bilities of an organization and the balance between organizational and individual goals, employee motivation, benefits and labor, and employee relations
BUS 252 Statistics II
Prerequisite: ENG 102, BUS 213 Credits: 3
BUS 251 Statistics I
Prerequisite: CIS101 Credits: 3
Chemistry
This course provides an in depth explo ration of computer data processing and information systems Students will work with the major productivity applications, such as word processing, presentation soft ware, electronic spreadsheet and data man agement in Windows operating systems, utilizing Microsoft, and open source prod ucts This course provides lucid explana tions of practical applications of technology theory and contemporary issues, with emphasis on the historical and social impacts of technological innovations
CIS 102 Application of Microcomputers
BUS 269 International Finance
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Prerequisite: None
Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 9 9
The course provides explanations of com puting concepts and practical application of technology theory It features integrated coverage of management information sys tems, Google Suite, networking, e mail, and the Internet
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
This course is a beginning course designed to acquaint the student with the language and tools of chemistry It includes elemen tary principles of general inorganic, organ ic, and biochemistry. The course is suitable for Allied Health students The general inorganic topics include measurement, energy, atoms, nomenclature, elements of the Periodic Table, ionic, covalent, hydro gen, hybrid, acids, bases, and typical reac tions The organic topics include IUPAC nomenclature, isomers and stereoisomers, polarized light and optical activity, unsatu rated and aromatic hydrocarbons, function al groups of biological interest, and basic organic reactions The biochemistry topics include nomenclature, bonding, carbohy drates, lipids, proteins, the metabolic path ways (electron transport system, cellular respiration, fatty acids, ketones, and amino acids), and energy production
CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry
This course is a comprehensive first level course in international finance, exploring fundamental techniques and principles Students will learn about financial decision making in an international corporate set ting There will be emphasis on the three major areas of concern for managers: man agement control, financial reporting, and taxation
BUS 270 Operations Management
CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
Prerequisite: BUS 260 Credits: 3
Computer Information Science
This course is designed to acquaint stu dents with the discipline of operations man agement This is an overview course in operations management where students will be exposed to the different tools used by management, in both the service sector as well as the manufacturing sector, to improve the decision making process and ultimately “operations ” Topics include: pro ductivity, strategy, decision making, quality improvement, work measurement, project management; and product, process, capaci ty, and layout decisions
LDR 102 Negotiations, Building Relationships, Resolving Conflicts
Credits: 3
Students will have hands on learning in var ious forms of online collaboration, such as applications, forums, discussion groups, and newsgroups; and become familiar with a variety of web publishing, such as mes sage boards, web page design, blogs, and podcasts. Readings in technology issues are required Each student’s mastery of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, demonstrat ed computer use during class time, home work assignments submitted online, creation of a website, and the quality of the final presentation of the website to the class
CIS 101 Introduction to Microcomputers
This course introduces students to the skills required for successful negotiations, rela tionships, conflict resolution, and team building. Through interactive exercises, role playing, and facilitated discussions throughout the semester, students will explore: 1) negotiation paradigms and con tracts, concepts, and algorithms, 2) tech niques to build relationships, and 3) conflict resolution strategies Readings concerning negotiation, relationship building, and con flict resolution skills are required Each stu dent’s understanding of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class par ticipation, weekly reflections on learnings, negotiation role play case studies, and con flict resolution role play case studies, quizzes, and a group project
This laboratory course is intended for the non science major or for those who wish to prepare to study General Chemistry (CHE 111). The course covers basic skills needed for General Chemistry (CHE 111) such as atomic structure, writing chemical formu las, balancing equations, and basic stoi chiometry Laboratory experiments are designed to offer a hands on familiarity with the principles discussed in the lec tures
This course is designed to provide the stu dent with an understanding of computer data processing and information systems
Prerequisites: CJ 101, CJ 185 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course focuses on the challenges pre sented by policing in modern communities Focusing on the practical side of policing, topics include the impact of selection, train ing, and professional socialization on com munity law enforcement, as well as the effects of discretion, racial diversity, and urban crime
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
CIS 123 Introduction to Database Management
This course provides hands on training to develop effective strategies for searching the Internet using search engines, meta search engines, and virtual libraries Students learn how to evaluate Internet resources and become familiar with e mail, discussion groups (list servers), Usenet newsgroups, webliographies, telnet, full text resources, and web page design
CIS 106 The Worldwide Web and Beyond
This course provides an introduction to the American system of criminal justice The crime problem, the police, the judicial sys tem, and correctional facilities and theories are examined Both the legal and behavioral aspects of each stage of the criminal justice process are discussed and analyzed
An analysis of judicial decision making, with an emphasis on the structure and per formance of American trial and appellate courts In addition to reviewing the basic legal concepts that underlie the criminal courts, students examine research findings on the behavior of judges, juries, prosecu tors, defense attorneys, defendants, and other key actors in the judicial process
Prerequisite: CIS 101 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
Prerequisite: CIS 101 Credits: 3
CJ 210 Police/Community Relations
The main objective of the course is to intro duce students to the subject of family vio lence, especially as it relates to the legal system in the United States Topics include the historical roots of domestic violence, social scientific theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical prohi bitions, the experience of victims who seek help from authorities, and efforts at devel oping prevention and intervention strate gies
CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJ 230 Punishment & Corrections
CIS 140 Web Design
This course emphasizes the creation, imple mentation, and control of computerized accounting systems Students use the com puter to implement the accounting system modules Emphasis is on financial reporting, receivables, payroll, and payables as they relate to the standard needs of business Peachtree Accounting System is used
CJ 215 Juvenile Delinquency & Justice
CJ 185 Policing & Police Practices
1 0 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
CJ 205 Organized Crime
Prerequisite: BUS 110, BUS 213, ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Using Microsoft Access, students are intro duced to the Microsoft Access environment in detail Students learn how to create, maintain, and update a database, query a database, and create forms and reports The second part of the course is used to refine what students have already learned and to add to their knowledge and understanding of the usefulness of Macros and Visual Basic for applications code
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
CJ 195 Domestic Violence & the Justice System
CJ 200 The American Court System
This course provides an overview of the phenomenon of juvenile delinquency and the system designed to handle this form of social deviance Topics to be covered include discussions of theoretical explana tions of delinquency, the evolution of the concept of juvenile justice, and the system’s response to the problems of child abuse, sta tus offenders, delinquent youth gangs, and trends in juvenile crime.
This course provides a general overview of the American corrections system and a sur vey of today’s most important correctional problems Emphasis is placed upon the nature of the prison experience, alterna tives to incarceration, judicial intervention in correctional affairs, and the controversy concerning the effectiveness of rehabilita tion programs
An introduction to a range of historical, political, and sociological problems in insti tutions vested with the responsibility to enforce laws and/or preserve order Emphasis is also placed on the study of the relationship between police and the com munities in which they serve
Credits: 3
Criminal Justice
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course addresses that branch of crimi nality commonly known as “organized crime ” Discussion focuses on a more pre cise understanding of the term itself, as well as the various forms this type of crimi nal deviance has taken. There is also an analysis of the impact of notorious crimi nals whose exploits have shaped organized crime throughout the 20th century to the present
CIS 203 Computerized Accounting Systems
This hands on course is designed to familiar ize students with Microsoft’s web editor, Front Page Students learn how to create and edit web pages, to insert links from images, add graphics, and insert and format tables Advanced features such as creating forms for user interaction and adding dynamic multi media components are covered
Exploring authentication, reliability, and credibility of evidence through lecture and discussion, the course includes the Federal Rules of Evidence Students learn why cer tain types of evidence are not permitted in courtrooms and gain insight into investiga tion and research techniques that are likely to establish a credible basis for prosecution, defense, or presentation of academic or sci entific argument
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 0 1
CJ 250 Criminal Evidence
Prerequisites: CJ 101 Credits: 3
Various issues in criminal justice are inves tigated from an analytical perspective, using assigned readings, class discussion, and guest speakers Issues may include: the drug war, the death penalty, race relations and jury nullification, gender, and criminal law
Prerequisite: ENG 101 and permission of the Criminal Justice Program Director Credits: 3
Prerequisites: CJ 101 Credits: 3
This course is designed to provide in depth instruction of the processes and techniques that apply to all aspects of criminal investi gations, from the initial call for service to the court presentation Students are exposed to the methods used in evaluation of the crime scene to determine the type of crime that has been committed and the physical parameters of the area of involve ment In addition, students learn how to process the scene by locating, collecting, and preserving physical evidence; inter viewing witnesses, victims, and suspects; and preparing crime scene sketches
CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
CJ 286 Animal Law
CJ 296 Senior Seminar
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
CJ 256 Criminal Investigation and Evidence
CJ 260 Youth Courts
CJ 277 Criminal Procedure
This course is a survey of the rapidly devel oping field of animal law at the local, state, and national level It examines issues such as animal welfare, anti cruelty laws, and related criminal penalties It also explores issues involving the ownership of animals, torts, wills and trusts, and the impacts of free speech and other Constitutional provi sions on animal protection statutes
The Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Criminal Justice program. This course is intended for students to demonstrate the synthesis and integration of competencies gained throughout the Criminal Justice cur riculum Students will analyze and suggest solutions to real world case studies, includ ing current events and issues pertaining to policing, courts, and corrections Students will also be prepared to become successful job seekers by practicing interview skills, resume writing, and discussing profession alism and ethics in the field of Criminal Justice
This course introduces students to the study of criminal procedure Major topics include the Constitutional sources of crimi nal procedure law, federal and state crimi nal procedure, and a consideration of major Constitutional protections afforded by the 4th, 5th, 6th, 8th, and 14th Amendments
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
CJ 255 Principles of Investigation
CJ 276 Criminal Law
Prerequisites: CJ 101 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: CJ 101 Credits: 3
The importance and legal significance of evidence are explained in this course The investigative process, from crime scene preservation to case preparation and court room presentation, is presented and dis cussed The various techniques used during criminal investigations, such as photogra phy, interviewing, evidence collection and processing, and crime scene reconstruction are covered, including how each applies to specific types of crimes
This course introduces students to the study of substantive criminal law Major topics include the purposes of criminal law, the elements of major crimes, defenses to criminal law, and the societal values embodied in criminal law.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Students will be introduced to the basic courtroom procedure and practices and concept of youth courts as a restorative jus tice tool. Students will then demonstrate their understanding of youth courts by explaining the concepts to high school or middle school students and demonstrating and modeling youth court procedures The course meets twice a week and after the first two three weeks one meeting will occur in the classroom and one meeting at a site hosted at a middle or high school
This course examines various forms of white collar crime, including corporate crime, occupational crime, and governmen tal crimes Case studies illustrate the fea tures of many of the different offenses that are included under the term, white collar crime, including consumer frauds, embez zlement, bribery, and insider trading An introduction to some of the legal issues involved in the investigation and prosecu tion of white collar crime are provided
Prerequisites: CJ 101 or equivalent Credits: 3
CJ 235 White Collar Crime
Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification Credits: 4
DA 122 Dental Assisting II
DA 141 Basic Dental Science
Prerequisite: None Credits: 2
1 0 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
DA 142 Dental Materials
DA 245 Dental Office Procedures
Prerequisite: Current CPR certification, completion of Castle Branch requirements. Credits: 4
This is an opportunity for an individual stu dent to pursue a program of self initiated study with a faculty member This course may be used to fulfill one Criminal Justice elective requirement.
Prerequisite: Approval of Program Director and faculty member supervising the study Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 2
Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification
DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum
DA 121 Dental Assisting I
This course is an introduction to anatomical systems with emphasis placed on head and neck anatomy, oral pathology, pharmacolo gy, and medical emergencies Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142; DE 150, DE192, a grade point average of 2.0 or higher, recommendation of the program director and current CPR certification Credits: 81
DA 243 Dental Assisting III
This clinical course is designed to give the student clinical experience in all phases of dental assisting in the practice of dentistry The practicum spans a ten week period during the summer: five weeks at the Kornberg School of Dentistry at Temple University and five weeks in private prac tice Students participate in a weekly semi nar during their clinical experience Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DA 121; DE 192 Credits: 3
Dental Assisting
Corequisite: DA 122
Credit: 2
Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200; DE 192, DE 150 and successful comple tion of the DANB Radiation Health and Safety examination Credits: 5
This course expands on the clinical skills and knowledge of the dental assisting stu dent to include restorative functions at an introduction level and prepare them to per form restorative and preventative proce dures on patients while working within the State Practice Act Student must earn a grade of B (80 percent) or higher
This course will allow students to observe various dental procedures in a clinical set ting at Kornberg School of Dentistry and participate with basic hands on, chairside assisting Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
This course is a continuation of Dental Assisting I and prepares students to func tion effectively as an integral member of the dental health team and to perform 4 handed dentistry in restorative and in the various specialties Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
This course is an introduction to basic den tal office procedures with emphasis placed on the duties of the dental receptionist and utilization of computers to perform busi ness office procedures Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
This lecture and lab course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry Special empha sis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation, and the influ ence of manipulation upon these proper ties Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
This course is an introduction to the dental assisting profession and prepares students to function effectively as an integral mem ber of the dental health team Emphasis will be placed on proper asepsis and sterili zation techniques according to blood borne pathogen and OSHA standards maintaining HIPAA guidelines, preparing the operatory and patient for treatment, and to perform basic chair side assisting Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
DA 100 Dental Assisting Experience
This course is designed to guide students to learn and utilize professional communica tion skills verbally, non verbally, in writing, and via electronic methods They will learn to improve and master communication skills with patients, professional colleagues, patient caregivers, and the community to foster improved patient satisfaction, patient compliance, and health outcomes as well as job satisfaction Professional communica tion skills gained through this course are designed to help the student be a more suc cessful student clinician as well as have a positive outcome in their future careers in healthcare
CJ 299 Independent Study
DA 110 Professional Communication Skills in the Healthcare Setting
Credit: 1
DE 192 Dental Anatomy
In this course, students will learn basic structural layout skills with strong empha sis on proper page partitioning and typogra phy Conceptual design will also be stressed with the use of several projects designed to motivate the student Students will create a variety of projects focused on grid based design
This course offers in depth study of the role nutrition plays in oral health promotion and disease prevention Students are intro duced to oral health theories, oral disease prevention, patient education skills, and the physical health correlations to den tistry Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
DDN 154 Typography
DA 250 Dental Assisting IV Internship
Prerequisite: None Credits: 2
DE 191 Head and Neck Anatomy
DE 150 Dental Radiology
Students will examine traditional pre press and computer based image production The course will cover basic design concepts and the use of industry standard software to produce images that are suitable for print and digital applications
DA 249 Dental Assisting IV Seminar
Prerequisite or Corequisite: DE 192 Credits: 3
This internship is a two day per week clini cal rotation Students intern at area hospi tals or dental practices which cover experience in all phases of clinical dental assisting and expanded functions Total of 240 hours Student must earn a grade of B (80%) or higher DA 243 and DA 250 must be taken in consecutive semesters
DDN 151 Digital Imaging Production
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
The osteology of the skull, the structure of the nasal cavity and sinuses, and the mus cles, nerves, and vascular system of the head and neck are studied Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
Credits: 7
Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245, DE 192, DE 150
This seminar course addresses problem solving case studies, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility of care during the clinical phase of practicum Student must earn a grade of B (80 per cent) or higher
This course is designed to introduce the stu dent to the structural and functional inter relationship of the human dentition and the oral cavity The student becomes familiar with anatomical structures of the oral cavi ty, morphological characteristics, and the dynamics of the primary and permanent dentition through the use of reading assign ments, class activities, computer activities, and laboratory exercises. The functional interrelationships of the dentition through occlusion are incorporated throughout Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
DDN 161 Color Theory
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
DA 247 Preventive Health and Nutrition
Dental Education
Graphic Design
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Through a series of design projects, stu dents will learn how color impacts design and why understanding how color behaves is critical to the success of the graphic designer/illustrator Additionally, through the use of various media, students will develop skills in design and painting, appre ciate the diverse meaning of color globally, and gain authority over the illusive and expressive aspects of color
Credits: 2
Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245; DE 192, DE 150; Pennsylvania Radiology Certification and current CPR certification
This is an introductory course designed to provide the student with knowledge of the nature and behavior of x rays, the princi ples of radiological health along with the principles and methods employed in the paralleling technique, the bisecting angle technique, extra oral techniques, and radi ographic interpretation of normal and abnormal structures Students receive hands on experience in exposing radi ographs Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course involves the study of the anatomical structures of the head and neck
Prerequisite: None
Prerequisite: DE 192 Credit: 1
Beginning with the formulation of type’s history and basic terminology, students will learn to see typography as a visual design element Students will also learn and mas ter typesetting software through a series of lectures and projects.
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 0 3
DDN 152 Layout and Design
In this course students will be encouraged to think creatively to transform a complex concept into a simple but understandable form. All classic forms of logo development and symbols will be explored through rough pencil “thumbs” to finished comprehensive designs The students will apply graphic design to literature, advertisements, letter heads, and packaging
This course will involve a complete evalua tion, update, and refinement of portfolio work for visual preparation to meet current or expected needs in the job search process
In this course the student will learn to design and produce brand identity pro grams From the first meeting with a client, to preliminary designs, to final presenta tions, the student will learn the skills neces sary for success. This course will teach students to incorporate high levels of cre ativity into their projects while maintaining important practical and technical standards
DDN 165 Graphic Design
Students will learn the basic workflow of digital art creation using Adobe software Students will create numerous design proj ects using digital and hands on techniques with a focus on using the professionally accepted application to complete the assignment Students will continue devel oping software now utilizing each applica tion for its intended purpose Each project is designed to focus on one area of the applications or combinations of each (Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign)
In this course students will build and pub lish websites using applications for web development Additionally, they will create numerous projects that explore concepts in US/UI design including the framework for their portfolio websites
DDN 282 Brand Identity
Prerequisite: DDN 151 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
This course introduces the student to many illustrative techniques used by profession als in the commercial art field The student will experiment with various mediums and methods through class exercises and practi cal applications
This course provides a comprehensive study of the historically important periods, styles, and artists encompassing both fine arts and graphic design This course will focus on the development of image cre ation, typography, and visual communica tions, from the earliest images in caves, to the modern design movement, to contem porary graphic design Students will learn how artists from each generation influence the images we see and create every day
DDN 286 Portfolio Studio
DDN 281 Computer Graphics
DDN 258 Illustration Studio
In this course, students will execute designs and illustrations within strict guidelines, such as subject matter, size constraints, and application of typography Emphasis will be placed on experimentation to develop one’s own style Projects will focus on the limita tions and freedoms met by professional designers and illustrators
DDN 262 Design Studio I
Prerequisites: DDN 163 Credits: 3
This course explores the basic concepts of illustration and using the computer as a drawing tool Students will develop their skills and ability to organize and create cus tom illustration. Furthermore, students are introduced to both the creative and profes sional applications of technology to draw ing in both vector based illustration and pixel based illustration The course exam ines the role of digital illustration in the graphic arts and addresses the application of classroom knowledge to solving prob lems in desktop publishing
DDN 171 History of Art and Graphic Design
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
DDN 252 Web Design Studio
The focus of this course will be to encour age creative advertising strategy and cre ative concept development Students will define the benefit of a product or service and create advertising that speaks to a par ticular audience This course will encom pass using the creative process from rough pencil “thumbnails,” to final color compre hensives Using type, illustration, and pho tography, students will create ads for print, web, TV, and other media
A complete portfolio both online and print will be created by semester’s end
Prerequisites: DDN 252 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DDN 163 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DDN 151 Credits: 3
DDN 268 Creative Advertising
Prerequisites: DDN 163 Credits: 3
This course focuses on developing the processes encountered in web develop ment Students will develop the expertise, coding, and software knowledge required for professional graphic designers working today
1 0 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
DDN 163 Computer Illustration
Prerequisite: DDN 152 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DDN 165 Credits: 3
DDN 176 Interactive Graphics
DES 104 Interior Perspective
DES 102 Interior Design II
Corequisite: DES 107 Credits: 4
This course is a continuation of DES 101 Interior Design I and DES 201 Interior Design II and focuses on residential design projects Projects may include a loft resi dence, beach condominium, artist in resi dence coop gallery, fitness center, etc Learning takes place in the Design Studio
DES 111 Feng Shui
DES 202 Interior Design IV
DES 107 Technical Drawing
DES 201 Interior Design III
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course allows students to develop their drawing skills by using lines and tone on paper to represent a three dimensional space Happily for the designer, many kinds of drawings are immediately intelligible to most people because they are seen as “real istic” images of the subjects they represent Making such images by hand on paper is the art of drawing, which serves the design er well The student will draw interiors of rooms and buildings without the use of drafting tools to enable them to become more comfortable with freehand drawing and sketching.
DES 150 Drawing for Interiors
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: DES101, DES107 or approval from Instructor Credits: 3
Prerequisite: DES 107 Credits: 3
This course is an introduction to the meth ods and media of perspective drawing Both mechanical drawing and sketch techniques are taught Drawing development takes place in the Design Studio and continues at home
This course allows the student to work with contract projects and expands the student’s knowledge of space planning, traffic, and workflow Emphasis is placed on the devel opment of a concept for an interior envi ronment Introduced are ADA (handicap accessible) codes and the use of Sustainable (Green) materials Learning takes place in the Design Studio
This course provides an understanding of the selection of materials available for floor, wall, and ceiling finishes for both residen tial and contract design projects Emphasis is placed on Sustainable Materials and Sustainable Design The student analyzes the component materials of products with an effort to understand the applications of these materials on the job site
This course is an introduction to the draw ing methods required for an interior design er to communicate design ideas The student will purchase and learn how to use requisite mechanical drawing tools and equipment The student will learn how to read plans, survey an existing structure to record accurate measurements, develop floor plans and elevations, draw electrical plans, and layout finish plans, door and window schedules for any typical residen tial or contract design project
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108, DES 201 Credits: 4
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 0 5
DES 108 Materials
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107 Credits: 4
Interior Design
Prerequisite: DES 107 Credits: 4
Corequisite: DES 101 Credits: 4
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108 Credits: 4
In this course students will develop design skills for residential spaces Initial studio exploration focuses on the principles of design which include, but are not limited to scale, proportion, balance, rhythm, empha sis, and harmony Focus will be placed on the arrangement of space, furniture plan ning, color psychology, and the selection of appropriate finishes and materials within an interior environment
This course gives an overview of the history and theory on the practice of Feng Shui Concepts such as the theory of Yin and Yang, the eight trigrams and the Bagua, the sectors of life experiences, and the methods used to activate each of these sectors are reviewed Classes take the form of lectures accompanied by slides and class discus sions that enable the student to participate in sample case histories The student is required to take a space and present a writ ten review of some issues and the correc tive enhancements recommended for the space
This course introduces and provides the fundamental knowledge and practical application of the three dimensional com puter modeling program, SketchUp
DES 151 Introduction to 3D Modeling
DES 103 History of Furniture
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course provides an overview of the development of furniture styles within a historical and social context
This course is a continuation of DES 102 Interior Design II and focuses on contract design projects that may include a corpo rate headquarters, a cyber café, a bank, an art gallery, etc Learning takes place in the Design Studio
DES 101 Interior Design I
DES 230 Practicum I
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107 Credits: 4
Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student Approval from the program director is required
DES 270 Advanced Technical Drawing
This course covers the various aspects of business practices for the interior design professional It includes the development of a business plan, business structure, legal terms, business forms, billing, ordering pro cedures, contracts, and liabilities Topics include ethics, trade relations, and client contractor design relations
Prerequisite: DES 250 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. Approval from the program director is required
DES 308 Sustainable Design
DES 260 Business Practices
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES107 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107, DES 103, DES 102, DES 104, DES 108, DES 250, DES 201, DES 270, DES 150, DES 260, DES 151, Design Elective unless approved by Program Director
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107 Credits: 4
Interior environmental conditions are explored with specific attention to their impact on human sensory reactions, impact on sustainability, health, and safety.
Further study of the capabilities of comput er aided design with emphasis on three dimensional design
The student has the opportunity for an indi vidual review of his/her portfolio and, after an evaluation of career objectives, is advised on where to make revisions and additions to the portfolio Students also plan and implement, as a team, a portfolio show that is given the last week of class Students’ work is refined, developed, and assembled for prospective employment opportunities
With the assistance of a faculty advisor, the student will identify an appropriate intern ship site with a local interior design firm All interns are required to complete 90 hours of work/study within the semester, working a minimum of 6 hours per week under the direction of a qualified Interior Designer Interns are expected to contribute to the host firm at a high level of design interaction All interns will meet weekly with the faculty advisor and document their experience through journaling
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course presents the fundamentals of kitchen and bath design Through lectures, projects, and guest speakers, the student applies space planning and storage solu tions Technical issues such as plumbing, appliances, cabinet options, and specifica tions are reviewed
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Lighting is presented as a decorative and functional element in residential and com mercial interiors Topics explored include light and texture, color, lamp types, lighting techniques, fixtures, schedules, and switch ing patterns Student assignments include graphic exercises in lighting design and lighting calculations based on student design projects
This course is an introduction to building systems heating, ventilation, plumbing, electrical, and lighting Emphasis is placed on integrating them as design elements Class lectures and assignments relate to stu dents’ studio design projects
DES 208 Portfolio Preparation
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Corequisites: DES 202, DES 206
Prerequisites: DES230 Credits: 3
This course teaches the basic operation of the CAD LT drafting software program Classes allow hands on training during the class and lab sessions All classes are held in the Computer Lab
DES 250 CAD I
DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I
This course focuses on developing an understanding of the built environment and requires the student to design and draw custom details used in interiors. The stu dent will construct a working set of draw ings from a selected Design II project Learning takes place in the Design Studio
DES 231 Practicum II Further Development of Practicum I
DES 206 Building Systems
DES 251 CAD II (self directed study)
DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II
DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
DES 306 Kitchen and Bath Design Fundamentals
1 0 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Credits: 4
This course is a continuation of dental hygiene theory with emphasis on princi ples in pedodontic, dental health education, product selection, polishing and scaling technique, and patient motivation as it relates to the clinical setting Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.
Prerequisite: CHE 102
Prerequisites: DH 170 and DH 101 Corequisites: DH 110, DH 121, DH 180, DH 190
DH 142 Dental Materials
Corequisites: BIO 103, DE 192
Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202
Credits: 2
Credits: 4
Credits: 2
Prerequisite: CHE 102
This course is designed to educate the stu dent on the histology and embryology of the structures of the oral cavity An under standing of these structures from a histolog ical perspective is vital in preparing the student for the clinical experience and is foundation knowledge for upper level den tal hygiene courses Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Prerequisite: None
This course is the second in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene prac tice. Emphasis is placed on the application of didactic material and the basic sciences to the clinical environment in order to develop proficiency in the development of motor skills, dental hygiene care planning, and patient management skills
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DH 170, DH 110, DH 111
DES 312 Decorative Arts
Prerequisite: None Credits: 1
DH 111 Preventative Oral Health Services II Clinic | (Part I and II)
Prerequisites: BIO 103 DE 150; DH 101, DH 170 DE 192 Corequisites: DH 110, DH 111, BIO 104, BIO 205
Credits: 2
Sequential course: DH 111 must be taken the semester immediately following suc cessful completion of DH 101 or the student will need to repeat DH 101 Credits: 4
DH 180 Periodontics I
This course prepares allied health profes sionals to manage medical emergencies in the health care setting Topics included will be prevention, recognition of indicative signs and symptoms, and classification and management of medical emergencies. Emphasis is placed on the pathophysiology of the condition leading to the emergency situation Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Prerequisites: BIO 103, DE 192, DE 150, DH 101, DH 170
Credits: 2
This course is designed to survey the basic information regarding the dental specialty of periodontics Through reading assign ments, seminar discussion, and class activi ties on case based application, the student will become familiar with the differences between normal and diseased periodon tium and the dynamics of the unique dis ease process that concerns the periodontium Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Prerequisite: DE 192 Credits: 2
DH 110 Preventative Oral Health Services II Seminar
This course is an introduction to clinical dental hygiene practice, which integrates clinical skills, theory, and interpersonal skills through a variety of learning experi ences. The student is prepared both didacti cally and clinically for a direct role in the provision of oral health services The stu dent must have: proof of a current CPR cer tification from an approved CPR course, including adult, child, infant, and AED; health clearance including Blood Quantiferon, and proof of medical insur ance Purchase of instrument kits and uni forms are necessary for participation in this class Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
DH 121 Medical Emergencies
This course surveys the decorative arts from all cultures from the ancient period to the modern period Through lectures, speakers, and field trips, the student explores textiles, carpets, and porcelains of western civilization The student, through personal exploration and research, creates a decorative art piece throughout the semes ter
This course will describe the etiology, pathophysiology, structural, and functional alterations that result from the disease processes. The course includes basics of both general and oral pathology General pathology includes an overview of basic dis ease processes, such as cellular adaptations, inflammation, immunology, and wound healing The oral portion of the course emphasizes the process of determining a differential diagnosis based on clinical signs and symptoms Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.
Dental Hygiene
Corequisites: DH 170, DE 192, DE 150, BIO 103
Credits: 3
This lecture course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the den tal materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper tech nique of manipulation, and the influence of manipulation upon these properties Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
DH 101 Preventative Oral Health Services I Pre Clinic
Corequisites: DH 121, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 111, DH 180
Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical set tings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course.
DH 190 Oral Pathology
DH 170 Dental Histology/ Embryology
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 0 7
Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180, DH 200
DH 211 Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Clinic
DH 270 Pharmacology
Prerequisites: DH 110, DE 191, DH 121, BIO 103, BIO 104
Credit: 1
DH 202 Preventative Oral Health Services III Clinic
Corequisites: DH 111
DH 203 Dental Anesthesia Part II
Prerequisites: DH 200, DH 110, DH 111; Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202 Credit: 1
Credits: 4
This course is designed to provide the stu dent with the opportunity to integrate didac tic materials related to the special needs of patients who are medically compromised so that concepts learned can be applied to clini cal dental hygiene practice The needs of the sensory impaired, pregnant, and disabled dental patients are examined This seminar further develops skills in patient manage ment and dental hygiene care planning for the patient with special needs Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
This is the third in a series of four semes ters of clinical dental hygiene practice Emphasis is placed on dental hygiene care planning and treatment of a variety of patient case types The administration of local anesthesia begins this semester
Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180; Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 270, DH 280
Credits: 2
The Anesthesia Course is a two part course Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands on experience Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands on laboratory experi ence to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anes thesia as part of the dental hygiene licen sure in the state of Pennsylvania Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
DH 210 Preventive Oral Health Services IV Seminar
This course is the fourth and final in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice Emphasis is placed on developing competency in all dental hygiene procedures, including local anes thesia Participation in specialty clinic rota tions orients the student to additional clinical settings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
This course is designed to provide the stu dent with the opportunity to integrate didactic material and concepts to apply to clinical dental hygiene practice A variety of patient care case studies are examined to further develop the student’s problem solv ing and critical thinking skills within the provision of care Course content includes nutritional counseling, tobacco cessation, and family abuse and neglect An evidence based research project is a required compo nent of this course Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280 Corequisite: DH 210 Credits: 5
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 110, DH 111, CHE 102 Credits: 2
Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 142, DH 270, DH 280 Corequisite: DH 211 Credits: 2
Pharmacology introduces the dental hygienist to the study of drugs and how they affect biological systems This course provides the student with a base of knowl edge in the principles of pharmacology and the drugs used in the current therapy of dis ease states, as well as a solid foundation in the terminology and vocabulary that is associated with pharmacology Special emphasis is given to those drugs adminis tered or prescribed in the dental practice, as well as those drugs whose actions, side effects, or interactions with other drugs may impact dental health care Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
The Anesthesia Course is a two part course Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands on experience. Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands on laboratory experi ence to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anes thesia as part of the dental hygiene licen sure in the state of Pennsylvania Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
1 0 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
DH 201 Preventative Oral Health Services III Seminar
Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 190, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280
Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical set tings Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
DH 200 Dental Anesthesia Part I
This course is designed to help those work ing in the field of early childhood education and pre service teachers to become familiar with beginning science concepts, including the study of nature, concepts of time and space, and knowledge about interacting with the physical world Emphasized are the issues and strategies surrounding teach ing in a developmental framework using hands on experiences
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is designed as a sequel to DH 180 Emphasis is placed on various aspects of periodontal therapy, both surgical and non surgical, chemical agents, periodontal maintenance, and implant maintenance. The course focuses on the dental hygienists role in periodontics as it relates to dental hygiene practice There is a laboratory com ponent to the course Students must achieve a grade of C (75%) in this course
DH 282 Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene
This course is designed to emphasize strate gies to manage an effective program opera tion in an early childhood setting, such as: organizing, planning, record keeping, and communicating This course is designed to (1) define, specify, and measure the behav iors teachers recognize as necessary in managing the needs of children; (2) equip teachers with an understanding of the basic principles of behavior change; (3) provide the teacher with a humanistic philosophical approach to behavior modification; (4) give practice of learning principles in effecting change of the academic study and social behaviors of students.
EDU 120 Classroom Management
This course is a study of the theoretical foundations of early childhood education and their practical implementations, including a historical perspective and an overview of current philosophies The course will review children’s social, emo tional, cognitive, and physical development and explore appropriate expectations for children at various ages Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, envi ronment, and interactions in early child hood settings
Prerequisite: DH 180 Corequisites: DH 142, DH 201, DH 202 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler
Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202 Credits: 2
Issues related to the current practice of den tal hygiene, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility for the provi sion of care are discussed in a seminar for mat. Issues concerning licensure are also discussed Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Education
DH 271 Community Dental Health
EDU 110 Foundations for Success in Early Childhood Education
EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education
Prerequisite: None Credits: 4
EDU 206 Science Methods PreK-4th
Prerequisite: None Credits: 4
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 0 9
This course is designed for students to build the foundations for success in the Early Childhood Education program. Topics include a variety of course tools, successful lesson planning, observation and recording, appropriate assessments, and research in the ECE field
DH 280 Periodontics II
EDU 112 Introductions to Early Childhood Education
Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202 Credits: 2
This course bases its objectives on the knowledge that all teacher candidates will need to know how to work with a diverse group and level of children with disabilities. It will acquaint the teacher candidate with the legal mandates of the teacher serving children with disabilities in the least restric tive setting, as well as the characteristics of those children with disabilities, including the effects of family demographics
This course is designed to introduce the stu dent to the concepts of public health and community dentistry Students will partici pate in community fieldwork during the course. The fieldwork incorporates a dental health education program which will require the student to apply principles of education, epidemiology, research, and bio statistics to assess, plan, implement, and evaluate a program designed for a target community group Student must achieve a C (75%) in the course
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This advanced course is a study of infant and toddler development and the implica tions for designing quality early childhood experiences for children and their families Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in infant/toddler settings
Prerequisites: ART 120, EDU 112, EDU 122, EDU202, EDU 206, EDU 209, EDU 212 EDU 220, PSY 154
English
The course covers the use of topic sen tences, thesis statements, unity, coherence, and various types of development, usually narrative, process, compare/contrast, cause effect, and argumentative writing
ENG 101 English Composition I
EDU 228 PreK Methods and Field Experience
EDU 209 Math Methods PreK 4th
This advanced course is a study of the pre school child’s development and the implica tions for designing quality early childhood experiences for them and their families. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in preschool settings The course includes observing, recording, and designing child interest based experiences in a preschool setting
This course focuses on learning theories and teaching strategies for early childhood mathematics Class sessions will be interac tive and will include a variety of hands on experiences with concrete and virtual manipulatives appropriate for elementary school mathematics We will explore the teaching of mathematics, investigating both what to teach and how to teach it It is based on the ideas, goals, and recommenda tions of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), namely that all chil dren can and do enjoy mathematics, that children learn best by actively exploring and investigating math, and that problem solving, reasoning, and communication are important goals of mathematics teaching and learning We will be studying the process and content strands and the interre lationships between the strands Students will work with manipulatives and technolo gies to explore mathematics, solve prob lems, and learn ways to teach mathematics content to children
This course involves instruction in the prin ciples of written and oral expression, cen tering on the writing of essays Various texts are studied for understanding of content, structure, and form A short research proj ect is required to demonstrate successful application of preliminary research skills
Credits: 3
This course focuses on the grammar skills required of a non native speaker and on the writing process in English The class is stu dent responsive and accordingly uses error analysis to determine the linguistic needs of each student Writing is taught as a process, including pre writing, planning, proofreading, and writing various drafts
The purpose of the Educational Focus Project is to give students the opportunity to apply educational theory to the class room setting Assignments focus on obser vations, documentation, and independent, classroom based research The focus of the project will enable students to develop in depth knowledge in areas such as careers in Early Childhood Education, scholarships available to the ECE professional, and the current trends in the ECE field The course consists of a combination of meetings with the instructor, internet based communica tion, and independent research
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
EDU 227 Educational Focus Project
ENG 097 English for International Students
This course is a study of social studies and health education curricula, instruction, and assessment in early childhood National, state, and local standards are utilized as frameworks to explore the context, pur pose, content, and interdisciplinary nature of the disciplines By the end of the course, students should appreciate and demon strate the importance of valuing diversity, reflective thinking, problem solving, and modeling pro social behavior to young chil dren The course includes hands on oppor tunities to develop and present developmentally appropriate social stud ies/health curriculum and lesson plans
Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK-4th
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Credits: 6
1 1 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
EDU 220 Early Literacy
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is designed to help students become familiar with language acquisition, emerging communication, growth mile stones, and ages and stages of language development of early childhood. The course will focus on creating developmen tally appropriate learning environments that foster and develop literacy in young children Special emphasis will be placed on developing listening and understanding, speaking and communicating, book knowl edge and appreciation/print awareness, and early writing Some of the strategies used to accomplish these goals during the course include storytelling, read aloud strategies and the use of felt boards, and other developmentally appropriate materi als to enhance and develop early literacy
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
(Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements )
Prerequisite: ENG 101 with a grade of C or higher
In this course, the students will practice lis tening for a variety of purposes and hear examples of different types of spoken English including casual conversations, instructions, directions, requests, descrip tions, apologies, and suggestions The essential listening skills that will be prac ticed include listening for key words, details and gist; listening and making inferences; listening for attitudes; listening to questions and responding; and recognizing and iden tifying information
Credits: 6
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ESL 055 Beginner Reading
Successful oral communication in social as well as academic situations will be stressed Students will also develop listening skills necessary for comprehending a short lec ture
Credits: 3
In this course, students will develop speak ing skills necessary for participation in class and for giving simple presentations
This course explores short fiction of the world with an emphasis on interpreting its meaning and relevancy and revealing its diversity as it relates to the 21st century Through group presentations and discus sions, students have an opportunity to widen their intellectual horizons as they read and research masterpieces of great writers
ENG 102 English Composition II
This course seeks to develop student confi dence before an audience and includes such areas as platform delivery, oral deliv ery, organization, and speech content Class assignments emphasize elementary speeches of special occasion, instruction, and persuasion (debate/rebuttal).
Credits: 5
Prerequisite: None
At the beginning level, grammar and American cultural context are connected Students learn the grammar necessary to communicate verbally and in writing, and learn how American culture plays a role in language, beliefs, and everyday situations
Credits: 6
ESL 074 Intermediate Oral Communication
Prerequisite: ENG 101, ENG 102 Credits: 3
ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1 1
ESL 073 Intermediate Grammar
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
The course will focus on specific grammar usage problems that intermediate students typically experience Students will use text books, computer resources, and commu nicative activities to learn and utilize correct grammatical structures such as verb tenses, adjectives, articles, other parts of speech, clauses versus phrases, and basic word order The course will help students identify and correct errors in the above and other problematic grammatical areas and improve students’ grammatical structure in writing activities
Credits: 3
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ESL 053 Beginner Grammar
ENG 103 Public Speaking
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None
This course continues the development and strengthening of the language and commu nication skills of reading, writing, and speaking Readings from a variety of genres are used to generate discussion, essays, and oral presentations A research paper is required to demonstrate skills in effective research, information literacy, and technol ogy
This course is an organized study of poetic expression, structure, and language as a recreation of the writer’s experience. Basic tools, particularly meter and rhyme, employed in most types of English lan guage verse are examined
Credits: 3
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
ESL 056 Beginner Writing
In addition to controlled grammar exercis es, communicative exercises are crucial so that students can bridge the gap between knowing grammatical structures and using them Students learn the basic parts of speech focusing on the importance of sub jects and verbs.
Although students will be introduced to the concept of the paragraph, they will primari ly be writing at the sentence level Students will write 3 4 sentence descriptive, narra tive, and chronological paragraphs. Students will work with simple and com pound sentences although one or two more complex structures may be introduced The students will focus on adhering to the vari ous steps in the writing process, paragraph format, and sentence combining
Credits: 5
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
English as a Second Language
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
ESL 054 Beginner Oral Communication
The following reading strategies will be emphasized: memorizing new vocabulary, using context clues, identifying main ideas, finding key details, understanding transi tion words, primarily at the sentence level, differentiating between fact and opinion, making inferences, understanding hints, skimming, scanning, using prefixes, roots, and suffixes to understand word meaning, and becoming familiar with the basic all English dictionary
ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry
Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204 Credits: 3
ESL 093 Advanced Grammar
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
Credits: 3
In this course, students will prepare for col lege level reading assignments through comprehension building exercises and application of reading strategies, important for increasing reading speed and fluency Students will also work on increasing their vocabulary through practice exercises and the study of roots, affixes, idioms, colloca tions, and dictionary skills In addition, stu dents will learn research skills and become more familiar with the library and online research tools
ESL 076 Intermediate Writing
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 095 Advanced Reading
Students at this level are expected to have sufficient linguistic skills to function effec tively in English comfortably; thus, error analysis is stressed in several areas The textbook offers many passages where stu dents are to correct grammar errors in a given passage In addition, as the teacher pinpoints errors in spoken and written form, specific grammar practice occurs Much of the specific grammar practice is individualized Areas in which students often need further study are sentence word order, use of verb forms, the article system, use of prepositions, the verbal system, phrasal verbs , complicated clause struc tures, the passive voice and the subjunctive mood. Technology and the internet are used to provide the students with websites that will enhance their learning of the above grammar points
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
This is a project based class where students will develop skills in computer aided design and print production using Adobe Photoshop The course will introduce the role that computer aided design plays in the fashion industry, for both designers and merchandisers. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills The class structure is primarily hands on lab oriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and cri tiques
The course addresses issues of designing a collection as well as audience and market ing considerations for the designer
Credits: 6
Credits: 6
This course introduces the student to the flat pattern method of pattern design
FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design
ESL 094 Advanced Oral Communication
Credits: 6
In this course, students are introduced to the concept of the paragraph and write sim ple descriptive, narrative, and chronological paragraphs Some students may advance to the 3 paragraph essay Students will work primarily with simple and compound sen tences although one or two more complex structures will be introduced The students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing and sentence combining
Credits: 6
1 1 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Draping and drafting patterns of designs from the student’s original sketches will be introduced. Students will learn a number of different techniques in order to produce a finished pattern
Fashion Design
FSH 104 Introduction to Fashion Design and Merchandising
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion
Students are expected to complete regular assignments for in class critique and keep a fashion sketch book throughout the course
ESL 096 Advanced Writing
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
ESL 075 Intermediate Reading
Students work on perfecting the essay for mat examining the persuasive and exposito ry essay in detail, as they continue to work on applying their knowledge of grammar in their writing Students will be introduced to research tools and the importance of citing sources when writing an essay will be emphasized Technology and the internet are an integral part of this class An exit writing test is given to support college admission
This intensive course provides students with a foundation in the design and graphic skills that are necessary for a career in Fashion Design General themes and topics include form, color, and pattern; fabric selection and textile technology; model drawing and the purpose of the design sketch; history; and contemporary fashion
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
Credits: 5
In this course, students will prepare for col lege level communication focusing on the development of academic listening skills as well as skills to enhance their delivery of oral presentations This includes improving their pronunciation through group discus sions, pair exercises, and other pronuncia tion practice activities
In this intermediate level reading course, selections from literature, popular media, and academic texts are read and discussed Students will analyze paragraphs to find the main idea, learn about prefixes and roots to expand their vocabulary, and complete long term reading assignments out of class to supplement the reading strategies in the textbooks
This course is a continuation of FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills and focuses on the use of commercial patterns Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse Special attention will focus on proper fit of a garment
A study of three dimensional fashion design conceptualization by draping in muslin or fashion fabric directly on the dress form Skill development in observing grain of fabric, identifying drapable fabrics, and creating designs suitable for draping. Presentation of a research paper on a major fashion designer’s draping techniques
FSH 108 Apparel Design 1 –Designing with Wovens
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1 3
FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills
Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204, FSH 102 (with a C 75% or higher)
FSH 204 Advanced Construction
FSH 203 Technical Design CAD and Production
FSH 201 Illustrator, Flats, and Technical Drawing
Prerequisites: FSH 106 or approval from Program Director
Design and merchandising require basic knowledge that leads to good design and/or quality assessment In combination with the basic apparel construction process, stu dents acquire valuable apparel skills through supervised laboratory sewing expe riences to work through manipulative tech niques Students gain artistic expression through investigation, precision, common sense and good taste, and selection and application of fabric and pattern
This is a project based class where students will develop skills in drawing technical flats and computer aided design using Adobe Illustrator. This course will introduce sketching Fashion Flats according to Fashion Industry standards Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills The class structure is primarily hands on lab oriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and critiques
FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation
FSH 205 Fashion Workshop
In this course, Fashion Design and Merchandising students will practice the skills they have learned in previous classes to create a professional portfolio They will apply knowledge of design principles and elements to create works in both digital and traditional media Students will evaluate past work, edit, and update contents to dis play their skills They will practice career preparation, job seeking, and presentation techniques to prepare for future employ ment or further education
This course uses the workshop format to interface the skills developed in design, construction, advanced construction, and flat pattern culminating in a presentation of a collection of each student’s original designs An approved work experience may be substituted for this course
In today’s global economy products are often conceived in one country and pro duced in another Technical designers make that happen, ensuring that a garment has the right size and fit and conforms to indus try specs and standards They are involved in almost every phase of product develop ment: patternmaking, specs, grading, fit, and production Students in this class will learn how to create Technical Packages that quickly convey necessary information about apparel design
Prerequisites: FSH 106, FSH 108 Credits: 3
Students will continue the study of both draping and patternmaking with the use of knitted fabrics Students will develop con struction skills through supervised laborato ry studies of different types and weights of knits, fabrics and techniques, needles and machines to sew them properly Students will create original designs for 3 projects; a dress or tunic, an unconstructed jacket, and an evening wear look
Prerequisite: FSH 106 and FSH 204 with a C 75% or higher
Prerequisite: FSH 106 with a C 75% or higher
FSH 206 Apparel Design 2 –Designing with Knits
Prerequisite: FSH 104 and FSH 105 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: FSH 104 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
FSH 107 Draping
Prerequisites: FSH 104, FSH 201 Credits: 3
This course is a continuation of FSH 106, Apparel Construction Skills, and focuses on advanced skills of construction Students will use a combination of draping and pat tern drafting skills to make patterns Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse Special atten tion will focus on proper fit of a garment
Credits: 3
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
FSH 208 Fashion Practicum
With the fast paced nature of modern fash ion production, trend forecasting has become a necessary tool to accurately pre dict the future needs and desires of con sumers Merchandisers in all roles need to understand and utilize this process Students will explore the impact of lifestyle influences on fashion trends, from music to the arts, youth culture, and social media Styling is another important skill for fash ion merchandisers. From the runway to print ads, from image consulting to film productions, stylists play a key role This course will provide the tools to research and spot trends, using a range of resources and visual imagery, and use those tools to style in a range of media
Fashion Merchandising
With the fast paced nature of modern fash ion production, trend analysis and fashion forecasting have become necessary processes to accurately predict the future needs and desires of consumers Students will explore the impact of lifestyle influ ences on fashion trends, from music to the arts, youth culture and social media Styling is another important skill for fashion mer chandisers From the runway to print ads, from image consulting to film productions, stylists play a key role. This course will pro vide the tools to research and spot trends, using a range of resources and visual imagery, and to use those tools to style in a range of media
1 1 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
RET 106 Visual Merchandising
Tailoring
Students will learn contemporary and tradi tional tailoring methods including: fitting, pressing, shaping, color, closures, pockets, lining, and finishing. The course will cover traditional and contemporary design and construction methods for tailored garments from ready to wear to couture details
General Science
This course covers the study of scientific principles with emphasis placed on provid ing an understanding of how these princi ples relate to the non scientist, especially in the areas of industry, ecology, health, the arts (including music), and criminology. This course may be offered online
GSC 105 Science and Our World
RET 205 Cooperative Store Service
FSH 207 Apparel Design 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
RET210 Styling, Forecasting, and Trend Analysis
FSH 210 Senior Collection Workshop
This course is a survey of the history of cos tume and fashion from Ancient Egypt to the Modern Era Students will focus on the reasons practical, sociological, cultural, and political that people have worn the garments that they have. Emphasis will be placed on making connections that are rele vant to understanding the current field of Fashion Design and Merchandising
This course will focus on the merchandis ing, marketing, and selling of fashion We will explore visual merchandising and dis play, promotion, and customer service as key elements in the fashion retail strategy
RET 115 Fashion History
Prerequisites: FSH 106, FSH 108 Credits: 3
This course is offered as an elective to Fashion Design students who have a cumu lative grade point average of 2 0 or higher and wish to gain experience in the fashion design field The student must submit a written proposal for the position to the pro gram director for approval A minimum of 135 hours of work and a detailed daily log of the experience are required.
RET 211 Textiles
Students serve an internship in the fashion industry or a fashion industry related busi ness under the supervision of a faculty member and on site personnel Active par ticipation and a significant level of responsi bilities are expected in the internship setting Reports and projects are required
Prerequisites: FSH 102, FSH 106 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: Ret 106, RET 116, RET 211, BUS 110, BUS 109, BUS 221, BUS 213 Must have approval from the Program Director Credits: 4
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course is a study of textile materials including properties of natural and man made fibers, yarn formulation, fabric design and production, dyeing, finishing, and tex tile legislation.
RET 105 Retail Consumers
This course will introduce the student to the world of fashion retailing retailing, marketing, and financial strategies will be addressed Fashion and business concepts will be covered, such as customer profiling, buying, branding and promotions, and retail management
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite/Corequisite: ENG 101
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, or per mission of Program Director
This course introduces the student to safety procedures in the histology laboratory, as well as basic principles and procedures of operation Areas to be explored include the gross room and surgical cutting, fixation procedures, tissue processing, infiltration media, and embedding.
HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2
This course provides an overview of the human services profession. Students will describe the historical and continuing development of the Human Service system and its three models of delivery Students will also describe the diverse spectrum and challenges of clients as well as the varying roles and relationships assumed by human service professionals Ethical standards and dilemmas facing the professional as well as the agency will be discussed.
HSC 201 Intervention Skills and Strategies
Prerequisites: HTN 101/111, HTN 102/112 Corequisite: HTN 113 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111 Corequisite: HTN 112 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Histotechnician
Credits: 3
The course introduces the student to all phases of the histology laboratory through lecture and job shadowing in a full service histology laboratory. Students will focus on safety protocol and basic principles and procedures of histology lab operation Areas to be explored include grossing, tissue pro cessing, embedding, microtomy, and basic H&E staining techniques
Prerequisite: HSC 101 or permission of Program Director
GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies
This course introduces the student to stain ing techniques used to identify connective tissue and muscle tissue in the histology lab A study of microorganisms encoun tered in specimens for histologic examina tion will be presented, along with staining techniques to identify these organisms Pigments, minerals, and cytoplasmic gran ules will be differentiated and identified
Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, HSC 201, or permission of Program Director Credits: 3
HSC 101 Introduction to Human Services
HTN 103 Histology Lecture 3
Human Services
HSC 102 Fundamentals of Case Management
Gender Studies
Prerequisite: None Corequisites: HTN 111 Credits: 1
Credits: 3
This course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of issues that concern gen der today and examines the historical roots of those issues. The course focuses on areas such as body image, health issues, mother hood, women’s role in the workplace, the Women’s Movement, women’s political and legal status, gender role socialization, women’s portrayal in the media, and oth ers
This course is an introduction to the theo ries, principles, and skills of the helping process in social work practice Students learn how to engage a client, how to do assessments, develop a treatment plan, choose appropriate interventions, and fol low up with both individuals and families Students also develop skills in listening, doing intake interviews and evaluations, making referrals, and writing reports Case studies and field observations will be used to explore typical presenting problems and appropriate responses.
This course introduces the student to instrumentation used in the histology labo ratory and mathematical concepts needed to prepare solutions, buffers, and other lab reagents Staining techniques for identify ing nuclear and cytoplasmic structures, car bohydrates, and amyloid will also be presented
HTN 101 Histology Lecture 1
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
This course is designed to prepare students to respond effectively in critical situations and to help counsel clients who are experi encing crisis events in their lives Students will learn that crisis interventions are founded on theory and will be able to apply theory and crisis intervention techniques Special attention will be paid to counseling approaches for use with circumstantial and developmental life crises in both school and community settings
This course examines the human needs and resources made available to assist fami lies and individuals in need The course describes the function of social work servic es in residential treatments, psychiatric services, correctional services, medical services, services for the aged, and commu nity services
HTN 100 Histology Theory and Applied Techniques
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1 5
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None
HSC 203: Crisis Intervention Skills & Strategies
This course will introduce the student to the stains used in the identification of nerve tissue in the histology lab as well as explore specialized histology techniques such as: immunohistochemistry, enzyme histology, and electron microscopy. Students will explore immunohistochemical (IHC) stain ing methods, identify pathological changes in histology specimens using muscle enzyme histology, cytology, and specimen preparation for examination by electron microscopy (EM)
*Note: Students must register for and pay the NSH Self Assessment Series fee for this course
HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1
The HTN 114 Histology practicum rotation introduces the student to staining tech niques used in identifying nerve tissue As the last clinical rotation in the histotechni cian program, students become proficient in all areas of the histology laboratory and meet the requirements for employment as an entry level histotechnician In addition to routine practices, students will receive orientation in immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry Students spend 6 hours/week at the clinical site
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113 Corequisite: HTN 104, HTN 114 Credits: 3
Corequisites: HTN 104, HTN 105
Humanities
HTN 114 Histology Practicum 4
1 1 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Credits: 3
HTN 105 HT Certification Exam Prep Seminar
Corequisite: HTN 101 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 111, HTN 112 Corequisite: HTN 103 Credits: 6
This course is designed to educate the stu dent and promote awareness about the major art works and cultural aspects inher ent in the humanities from prehistory to the Renaissance Aesthetic and formal ele ments, styles, and ideas as experienced in these art forms are studied
Music Appreciation is designed to give the student a background in the history and appreciation of music from antiquity to the present Major composers and their repre sentative works, musical forms, and instru ments are reviewed and discussed in class Records and professional concerts are used extensively for illustration
Prerequisite: ENG 101 Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course is an introductory course in the general field of the Humanities, using human liberty as a focus of study. Readings and selections from history, literature, phi losophy and ethics, science, art, and music form the basic material of the course
HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111 Corequisite: HTN 102 Credits: 6
HTN 104 Histology Lecture 4
The HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1 intro duces students to the daily operation of a routine histology lab The student will gain fundamental practical knowledge and expe rience of the theory presented in HTN 101: Histology Lecture 1 Students spend 3 hours /week at a clinical site for the dura tion of the semester
This course provides a review of histology theory and practice through use of the NSH Self Assessment 14 module series focusing on: fixation, processing, embedding, stain ing, IHC, flow cytometry, ISH, EM, lab operations, gross dissection and descrip tion, cytology, and lab safety
Prerequisite: ENG 101 Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective or Diversity Elective
Histology Practicum 2 provides students with practical experience in the histology lab correlating to the theory presented in HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2 with empha sis on instrumentation use and trou bleshooting, lab math, H&E Stains, and the beginning of special stains for carbohy drates and amyloid Students spend 6 hours/week at a clinical site for the dura tion of the semester
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
HTN 113 Histology Practicum
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 11, HTN 112, HTN 113
HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113 Corequisites: HTN 105, HTN 114
Students are expected to discuss, to evalu ate, and to write about works which are fun damental to an understanding of the meaning of human liberty within western culture
The HTN 113 Histology practicum will pro vide practical experience in the application of staining techniques for identification of connective tissue, collagen and elastin, reticulum fibers, muscle and basement membranes, lipids, microorganisms, fun gus, pigments, and minerals. Students will be provided with training by clinical instructors in the application of stain, trou bleshooting techniques, and the impor tance of quality control in evaluating stain effectiveness Students spend 6 hours/week at the practicum site
Credits: 6
HUM 122 Music Appreciation (Online)
HTN 112 Histology Practicum 2
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course examines the moral issues that exist universally in professional life: the moral foundations of professional ethics, the appropriate model for the profession al/client relationship, informed consent, privacy and confidentiality, and the obliga tions of professionals to third parties and to society at large A variety of professions are discussed to encompass the diverse career interests of students and because the prac tices and problems of any profession impact upon all of us at one time or anoth er, either professionally or personally
This course covers the primary medical, legal, and ethical issues encountered in day to day health care practices. These issues include: licensure, confidentiality, consent, the physician/patient relation ship, malpractice, and litigation A variety of secondary medical legal issues will also be addressed, such as intentional torts, pub lic duties and responsibilities, and employ ment laws In addition, codes of ethics, as well as the relationship between law and ethics, are discussed.
HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics
Prerequisite: ENG 101 Credits: 3
HUM 201 Ethical Issues in Professional Life
For more than one hundred years, world culture has been increasingly defined and influenced by the moving picture As in lit erature, plot, theme, motif, and image are developed in film to provide an audience with an art form that gives insight into the human condition In this course, we will explore significant cinematic achievement from the earliest Edison kinetoscopes to the critically acclaimed films of today In addi tion, important technical strides, such as the transition to sound, will be discussed Various genres utilizing complete films and clips, as well as documentaries, will be explored Class assignments will include essays and critiques
This course provides an authentic academ ic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly inter connected communication modes
IAD 100 Introduction to Academic Discourse II
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 050 course. Writing will begin with para graph length compositions and culminate in short essays
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course provides an authentic academ ic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly inter connected communication modes. Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 100 course Writing will begin with short essays and culminate in college level aca demic essays
INT 201 Academic Internship
HUM 212 The Art of the Film
Prerequisite: IAD 050 with a grade of C or higher, or a satisfactory score on the place ment test
Internship Seminars will be offered to the students prior to their internship to prepare the student for their internship experience and topics covered in the seminars will include: identification of career goals, resume writing, career planning skills, interview skills, contemporary workplace issues, and professional communication
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
The Internship Program will offer flexibility to the student by providing varying levels of time commitment with a minimum of 45 hours of work/study within the semester Student/Intern will meet their faculty advi sor and the internship coordinator through out the internship and will document their experiences through reflective journaling and assignments
The Academic Internship course presents the student with an opportunity to apply classroom theory with a period of practical, hands on experience in a professional work environment Students will continue to use their internship experience to further develop discipline skills and knowledge and outcomes that will remain relevant throughout their careers
Prerequisite: Program Director approval Credits: 3
IAD 050 Introduction to Academic Discourse I
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1 7
Credits: 3
Academic Discourse
Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
LS 202 Torts
This course combines a general overview of the purposes and procedures of tort law, with examples and exercises on the process and procedures that paralegals employ when working on tort actions Students work on a mock case and develop a data base for all evidence and documents employed in the case In addition, there is a discussion and demonstration of time keep ing programs
IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills
LS 101 Introduction to Legal Studies
MLS 113 Basic Hematology and Clinical Microscopy
IDS 101 Harcum Colloquium
This course provides a thorough back ground in the study of hematology focusing on the development and function of red cells, white cells, and platelets. The analysis of other body fluids including urine and spinal fluid are explored
This course provides “hands on” application of material presented in MLS 113 Students study normal and abnormal blood cells and demonstrate proficiency in performing dif ferential cell counts The binocular micro scope is used to examine cells in blood, urine, and other body fluids
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: MLS 101 Corequisite: MLS 113, BIO 205, CHE Elective Credits: 1
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
MLS 101 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology
Legal Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
This course provides an introduction to the American legal system The course pro vides a brief history on the process and pro cedures by which the legal system was developed, how laws are created, and how laws are organized Students understand the different sources of law, the different levels of law, and the interplay that occurs when different laws regulate the same mat ters This course includes a field trip to the Constitution Center, Independence Hall, City Hall, and the Liberty Bell Pavilion
Corequisite: MTH 113 Credits: 3
This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development, outside and within Harcum College Information literacy will be introduced, assisting stu dents in developing efficient and effective research strategies and skills necessary to conduct college level research and facilitate lifelong learning This course is designed to prepare the student to have a successful academic and personal experience at the College.
MLS 114 Applied Hematology and Microscopy
This course introduces the student to the many aspects of the clinical laboratory, and provides an introduction of procedures per formed in each lab department: chemistry, blood bank, serology, urinalysis, microbiology, hematology, focusing on specimen collection, safety and infection control, quality control, legal/ethical considerations, and application of computers in the laboratory setting
Medical Laboratory Science
This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development and pro vide them with the skills to succeed in col lege It also provides instruction in college survival skills, such as time, financial and stress management, and study skills, including textbook reading and test taking Students learn to be proactive in their edu cation and develop critical thinking and problem solving skills
Prerequisite: MLS 101 Corequisite: MLS 114, CHE Elective Credits: 3
MLS 130 Immunology
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MTH 113 Credits 3
1 1 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course covers the basic theory of immunology along with infectious disease, diseases of the immune system, and the role of serological testing in diagnosis and treat ment of these diseases Students learn multi ple and serial dilutions and how to use these techniques in the clinical laboratory setting
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240 Credits: 3
MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL ROTATION PRACTICUM COURSES:
MLS 222 Hematology
Prerequisites: CHE Elective, MTH 113/114, MLS 101/140
This course introduces the student to the wide variety of pathological microorgan isms that can affect humans and how to dif ferentiate these pathogens from normal flora It explores the many aspects of identi fication using specialized media and bio chemical testing A review of processing body fluids in the microbiology lab will be included, as well as comparing antibiotics used to fight infection
This course prepares students for their hematology laboratory rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing both standard and specialized hematology tests and applying test results to case studies in order to identify pathologic states of the blood cells The process of coagulation is also explored Students study the appropri ate testing techniques to identify coagula tion disorders
Prerequisites: MLS 101/140, MLS 113/114 Credits: 3
Corequisite: MLS 101 Credit: 1
This course prepares students for their blood bank rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing standard and spe cialized immunohematology procedures required to transfuse a patient successfully with blood products Students discuss trans fusion reaction case studies
Prerequisites: BIO 205, MLS 101/140, MLS 113/140 Credits: 3
MLS 221, MLS 222, MLS 223, MLS 224, MLS 225, MLS 226, and MLS 227 comprise the Medical Laboratory Technology Clinical Rotation Practicum and are held at a hospi tal laboratory site Students rotate through the various departments of the laboratory and receive hands on training under the supervision of technologists, as well as case study reviews and preparation for the Board of Certification exam
MLS 221 Chemistry
MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 1 9
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240 Credits: 3
Students are introduced to laboratory meth ods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control, and use of universal precautions in the clinical setting Each lab session focuses on a particular area of the clinical laboratory and includes chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, microbiology, serol ogy, and blood bank
Credits: 3
The chemistry rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of clinical chemistry laboratory procedures and their signifi cance in the diagnosis and treatment of dis ease This rotation will allow the student to gain confidence in running both manual and automated tests in the clinical chem istry laboratory
The hematology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experi ence in the application of laboratory theory and techniques as they relate to the diagno sis and treatment of hematologic disorders
MLS 212 Clinical Hematology
MLS 213 Clinical Immunohematology
This course prepares students for the clini cal chemistry practicum rotation by provid ing information on lab safety and QA/QC in the clinical lab, clinical correlations, and analytical procedures involving amino acids, protein, non protein nitrogen com pounds, enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, lipoproteins, electrolytes, blood gases, trace and toxic elements, as well as areas of spe cial chemistry in therapeutic drug monitor ing and toxicology
MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology
MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry
Prerequisites: MLS 101/140, MLS 113/114, MLS 130 Credits: 3
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning
MTH 113 College Math
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
Credits: 4
The microbiology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the identification and isolation of microbial organisms significant in the clinical microbi ology laboratory. Students will use laboratory data and determine the clinical significance of results in diagnosing and treating disease caused by microbial organisms
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
Credit: 1
MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
1 2 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
The immunohematology (Blood Bank) rota tion will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in Blood Banking Students will be able to utilize clinical laboratory techniques for testing, preparing, and issu ing blood products Students will be able to assess the need for patient blood product transfusion and be knowledgeable of all precautions taken to insure that patients receive the proper blood type of the prod uct requested
This course is designed to reintroduce students to key arithmetic and basic algebraic concepts necessary for MTH 113, College Math
In this course students utilize skills required to interpret and evaluate quantita tive information that they encounter in everyday life, society, school, and the work place, and to make quantitatively based decisions in their lives
This course covers the essentials of algebra as well as selected areas of pre calculus algebra Topics include operations on real numbers, simplifying and evaluating vari able expressions, set notation and set opera tions, solving linear and compound inequalities, operations on polynomials, factoring, simplifying rational expressions, solving quadratic and rational equations, properties of exponents, arithmetic of radi cals, and the rectangular coordinate system
Corequisites: MLS Practicum courses 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227
Students correlate theory learned in senior level MLT courses to tests performed in the clinical laboratory Manual and automated methodologies are used to perform advanced procedures in microbiology, hematology, blood bank, serology, and clin ical chemistry
Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 (Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements )
The urinalysis rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the urinalysis department They will be able to perform testing, recognize normal and abnormal results, and apply laboratory the ory to assess diagnosis and treatment of dis eases detected by urinalysis
This directed study course is designed for distance students in their final semester of the MLT program who reside more than two hours from the Bryn Mawr campus and were unable to participate in MLS 140, MLS 114, and MLS 240 student lab courses as scheduled The MLS 231L Directed Study course meets the program and course learn ing outcomes and emcompasses the cogni tive, psychomotor, and affective objectives of the MLS 140, 114, and 240 students labs that are part of the MLT curriculum Students will be introduced to laboratory methods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control, and use of universal precau tions in the clinical setting Students will cor relate theory learned in senior level MLT courses to tests performed in the particular area of the clinical laboratory including chemistry, hematology, coagulation, blood bank, urinalysis, microbiology, and serology
Credit: 1
Credits: 3
Credits: 3 lab
MLS 231L Applied Lab Techniques Directed Study
Credit: 1
Mathematics
The immunology/serology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of proce dures in the immunology/serology labora tory Students will assess the significance of laboratory results in diagnosing and treat ment of diseases that are routinely detected in the serology/immunology laboratory
Credit: 1
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
Prerequisites: Completion of all MLS lec ture coureses
Prerequisites: MLS 101, MLS 140 Corequisites: MLS 211, 212, 213, 214
MLS 225 Serology
MLS 224 Microbiology
MLS 227 Urinalysis
The coagulation rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the coagulation laboratory. Students will per form testing, differentiate normal from abnormal results, and apply laboratory the ory and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of coagulation disorders
This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board Certification Exam The student will access pre and post tests in all areas of clinical laboratory science and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness.
Prerequisite: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
MLS 226 Coagulation
MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II
1 0 1
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240
Credit: 1
MTH 073 Fundamentals of College Math
MLS 223 Blood Bank
MUS 106IS Voice Lessons
MTH 115 Business and Financial Mathematics
A sequel to MTH 116, this course covers those trigonometric and algebraic topics considered essential for calculus Those topics include circular and trigonometric identities, matrices, determinants, sequences and series, and the binomial the orem
Prerequisite: MTH 201 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
MTH 201 Introduction to Calculus I
This course covers integral calculus Topics include definite and indefinite integrals; integration of polynomial, algebraic, expo nential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; integration by parts; substitution techniques; and improper integrals
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
MTH 116 Pre Calculus Algebra
Prerequisite: MTH 111 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.
This course is an introduction to the appli cation of mathematics in personal and busi ness finance Topics include the various techniques for solving percent problems, retail cost and markup, simple and com pound interest, annuities and sinking funds, mortgage and installment loan pay ments, amortization schedules, and calcu lating the total interest paid on a loan
This course covers differential calculus Topics include functions; limits and conti nuity; differentiation of polynomial, alge braic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions; extreme values of functions; and graphing Applications to business, life, social sciences, and physics are discussed
Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 2 1
MTH 117 Pre Calculus Trigonometry
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: MTH 113 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This independent study course consists of private flute, clarinet, or saxophone lessons, given on a one to one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end of the semes ter performance. Students must supply their own instruments
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: MTH 116 with a grade of C or higher
This independent study course consists of private voice lessons, given on a one to one basis. All levels of experience and begin ners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end of the semester recital
Prerequisite: MTH 116 or MTH 117 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
This course is designed for students who need a rapid review of those algebraic top ics essential for the study of calculus These topics include real and complex numbers, sets, linear, quadratic radical and rational equations, polynomial and rational inequal ities, algebra of functions, graphing and equations of parabolas and circles, and exponential and logarithmic functions
Applications to business, life, social sci ences, and physics are discussed.
Music
MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano
This independent study course consists of private piano lessons, given on a one to one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of expe rience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experi ences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as under standing of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culmi nate in an end of the semester perform ance
MTH 202 Introduction to Calculus II
MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion
This independent study course consists of private drum lessons, given on a one to one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of expe rience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experi ences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as under standing of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culmi nate in an end of the semester perform ance
Credits: 2
This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with uncomplicated physical and/or mental behavioral alter ations that require medical and/or surgical intervention Emphasis is placed on the care of an adult or older adult with alter ations in selected body functions, including mental behavioral issues Concepts of patient centered care, teamwork and collab oration, evidence based practice, quality improvement, safety, informatics, profes sionalism, and leadership are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to one adult and/or older adult patient per experience in a variety of set tings
Nursing
Prerequisites: NUR 100 Corequisite: NUR 106 Credits: 7
NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106
Co requisites: NUR 206
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass
NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice
MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass
Credits: 5
NUR 106 Mental Health Nursing
Credits: 9
Prerequisites: NUR 100
1 2 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
This independent study course consists of private guitar lessons, given on a one to one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experi ence and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experi ences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as under standing of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end of the semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments
This independent study course consists of private trumpet or trombone lessons, given on a one to one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of experience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culminate in an end of the semes ter performance Students must supply their own instruments
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues Concepts of pathophysiology, phar macology nutrition, evidence based prac tice, quality improvement, informatics, teamwork and collaboration, and safety will be integrated throughout the course Progression of clinical skills, priority set ting, time management, clinical judge ment, and legal and ethical tenets are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student the oppor tunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two patients with complicated health alterations and/or men tal behavioral health alterations in a variety of settings
This independent study course consists of private bass lessons, given on a one to one basis A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement All levels of expe rience and beginners are accepted Lessons are structured to provide learning experi ences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as under standing of general musical concepts and performance practice The lessons culmi nate in an end of the semester perform ance Students must supply their own instruments
This course provides an introduction to nursing and the roles of the professional nurse The concepts of patient centered care, professionalism, teamwork, quality improvement, collaboration, safety, evi dence based practice, and leadership are introduced in this course Emphasis is placed on the knowledge and skills needed to provide safe, quality care Students will use the nursing process to guide basic clini cal decisions The theoretical foundation for a general assessment and nursing skills is presented, and the student is given an opportunity to demonstrate these skills in a laboratory and clinical setting
This course focuses on the care of patients across the lifespan experiencing alterations in mental behavioral health Concepts of crisis intervention and therapeutic commu nication are integrated throughout the course. The promotion and/or mainte nance of mental behavioral health issues of patients and families are emphasized Interventions, both non pharmacological and pharmacological, are explored for patients with alterations in mental behav ioral health Students will address mental behavior health issues during maternal child, medical surgical, and simulation experiences. The community as a site for care and support services is addressed
NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I
Corequisite: NUR 105
MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
OTA 114 Applied Kinesiology
Corequisite: BIO 103 Credit: 1
Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacolo gy, nutrition, informatics, evidence based practice, and teamwork and collaboration will be integrated throughout the course Progression of clinical skills, priority set ting, time management, clinical judgment, and tenets of legal and ethical practice are integrated throughout the course Clinical experiences provide the student an oppor tunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two or more patients in a variety of settings
OTA 119 Introduction to Occupational Therapy
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
OTA 120 Application of Professional Behavior in Emerging Practice
This 15 week online seminar is designed to cover the key areas of professionalization of the occupational therapy assistant from stu dent to clinician. This includes the level 1A Fieldwork experience The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in trans ferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork 1A The level 1A FW experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom
Co requisite: OTA 191, FW Level 1A place ment is at discretion of OTA Program if stu dent does not pass OTA 119 Credits: 2
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 2 3
This course is designed to introduce the stu dent to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice It describes the primary competencies and perform ance objectives for training as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA) This course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values, and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a COTA
NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing
Prerequisites: None
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisite: NUR 211 Credits: 2
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106 Corequisite: NUR 205 Credits: 4
NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III
NUR 216 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisite: NUR 216 Credits: 4
Prerequisites: OTA 119 and SOC 122
Prerequisites: OTA 113 Corequisite: BIO 103 Credits: 4
This course facilitates the transition of the student to the role of a professional nurse Emphasis is placed on contemporary issues and management concepts, as well as developing the skills of delegation, conflict management, leadership, and NCLEX preparation Legal and ethical issues are discussed with a focus on personal account ability and responsibility Standards of prac tice and the significance of functioning according to regulations and statutes are analyzed The student will implement a remediation plan based on identified areas of weakness in preparing for the NCLEX exam
This course provides an integrative, family centered approach to the care of mothers, newborns, and children Emphasis is placed on normal and high risk pregnan cies, normal growth and development, fam ily dynamics, common pediatric disorders, and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients Laboratory and simulation experi ences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to mothers, newborns, and children
This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated multi system health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Emphasis is placed on helping patients and their families to cope with alterations in body functions
Applied Kinesiology involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology The anatomy and physi ology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and in the laboratory Analysis of normal and abnormal motion, strength, coordination, neuromuscular activity, and methods of clinical assessment and treatment applica tion are included
This course offers an interactive presenta tion of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body This course is an in depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional com ponent of these systems The student will actively participate in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement This class is a prerequisite class to OTA 114 Successful completion of this class is necessary to continue with the OTA course sequence
OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for the OTA
Occupational Therapy Assistant
This course is designed to introduce the stu dent to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice It describes the primary competencies and perform ance objectives for training as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA)
This course emphasizes the impact of dys function in the areas of ADL, work, and leisure in adults and older adults with a variety of mental and physical deficits and abilities Current professional literature will be used to provide guidelines, case stories, and experiential learning activities to facili tate optimal understanding of information within practical contexts This course com bines academic knowledge with relevant clinical observations and experiences. This course includes an off site fieldwork com ponent
This course builds on the basic concepts taught in OTA 114, 121, 123, and SOC 122 It has two functions: 1) to present in depth the impact of bio psycho social dysfunction on an individual and his/her family throughout the period of childhood and adolescence, including the role of socio cul tural values and their impact on adaptation and 2) to address the acquisition of profes sional concepts, evaluation, and treatment planning skills that reflect current occupa tional therapy practice with children and adolescents A pediatric Fieldwork Level I experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom
OTA 127 Professional Seminar II
Credits: 4
Corequisite: OTA 124 Credit: 1
OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles
Prerequisite: None
This course is designed to provide the opportunity for exploration of activities of childhood and adolescence through experi ential learning. Students will be introduced to selection, design, and development of adaptations, and the grading of activities to facilitate maximum function Emphasis is on problem solving and the development of clinical reasoning skills regarding the thera peutic application of activities and adapta tions within the occupational therapy process
1 2 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in Adulthood and Geriatrics
Corequisite: OTA 124
OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood and Adolescence
The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learn ing of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IA
Corequisite: OTA 125
Credits: 3
This course emphasizes experiential and hands on learning within the classroom set ting This course is a complement to OTA 224 because it allows the student to engage in activity based tasks that emphasize the OTA’s role in treating the adult/older adult population with mental and/or physical dysfunction Adaptation of the tools and environment in which this population is treated and/or lives will be taught Group activities, selected craft projects, adaptation projects, presentations, and competency testing will be used to facilitate learning
Prerequisites: OTA 121, SOC 122, OTA 123, and OTA 114
Credits: 3
This course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values, and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a COTA This course includes an off site field work component to complement academic teaching content
OTA 123 Bio Psycho Social Conditions
Prerequisite: OTA 113 and OTA 114
OTA 125 Activities and Adaptations for Childhood and Adolescence
Corequisite: OTA 121
The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learn ing of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IB
OTA 126 Professional Seminar I
Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 100 level OTA coursework Corequisite: OTA 225 Credits: 4
OTA 225 Activities and Adaptations for Adulthood and Geriatrics
Corequisite: OTA 224 Credits: 3
Credits: 4
This course provides a survey of medical/psychosocial conditions that impact on the functioning of human beings. The etiology, pathology, symptomatology, prognosis, and medical treatment of signifi cant conditions will be presented Each condition is discussed in its developmental context, i e age of typical occurrence and impact on life tasks at the particular stage This course is taught in close connection with OTA 122 to enable the student to corre late normal developmental life tasks with typical disruptions of function at each stage
Credit: 1
OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level IIA
This course is designed to help students develop the following clinical skills which relate to treatment of clients across the life span: assessment methods and related treatment techniques for motor, sensory, visual/perceptual, and mental dysfunction; performance of assistive techniques to facil itate maximum occupational performance; selection and/or fabrication of environ mental adaptations and technological equipment; fabrication of basic orthotics; understanding of safety precautions; per formance of functional transfers and relat ed training of clients/patients; and effective communication skills within a culturally diverse society
This course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)
The phlebotomy practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy the ory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
This course consists of a second full time 8 week clinical placement. The goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in depth experiences in the clinical setting The experience pro vides the student with opportunities for car rying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months follow ing completion of academic coursework.
Prerequisites: PBT 210 Credit: 2
Corequisite: OTA 224 Credit: 1
OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Life Span
PBT 210 Phlebotomy Theory and Techniques
OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience, Level IIB
All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following comple tion of academic coursework
This course consists of a full time 8 week clinical placement The goal is the applica tion of academically acquired knowledge through in depth experiences in the clinical setting The experience provides the stu dent with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropri ate supervision and professional modeling
This course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phle botomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environ ment in the present healthcare setting
OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV
Credits: 3
The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learn ing of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IC
Prerequisite: High School diploma Credits: 3
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 100 level OTA coursework
OTA 227 Professional Seminar III
The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learn ing of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork Level IIA and B
This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP PBT Board of Certification Exam The student will access tests in all areas of phle botomy and will receive personal instruc tion to overcome areas of weakness
Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better
Corequisite: OTA 228
Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better Corequisite: OTA 228 Credits: 6
PBT 202 Certification Exam Prep Seminar
PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum
Corequisites: OTA 231, OTA 232 Credit: 1
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 2 5
Phlebotomy
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
This is an introductory course to basic pro fessional photography and its influence on today’s world Topics covered are theory, optics, ISO sensitivity, operation of cam eras, meters, and related professional equipment plus image file types, file sizes, and file delivery.
PHT 145 Theory of Composition/History of Photography
This course covers learning how to use light creatively and how to see and understand light photographically The course covers the use of different lighting effects, both natural and artificial, to obtain pleasing results in “people” photography Students will direct and photograph their subjects while refining portrait composition, posing, and lighting techniques The use of filters, reflectors, flash equipment, and proper lighting ratios are also examined
Each student will work as an individual photographer, producing shoots focusing on several areas, such as catalog, editorial, and advertising Students will learn the roles and vocabularies involved in a fashion shoot, starting with art director, make up and hair stylists, models and their agencies, location scouting, and lighting During this course, students will also examine the moral and ethical issues surrounding fash ion photography
Prerequisites: PHT 148, PHT 162, PHT 168 Credits: 3
The students will learn the skills needed to photograph individual, couple, and groups in the studio and outdoors The student will create intermediate lighting techniques using flash, incandescent, fluorescent, and LED lighting Traditional, contemporary, fashion, and glamour styles are explored
This course will explore color photography, emphasizing its unique qualities and dimensions The students will be intro duced to color photography, its aesthetics and visual impact, and the great range of outcomes from each color photo under the control of the photographer Assignments will focus on color printing techniques
PHT 251 Fashion Photography
Prerequisites: PHT 162 Credits: 3
PHT 103 Digital Photography
PHT 148 Digital Photographic Imaging
Credits: 3
Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148
Credits: 3
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT 168 Introduction to Color Photography
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT 162 Theory of Light/Portraiture
Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148
This course offers students the opportunity to explore digital imaging in depth Using Adobe Photoshop®, students will learn vari ous ways to compose, retouch, manipulate, colorize, and alter photographs electronical ly Scanning and image capture procedures and color correction and separation tech niques will be covered
PHT 253 Portrait Essentials
This course is designed to offer the student an in depth exploration of visual composi tion, including artistic balance and the rela tionship of elements, and how to apply these concepts photographically This course will also study the history of photog raphy from its origin to present day trends
1 2 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
This course is designed to introduce all aspects of creating fashion photographs
Photography
PHT143 Basic Lighting
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT 141 Fundamentals of Photography
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148
In this course students will learn photo graphic techniques required for reporting social, cultural, multimedia, and entertain ment activities to be reproduced in a vari ety of visual storytelling mediums Social networking and on location assignments required in this class will help the student prepare for the ever changing mass media marketplace
PHT 164 New Media/Visual Journalism
A variety of lighting techniques are explored and practiced in this course Through an analysis of their own photo graphs, students learn to see and create lighting that best suits the chosen subject Emphasis is on natural light, three dimen sional studio lighting, and contrast control
Credits: 3
Digital Photography is an elective class that encourages students to discover their own photographic vision and style The student will learn the basics of camera handling, photographic functions, and composition through photographic assignments, cri tiques, and practice in Photoshop
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
This course is designed to improve the abili ty of students to describe their accomplish ments and promote their ideas in situations like professional networking, client meet ings, response to proposals for services, and interviews Through specialized research, students will gather and organize informa tion needed to function and flourish in the field of professional photography Students will also learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers and prepare a develop mental roadmap that will lead them to suc cess in the field of professional photography
This course introduces the students to yoga and its physical and mental benefits
Prerequisites: PHT 168 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport
Prerequisites: PH 168 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: PHT 148, PHT 168 Credits: 3
PED 123 Wellness
This course allows the student to take an active role in the process of becoming aware of the different areas in one’s life, identifying the areas that need improve ment, and then making the choices that facilitate attainment of a higher level of health and well being This course empha sizes developing attitudes and engaging in behaviors that enhance quality of life and maximize personal potential
This course will involve a complete evalua tion, update, and refinement of portfolio work for visual preparation to meet current or expected needs in the job search process
Physical Education
A complete portfolio both online and print will be created by semester’s end
In this course students work with mixed lighting to produce commercial illustrations for such items as glassware, food, and light emitting products Special lighting tech niques are explored, and the students will gain a greater exposure to architectural pho tography and the problems presented in mixed lighting situations
Credit: 1
Students learn a series of poses and breath ing techniques to increase strength, flexibil ity, balance, and the ability to focus
This course will cover the basics of digital video using a DSLR, Mirrorless, and/or other video capture cameras Students will learn how to capture audio and video using proper lighting, composition, and framing techniques Students will also be intro duced to specific camera features and set tings Techniques will be introduced to show the students how to maximize creativ ity and technical excellence into powerful storytelling
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport Credit: 1
PHT 261 Advanced Photoshop
PHT 256 Commercial Photography
Prerequisite: None Credits: 2
PED 102 Soccer Team
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 2 7
PHT 291 Professional Development
PED 112 Yoga
In this course students will learn and apply the creative principles of Adobe Photoshop Assignments will include products pho tographed by the students and digital files provided by the instructor that require Adobe Photoshop enhancement or manipu lation or working within a given template or design Students will also explore editing tools: selections (emphasis on pen tool), layers, masks, adjustments, blending options, and non destructive image editing
This course involves the active participa tion of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the par ticipation in sports promotes physical fit ness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team
PED 113 Introduction to Weight Training
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
This course involves the active participa tion of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the par ticipation in sports promotes physical fit ness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
PHT 280 Video Production/ Multimedia
PED 101 Volleyball Team
This course allows the student to obtain benefits of weight training by using Harcum’s fitness center in a class struc tured environment Students learn proper lifting technique, correct breathing, names for specific muscle groups, and the use of the equipment in the Fitness Center through supervised training
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT 292 Portfolio Preparation
PED 199 Flex Credit
By the end of the course, students should have developed the knowledge and the problem solving skills to adapt strategies and develop original materials for an effec tive inclusive learning environment
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
Core Social Science Elective
This course involves the active participa tion of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the par ticipation in sports promotes physical fit ness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team
This course involves the active participa tion of the student in an accepted team sport Physical education is an important part of the school’s curriculum, and the par ticipation in sports promotes physical fit ness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of a team
Prerequisite: None
Students are given credit for their member ship and participation at any fitness center Arrangements may also be made for stu dents to use Harcum’s facilities while supervised
PSY 156 Human Development
1 2 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Credit: 1
Credit: 1
The purpose of this course is to help stu dents develop attitudes and skills to meet the needs of all children in their programs
Credit: 1
PED 131 Track Team
PSY 111 Introductory Psychology
PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom
Students will learn fitness techniques and develop routines for better health
Psychology
This course introduces the student to the basic concepts of psychological processes, including: brain functioning, the role of neurotransmitters, sensation and percep tion, states of consciousness, learning, memory, thinking, intelligence, motivation, and emotions The course also examines theories of personality, describes the spec trum of psychological disorders, and explores types of therapy By the end of the course, students should be able to apply these psychological concepts to enhance their critical thinking skills
Prerequisite: None
PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment
Prerequisite: PSY 111 Credits: 3
PED 130 Basketball Team
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
PSY 154 Child Development
PED 124 Fitness for Living
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport
Core Social Science Elective
This course traces the development of the individual from conception through the lifespan, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infancy, childhood, ado lescence, young and middle adulthood, and old age. Emphasis is on normal develop ment Theories considered are psychoana lytic, cognitive, behaviorist, humanist, and ethological Effects and interaction of genetics and environment or nature/nur ture are emphasized
Credit: 1
Students are introduced to the history and legal background of inclusive education, will be familiar with major conditions and factors affecting a child’s ability to learn, and be able to communicate effectively with the professional team, including medical/devel opmental specialists This course examines the educational needs of young children who have cultural differences and explores teaching approaches to accommodate these needs in a cooperative environment, includ ing parents, school, and community interac tion The course includes experiential, hands on learning, and promotes practical application and problem solving.
This course examines the components of a healthy personality from a variety of per spectives The biological, genetic, and phys iological contributions are assessed in depth, based on current research In addi tion, more traditional theories of personali ty, based on the work of Sigmund Freud (defense mechanisms), Erik Erikson (ego development and ego identity), and other personality theorists will be explored The course allows students to take and evaluate various personality testing instruments Finally, the course addresses underlying issues in personality research Is personal ity hard wired in the brain at birth, or is it shaped by social and environmental factors over time? Are personality traits consistent across all interactions, or is personality more situationally based? Can personality traits be changed through therapy and/or individual effort?
Prerequisite: None
Core Social Science Elective
This course traces the development of the child from conception through middle childhood, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and school age children, with emphasis on sensory motor, cognitive, and social emotional development
Prerequisite: PSY 111 Credits: 3
Credits: 3
PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology
This course introduces students to the ther apeutic modality of DBT and provides a foundational understanding of its purpose and core principles Participants will be educated on the evolution of treatment for those suffering with borderline personality disorder and will be able to recognize and better understand the symptoms in the cri teria for diagnosis By completing assign ments that facilitate self reflection, participants will increase their own level of self awareness which will aid in their ability to use the intervention effectively Upon completion of this course, they will have gained familiarity with the modality and the tools it aims to provide to those strug gling with emotional dysregulation.
PSY 212 Group Dynamics
This course offers an interactive presenta tion of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body. This course is an in depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional com ponents of these systems The student actively participates in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence
Credits: 2
Prerequisite: PSY 111
PSY 213 Educational Psychology
Core Social Science Elective
PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology
Pre or Corequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 111
Physical Therapist Assistant
Credits: 2
PSY 200 Dialectical Behavioral Therapy
This course provides the student with an understanding and background of the prac tice of Physical Therapy and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant Topics include the funding of health care, professional ethics, legal aspects, culture and disability, writing SOAP note documentation, and the role of the PTA and health care interdiscipli nary team A minimum course average of 73% is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the PTA sequence
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
Topics to be covered are child development, learning, intelligence, motivation, memory, variations in learning styles, evaluation, and assessment Teaching methods from the behaviorist, humanist, and cognitive view are considered
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 2 9
This course examines past and contempo rary theories of mental health and abnor mality; describes symptoms of mental disorders such as anxiety and panic disor ders, phobias, obsessive compulsive disor ders, mood disorders (depression and bipolar disorder), schizophrenia, dissocia tive disorders, and personality disorders; examines causes of each disorder and assesses methods of treatment for each dis order
This course examines the social and psy chological aspects of disability from the per spective of the individual, significant others, helping professionals, and society in general. Special emphasis is given to the dynamics of interactions that affect the rehabilitative process
Prerequisite: PSY 111 Credits: 3
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: PSY 111
Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Core Social Science Elective
PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities
Credits: 3
PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy
The purpose of this course is to review con cepts and principles of psychology in order to apply them to educational methods
Corequisite: PTA 110, PTA 111
This course is an introduction to small group therapy with a particular focus on group characteristics and processes such as how a group is defined; conformity, consen sus, and conflict in groups; types of power and influence in groups; leadership styles; phases or stages in group behavior; motiva tional processes in groups and communica tion patterns in groups
Core Social Science Elective
PTA 109 Functional Anatomy
This course introduces the student to the foundational concepts, skills, techniques, and responsibilities involved in the thera peutic relationship The course focuses on the basic elements of the therapeutic situa tion, including: the role of the therapist, the role of the client, the frame of the therapeu tic relationship, active listening, transfer ence, resistance, countertransference, and ethical issues facing the therapist The course will include both theoretical and concrete descriptive discussions of these concepts We will also employ case illustra tions, role playing, and experiential learn ing in this course.
Prerequisites: PSY 111, PSY 253 Credits: 3
PTA 111 Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy
Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIO 104, PTA 112, PTA 114 Credits: 3
This course will introduce the student to the basic clinical skills required as part of patient care activities Topics include trans fer techniques, body mechanics, wheel chair management, the use of assistive devices for ambulation, bed mobility, posi tioning, passive range of motion, goniome try, vital signs, normal gait, and normal development The lab sessions will intro duce the students to the problem solving approach by applying their techniques and knowledge in simulated patient care sce narios. An average of 73% or better is required to pass the course Successful com pletion of this course is required to contin ue within the PTA sequence
PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology
PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, with a grade of C or higher
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130 with a grade of C or higher
This course involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathoki nesiology The anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and the laboratory Discussion of normal and abnormal motion, locomotion, neuromuscular activi ty, and methods of clinical evaluation are included A minimum of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the course sequence.
PTA 112 introduces the student to the gen eral principles of treatment using physical therapy modalities The student will learn the theory and application of superficial heat, cold, ultrasound, massage, hydrother apy, intermittent compression, traction, Electrical Stimulation parameters (TENS, NMES, FES, Russian Stim), sEMG, Iontophoresis, electrical current waveforms of high volt, interferentia,l and others with inclusion of pertinent evidence based research Also students learn the theories and purpose of UV light, diathermy, and infrared The clinical problem solving approach will be emphasized in this course and all students are expected to utilize relat ed course information where applicable An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence
The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to begin to apply them to basic patient scenarios across the continuum of care. Included in this course are functional mobility training techniques, balance interventions, the use of basic neurological treatment procedures, introduction to ADL functional assessment, and architectural assessment This course also addresses the exploration of physical therapy practice in a rehab environment and the integration of professional behav iors in both classroom and observation set tings Through classroom, observation, and application activities the student will begin to further develop problem solving, critical thinking, and professional behaviors within the scope of practice of a PTA An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence.
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
This course teaches the student concepts and skills based upon knowledge of anato my, physiology, and applied kinesiology, for the clinical application of healing through exercise The course will present principles of therapeutic exercises includ ing: ROM, stretching, strengthening, aero bic conditioning, cardiac rehab, health & wellness, post surgery & post injury, peripheral nerve disorders, balance and vestibular exercises, and pre and post natal exercise An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence
Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIO 103 Corequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110
PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I
This course is the first full time four week clinical education experience The affilia tion combines classroom knowledge and skills with on the job responsibilities and training, under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA Clinical instructor During the affiliation, the student will uti lize techniques and integrate knowledge learned during their first two semesters of didactic classroom and lab courses, by implementing the Physical Therapist’s established plan of care They will also gain experience interacting with patients and receive an overview of the physical therapy profession Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship
1 3 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, with a grade of C or higher Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIO 104, PTA 112 Credits: 2
PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise
Credits: 3
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
Credits: 3
PTA 112 Physical Therapy I /Electrophysiology
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3 1
Credits: 2
The student is introduced to the medical and surgical conditions most frequently encountered in PT Departments The basic inflammatory and healing processes and the principles of treatment to promote heal ing are covered The cause, clinical signs, symptoms, and pathophysiological course and treatment of each condition are cov ered. Emphasis throughout the course is on the role of the PTA in the treatment of each condition The student will be presented with basic concepts of wellness as well as the aging process An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is nec essary to continue in the PTA course sequence
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher Credits: 4
PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy
This course will review basic anatomy and physiology of the spine and extremity joints and basic treatment principles of therapeu tic exercise (ROM, stretching, manual tech niques, strengthening exercises, aerobic conditioning, and balance exercises)
PTA 218 Pathophysiology
PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications
Students will be encouraged to utilize this information to create a more in depth knowledge of orthopedic pathologies and diagnoses This course will present com mon orthopedic conditions and diagnoses for each joint and will utilize knowledge of current exercise protocols and treatment regimens, evidenced based practice arti cles, and regional practice patterns The focus of the lab portion of this course is for the PTA student to problem solve orthope dic treatment, exercise prescription, and exercise progression for each diagnosis in the acute, sub acute, or chronic phases A more in depth presentation of treatment of athletes is also included An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is nec essary to continue with the PTA course sequence
Credits: 3
PTA 240 Clinical Seminar
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher
PTA 222 Orthopedics
Credits: 4
This course offers specific preparation for the future PTA in the areas of geriatrics, pediatrics, and other specified diagnostic classes (respiratory, integumentary, bariatrics, critical care) Course content includes overviews of pathologies, diag noses, and specific health care needs of the geriatric, pediatric, and other clients as well as specific treatment interventions A prob lem solving approach facilitates the stu dent’s acquisition of knowledge An average of 73% or better is required to pass this course.
The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to apply them using specialized treatment techniques across the continuum of care. Included in this course are identification and correction of gait deviations, the use of orthotic and prosthetic devices and basic neurological treatment procedures, ADL functional assessment, and wheelchair prescription The student is taught the theory and imple mentation of rehabilitation techniques for patient’s status post traumatic brain injury/head trauma, spinal cord injuries, orthopedic conditions, amputations, pro gressive neurological diseases, and other related pathologies The student will demonstrate understanding of the normal developmental sequence and be able to apply treatment interventions across the lifespan An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher
This course meets to aid in the integration of classroom and clinical education Via seminar and course assignments, students will learn to apply concepts of evidence based practice Workshops will be conduct ed on résumé writing, job interview tech niques, and the role of the PTA within the healthcare team. The student will partici pate in mandatory licensure review and preparation activities An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher Corequisite: PTA 231
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education cours es Credits: 2
This is the final required course in the con tinuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry level practice as a safe and effective clinician This course is the terminal full time, 7 week clinical expe rience that occurs after students have com pleted all of their classroom education The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment pro grams as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor During this clinical affili ation the student is expected to show com petence in reviewing the medical record; interviewing the patient and family mem bers; knowledge of a diagnosis, implement ing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care, and assess ing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established out comes The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, family, team members, and the clinical instructor In addition the student should be active in self evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies Under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient by problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treat ment interventions The student is expected to justify his/her choice of treatment, seek ing out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making Students should refer to their student and clinical education hand book for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship.
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credits: 4
This is the second required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experi ences in selected health care settings The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance nec essary for preparation into entry level prac tice as a safe and effective clinician This course is the first full time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education The affiliation combines classroom knowl edge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment pro grams as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor During this clinical affilia tion the student is expected to show compe tence in reviewing the medical record; interviewing the patient and family mem bers; knowledge of a diagnosis, implement ing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care, and assess ing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established out comes The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, his family, team members, and the clinical instructor In addition the student should be active in self evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies Under the supervision of the clinical instruc tor, the student will begin to integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient on problem solving about progno sis, length of stay, and selection and progres sion of treatment interventions The student is expected to begin to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to sup port his/her clinical decision making Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific poli cies and procedures and regarding the clini cal affiliation Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship.
1 3 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credits: 3
PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II
Credits: 6
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Credits: 6
This course is designed to provide an overview of the foundations in radiography and the practitioner’s role in the health care delivery system Principles, practices, and policies of the health care organization(s) are examined and discussed in addition to the professional responsibilities of the radi ographer The course provides the basic concepts of patient care, including consid eration for the physical and psychological needs of the patient and family. Patient care procedures are discussed, as well as infection control procedures using standard precautions The role of the radiographer in patient education is identified Students are required to complete this course before entering the clinical sites
RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I
Radiologic Technology
RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education cours es
Content of this course is designed to estab lish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, x ray production, and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter
Content of this course is designed to pro vide a knowledge base necessary to per form standard radiographic procedures of the chest, abdomen, and upper extremities Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. Laboratory experience is used to comple ment the didactic portion
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher, and all required general education courses must be com pleted prior to PTA 250
PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III
RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care
Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radi ographic procedures of mobile studies, pediatric exams, and operating room stud ies Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality The student learns to work with other health care team members for accurate image acquisition during non routine procedures
RAD 104 Clinical Education I
RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II
Levels of competency and outcomes meas urement ensure the well being of the patient preparatory to, during, and follow ing the radiologic procedure
Prerequisite: RAD 103 Credits: 3
RAD 108 Clinical Education III
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient centered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assess ment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management Levels of competency and outcomes meas urement shall ensure the well being of the patient preparatory to, during, and follow ing the radiologic procedure
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3 3
RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III
RAD 202 Radiation Protection and Biology
Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radi ographic procedures of the lower extremi ties and spine Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency based assignments in clinical settings, concepts of team practice, patient centered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assess ment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management Levels of competency and outcomes meas urement ensure the well being of the patient preparatory to, during, and follow ing the radiologic procedure. As the stu dents achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credits: 2
Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiog rapher for patients, personnel, and the pub lic Radiation health and safety requirements of federal and state regulato ry agencies, accreditation agencies, and health care organizations are incorporated
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credits: 3
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient centered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assess ment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credit: 1
RAD 107 Clinical Education II
Prerequisite: RAD 105 Credits: 2
RAD 106 Radiographic Exposure II
RAD 200 Digital Radiography and PACS
Prerequisite: RAD 107 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: RAD 104 Credits: 2
Content is designed to establish a knowl edge base in radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and tomographic equipment requirements and design This class also focuses on factors that govern and influ ence the production and recording of radio logic images including properties of quality assurance and control to ensure the best possible diagnosis
Digital Radiography and PACS is an overview and introduction to Digital Imaging and Computed Radiography at an entry level It will provide radiography stu dents with information assisting them in the operating of equipment used in the clin ical setting and understand the image acquisition guidelines, as well as detailed exposure guidelines and quality control practices to help obtain the best radiographs possible Image processing, production of clear radiographic images using digital tech nologies, and working with CR/DR quality workstations and information systems are covered as well as system architecture and the importance of HIPAA laws while access ing information systems Students will understand why digital imaging works and how they can provide optimal Imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced imaging processing and manipulation functions
Prerequisite: RAD 102 Credits: 4
Prerequisite: Rad 201 Credits: 3
Levels of competency and outcomes meas urement ensure the well being of the patient preparatory to, during, and follow ing the radiographic procedure As the stu dents achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured, sequen tial, competency based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient centered practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assess ment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management
Content is designed and presented to intro duce theories of disease causation and the pathophysiologic responses, clinical mani festations, radiographic appearance, and management of alterations in body sys tems
RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V
1 3 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: RAD 101 Credits: 2
Levels of competency and outcomes meas urement ensure the well being of the patient preparatory to, during, and follow ing the radiologic procedure As the stu dents achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision
RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV
RAD 204 Clinical Education IV
Attention to infection control and tech nique, and how other imaging procedures accompany diagnostic procedures for over all planning and treatment of the patient Laboratory experience will be used to com plement the didactic portion and is a mandatory accompaniment
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all RAD courses from RAD 101 through RAD 205 Credits: 3
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures Through structured sequential, competency based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient centered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined, and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assess ment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management
RAD 209 Registry Review
Consideration will be given to the produc tion of images of optimal diagnostic quality
Prerequisite: RAD 205 Credits: 3
Content is designed to prepare students to take the American Registry of Radiologic Technology Examination All didactic and clinical information from the 22 month pro gram is reviewed and the students are given a number of registry type practice examina tions The course provides an overall review of the nature and characteristics of x ray production and the fundamentals of photon interaction with matter The principles of radiation protection, including the responsi bilities of the radiographer for patients, per sonnel, and the public are included as well as regulatory considerations Emphasis on patient care, monitoring post contrast administration, performance of radiograph ic exams, and professionalism are included.
Prerequisite: RAD 204 Credits: 3
RAD 207 Clinical Education V
This course is a continuation of RAD205, Radiographic Procedures Content is designed to provide a knowledge base nec essary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the skull and facial bones Fundamentals of special procedures and sterile tray technique will be covered
RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology
Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radi ographic procedures of the upper spine, skull, and facial bones. Gastrointestinal anatomy and imaging are also discussed Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality Laboratory experience is used to comple ment the didactic portion
Other imaging modalities will be discussed
Prerequisite: RAD 108 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: RBT100 with a grade of B or higher Credits: 3
This course focuses specifically on the com ponents, principles, and operation of digital imaging and computed radiography sys tems It will provide radiography students with factors that impact image acquisition, display, archiving, and retrieval Detailed exposure guidelines and quality control practices and continuous quality manage ment will also be presented Students will understand digital imaging concepts and how to achieve optimal imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced image processing and manipula tion functions
RAD 211 Digital Radiography
Credits: 1
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3 5
RBT 100 Fundamentals of Applied Behavior Analysis
RAD 210 Radiographic Pathology
Professional skills to understand similari ties and differences in people’s behavior, learning skills, motivation, and preferences are essential to address the diversity found in all human services Understanding diver sity in learning environments will improve outcomes, while promoting respect for each individual served Based on a treatment plan, specific research based strategies, and under the guidance of a professional behav ior analyst, the Behavior Technician helps assess the individual’s performance, teach es new skills, and changes problematic behaviors
Pre requisites: RAD 101, RAD 102, RAD 105, RAD 201
This course will follow successful comple tion of the RBT 100 and is the final step to become eligible to register for the RBT certi fication examination The combination of RBT100 and RBT102 fulfills the Behavior Analysts Certification Board (BACB) 40 hour training requirement RBT 102 will further develop required skills on the BACB RBT task list requirement for initial compe tency assessment, needed to apply for the Registered Behavior Technician written exam
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Registered Behavior Technician
RBT 101 Applied Behavior Analysis
Credits:
Pre requisites: RAD 101, RAD 102, RAD 105, RAD 201
RBT 102 Ethics, Competency, and Data Collection in Applied Behavior Analysis
This course will provide an introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis and the required skills and knowledge to prepare the student to become a Behavior Technician, a skilled worker providing direct therapeutic care to adults and children with disabilities at home, school, or the community
This course introduces the student theories with an introduction to pathology related to medical surgical diseases and injury that compromise healthy systems Etiology, responses, and radiographic manifestations will be discussed Each major body system will be included to address radiographic appearance of disease and disease manage ment Diseases that are demonstrated using radiographic procedures are the primary focus as well as the various modalities used to demonstrate pathologies
Credits: 1
Co requisites: RAD 202
Co requisites: RAD 202
This course will provide an introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the required skills and knowledge to prepare students to become Behavior Technicians (BT). The BT is a skilled worker who pro vides direct therapeutic care to adults and children with disabilities at home, school, or the community Professional skills to understand similarities and differences in people’s behavior, learning skills, motiva tion, and preferences are essential to address the diversity found in all human services Understanding diversity in learn ing environments will improve outcomes, while promoting respect for each individual served Based on a treatment plan, specific research based strategies, and under the guidance of a professional behavior analyst, the BT helps assess the individual’s per formance, teaches new skills and changes problem behaviors Relevant course topics will be covered through lectureFEFs, short readings, in class group and hands on activ ities, which will give the students the option to take the national certification test and become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT as per the national Behavior Analysis Certification Board https://www bacb come/rbt/)
This first part of the course focuses on today's modern search engines with an emphasis on the value of a business' organ ic placement Students will gain an under standing of how the algorithms are used to rank websites and learn tactics to gain and maintain high rankings on search engines. Further, students will gain expertise in modern analytic tools using data to manage and adjust digital marketing plans and cam paigns
This course provides students with a work ing knowledge of contemporary webpage layout, design, and skills needed for devel oping and producing interactive business webpages Various aspects from the hierar chic concern of structuring information, user interface to the digital technologies and techniques in creating the content will be examined Students will incorporate their Marketing Plan (developed in previ ous classes) with marketing strategy (mix, advertising, consumer behavior, manage ment, etc ) and SEO/SEM tools to develop a comprehensive capstone website portfolio project Programming knowledge is not expected
SOC 110 Social Problems
Prerequisite: BUS 242, SMM 210, SMM 220 Credits: 3
As consumers of goods and services, our purchasing behaviors are significantly influenced by advertising and marketing tactics Consumer behavior relates to the actions consumers exhibit when seeking, evaluating, purchasing, “consuming,” and disposing of products and services
SOC 115 Diversity in Society
SMM 220 Consumer Behavior
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SMM 210 Digital and Social Media Marketing Strategy and Management
Prerequisite: SMM 101, ENG 101, BUS 110 Credits: 3
This course uses a variety of sociological and psychological perspectives to explore the causes of, the reality of, and possible solutions to current social problems. Issues examined include abortion, child abuse, single parent families, divorce, drug abuse, alcoholism, AIDS, homelessness, aging, dis crimination, and violence
Sociology
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
This second part of the course will focus on paid search marketing including pay per click (PPC) & pay per impression cam paigns (PPI) Students will learn the intricacies of text and display ad cam paigns Students will incorporate contem porary marketing tactics like Re Targeting and tracking cookies Students will also learn about customer relationship manage ment (CRM), Inbound Marketing, and data capture and management Finally, stu dents will develop a working knowledge of marketing budget and ROI (return on investment) analysis
1 3 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
SMM 101 Introduction to Digital and Social Media Marketing
This course is designed to help educate stu dents to work in a world of diverse commu nities The study of diversity is intended to help develop a better understanding and respect for patients, patient families, and co workers from diverse backgrounds, com munication styles, and values.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course introduces the basic concepts necessary to study human interactions, social structures, and institutions The course offers a sociological analysis of cul ture, individual development, the family and its functions, group formations, formal institutions, deviance and social control, economic classes, and racial and ethnic group relations Functional and dysfunc tional aspects of society are examined with in the contexts of stability and change
Marketing
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 221 Credits: 3
SMM 230 Web Design Applications
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Prerequisite: SOC 109 Credits: 3
Consumer motivations and decisions will be evaluated based on any combination of perceived brand benefits, past usage and experiences, demographics (age/gender, etc ), lifestyles, psychographics, culture, influence by others, education, income, and perceptions.
This introductory course defines, illus trates, and applies the ways in which busi nesses can maximize their marketing efforts through the integration of digital and social media with current marketing strate gies The course material covers the growth and future of social media; how consumers respond to and interact with social media; how businesses can develop an effective social media campaign, including strategic objectives, platform and application analy sis, brand building, developing customer loyalty, measuring and monitoring per formance; and careers in social media mar keting field of business
The course covers two key aspects to suc cessfully drive customers to business web sites through the application, monitoring, and update of Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) in order to maximize the return on invest ment of time and capital resources
SOC 109 Principles of Sociology
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management
Prerequisites: SOC 109, PSY 111 Credits: 3
Sports Management
SOC 117 Animals in Society
SPM 101 Sports in Society
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology
Prerequisite: IAD 100 Credits: 3
SPM 103 Facilities Management
SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the LifeSpan
Core Social Science Elective
Prerequisites: PSY 111, SOC 109
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Credits: 3
This course introduces the student to vari ous aspects of contemporary facility man agement theory and practice for both indoor and outdoor sports facilities at vari ous levels of competition Key topics include strategic planning and financial management, space planning, mainte nance and operation, sustainability, design build cycle, emergency and security management, and quality
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SOC 275 Marriage and the Family
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115 Credits: 3
Core Social Science Elective
This course explores and analyzes the cur rent social, psychological, and economic conditions facing the ever growing popula tion of senior citizens in the United States Topics covered include population trends, the social consequences of physiological aging, cognitive, personal, and mental health changes in aging persons, the roles of love, intimacy and sexuality in the older person’s life, the importance of social sup port systems for older people, the range of living arrangements for aging populations, and productive roles for aging persons
Also discussed are problems of early mar riage and intermarriage, mate selection the ories and research, divorce, and changing sexual norms
Core Social Science Elective
This course is an examination of the charac teristics of American ethnic, racial, and reli gious minority groups, including an examination of the effects of prejudice and the problems of these groups.
This course introduces the social issues and controversies affecting the various aspects of the sports industry Students are exposed to the social theories and concepts as they pertain to all levels of sport activities Major trends, economic issues, and sports and the media will also be addressed
SOC 211 Minority Groups
Prerequisite: SOC 109 Credits: 3
This course is designed to study the nature and functions of marriage and the family in contemporary society The historical and cultural evolution of family structures and functions as well as distinctions and simi larities are studied The traditional and changing roles of women in American soci ety are given special attention, along with the role of men and childrearing practices
The Sports Management course provides an overview of the sport business industry and profession including professional sport entertainment, amateur sport entertain ment, for profit sport participation, sporting goods, sport tourism, and sport services. The main themes of the course delve into sports in a domestic and global market place, the application of sport business management, sport and sponsorship, plan ning and managing the stadium experience, social responsibility in sport, and future trends and challenges in the sports indus try
This course explores human occupational roles throughout development from birth to death with emphasis on skills and specific life tasks associated with each stage Special attention will be given to: the development of performance skills and patterns over time and the influence of context (sociocul tural systems, environment, community, etc with special emphasis on diversity) on the individual and on populations
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3 7
Referencing the major sociological theories, this course will explore the complex social, psychological, and physical bonds between humans and non human animals created by many types of interactions. These include domestication and man's varied use of animals from food to assistant to family member
Prerequisite: None Credits: 4
VET 225 Principles of Medicine
Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110 Credits: 4
This course is an introduction to basic para sitology for the veterinary nurse Lecture and laboratory sessions emphasize identifi cation of various parasites in domestic ani mals in the U S and routine diagnostic tests used in veterinary practice
Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110 Credits: 4
Veterinary Nursing
VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Nursing
Prerequisite: None
This course offers fundamentals in drug clas sification used in veterinary medicine, tech niques of drug application, distribution, and safety standards Analgesia and anesthesia are discussed with focus on care and use of the anesthesia machine, pre anesthetic assessment of the patient, patient monitor ing, and post operative pain management
VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This overview of companion animal veteri nary nutrition introduces the students to a wide variety of basic nutritional concepts and current topics in nutrition science
Credits: 1
Prerequisite: VET 109 Corequisite: VET 110 Credits: 4
Prerequisite: None Credits: 4
Prerequisites: MTH 113 or MTH 116, VET 109, VET 110 Credits: 3
The organ systems covered are: nervous, circulatory, respiratory, urinary, gastro intestinal, endocrine, and reproductive Laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demon strations, and computer assisted learning
Topics include body condition scoring, ther apeutic diets, and the use of nutritional sup plements
VET 110 Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals II
VET 103 Veterinary Nutrition for Companion Animals
This course is a continuation of VET 109
Prerequisite: VET 109 Credits: 4
VET 109 Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals I
VET 118 Pharmacology and Anesthesia
This course is an introduction to hematol ogy and microbiology for the veterinary nurse Hematology lectures and labs stress identification of blood components in vari ous species of domestic animals and routine diagnostic blood tests Microbiology lectures and labs stress microorganism classification, life cycles, disease, immunity, sterilization, staining, and cultivating techniques.
VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science
1 3 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and Management
This course is an introduction to the princi ples of disease for the veterinary nurse Pertinent aspects of common animal dis eases are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the nurse’s role in the diagnosis and treat ment of these diseases and in educating the public by imparting factual information on common diseases and their clinical signs Animal care is a requirement
This course is an introduction to the sci ence of nutrition and the management of the exotic animal species commonly kept as pets (ferrets, reptiles, caged birds). Handling, nursing procedures, nutrition, husbandry, normal and abnormal behav iors, and common disease conditions are covered Cat and dog nutrition topics are also covered
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
This course provides a fundamental back ground in laboratory animal science Emphasis is placed on the ten most com monly used laboratory animals and the technician’s responsibility with these ani mals Laboratory instruction consists of a hands on approach to proper management, handling, restraint, sexing, breeding, administering injections, and collecting bio logical specimens from the laboratory ani mals discussed in lecture Animal care is mandatory.
This course offers a comparative study of the anatomy and physiology of domestic animals The first part of the course covers cellular structure and embryology Organ systems covered include: integumentary, teeth, skeletal, muscle, and avian Laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demon strations, and computer assisted learning
This course serves as an introduction to vet erinary nursing as a career, and an overview of veterinary medicine. Topics include medical terminology, animal breeds, legal and ethical issues, occupation al health and safety, medical record keep ing, restraint and physical exam, career opportunities, and client relationships
VET 228 Surgery and Radiology
VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III
This course is a fundamental course for the veterinary nurse on principles and prac tices of surgical nursing Topics discussed include sterile technique, description and use of surgical instruments, basic operating room procedure, common surgical proce dures, and veterinary dentistry. Radiology topics include the physics of radiography, equipment, techniques, and safety Dental topics include oral exam, charting, common dental conditions, and prophylactic care The lab provides an opportunity to practice instrument identification and pack prepara tion, sterile gowning and gloving, dental cleaning and radiography, and radiology skills.
Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110, VET 235 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: MTH 113, VET 109, VET 110 Credits: 4
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 250 Veterinary Nursing Senior Seminar
Must be taken in the final semester
This is a two week course in which students gain a basic understanding in the assess ment, treatment, and care of the critically ill patient This course includes building on medical knowledge of disease processes and physiology; providing treatment, main tenance, and comfort to critically ill ani mals; assessing subtle changes in patient status and becoming proficient in a variety of skills such as venipuncture, catheter placement, fluid therapy, and administra tion of medication Some night shifts are required
VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation
Students choose a case with which they were involved during their practicum and write up the case study, including informa tion from the record, research, and first hand experience Students then present this report to their peers. Participation in semi nar discussions and the final exam are aver aged in with the case study grade
The Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Veterinary Nursing Program This 1 credit experience provides the student with all information necessary to attend clinical practicum at the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospital Students will also prepare to sit for the VTNE and apply for state licensure Interviewing skills and resume writing, as well as case based analysis of bloodwork and medical math review are included
VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills
This course reinforces basic nursing skills taught and practiced in VET 225 and VET 235 and include more advanced skills in patient monitoring, venipuncture, under standing of disease states, and management of emergency and critical care patients
Small Animal Practicum
Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110, VET 225, VET 240
VET 307 Surgery Rotation
VET 305 Wards Rotation
All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete both the large animal and small animal practica The small ani mal practicum is completed at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia The large animal practicum is completed at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA Each practicum is 12 weeks long and may be completed only after the comple tion of all required coursework and if the student has a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Vet Nursing courses
This course offers a theoretical basis for analysis of body chemicals, urinalysis, and serology in domestic animals Practical application of laboratory skills and use of diagnostic equipment are taught in the lab oratory
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 304 Written/Oral Report and Final Exam
VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II
This is a two week course in which students participate in the care and treatment of hos pitalized patients This treatment includes basic evaluation of patient history and cur rent therapy, skills involved with patient comfort and care, fluid therapy, record keeping, venipuncture, and catheter main tenance
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
Credit: 1
This is a one week course in which stu dents gain skills in the application of sterile and aseptic techniques including prepara tion of surgery patients, equipment, and operating areas Identification of surgical instrumentation, suture material, and other surgical equipment is included Students also gain a basic understanding of common surgical practices
All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12 week Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia The courses listed below comprise the Small Animal Practicum
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 3 9
Credits: 4
Corequisite: VET 245
Course Descriptions for Veterinary Nursing Practica
Must be taken in the final semester
This two week rotation has two compo nents The first component provides the student with an experience in community practice. Students will interact with clients and assist in providing wellness checkups, vaccinations, specialty referrals, and more The second component will provide stu dents with experience in several of the spe cialty departments within the hospital including: oncology, dermatology, ophthal mology, the blood bank, exotics, and the clinical lab Participation in these special ties will vary based on caseload.
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
1 4 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
VET 321 Operating Room Rotation
This is a two week course in which students gain skills involving induction, mainte nance, and recovery of the anesthetized patient Included are patient evaluation and monitoring, drug calculations, drug choices, and some special anesthetic considerations Students also gain familiarity with the func tion and care of anesthesia machines and monitoring equipment
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2.0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
This is a one week course in which stu dents learn to produce diagnostic quality radiographs for routine and some special study procedures with the safety of both the patients and the handler in mind Students also become knowledgeable in radiology equipment care and usage Ultrasonography and echocardiography are introduced
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
This is a one week course in which stu dents participate and gain skills in aseptic techniques while preparing patients for sur gery. Students learn routine and emer gency surgical procedures, instrumentation and its uses, proper patient positioning, and suture material Students also learn and develop skills in the proper handling, pack aging, and sterilization of instrumentation prior to use in a sterile operating room envi ronment Some on call shifts are required for this rotation
All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12 week Large Animal Practicum at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA The courses listed below comprise the Large Animal Practicum
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 314 Final Exam and Case Study
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 315 Radiology Rotation
VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation
VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation
VET 316 Emergency Service Rotation
VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation
This is a two week course in which students learn and become familiar with the basics of large animal anesthesia Students learn chemical restraint, pharmacology of com monly used drugs, calculations, anesthesia equipment, and how to recognize problems and trends as they occur during induction, maintenance, and recovery of the anes thetized patient Some on call shifts are required with this rotation
Final Exam: Given the last week of practicum, the final exam is made up of 20% anesthesia questions and 80% general nursing, lecture, and laboratory questions The exam reflects an overview of the practicum and tests a student’s knowledge of what was learned in lectures, labs, and rotations Case Study: Students choose a patient case study to present both orally and in writing Students are graded on their oral and written presentations, audiovisual aids, and knowledge of the subject matter Information is gathered from the patient record, research of the subject, first hand experience, and from doctors and nurses in the hospital.
This is a two week course in which students gain fundamental skills in handling veteri nary emergencies These skills include client communication, patient status assessment, treatment protocols for com mon emergencies, and performance of treatments Students work in the 24 hour emergency service at the Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania Some night and weekend shifts are required
TOTAL CREDITS: 15
Large Animal Practicum
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2.0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 4 1
VET 322 Critical Care Rotation
VET 329 Large Animal Elective
VET 326 Field Service Rotation
This is a one week course in which stu dents learn diagnostic procedures and par ticipate in nursing techniques as they apply to hospitalized medicine and surgery for large animal patients Students learn med ication and correct routes of administration, patient monitoring, and fluid administra tion Students are exposed to fundamentals of infectious disease control This exposure helps them in future workplaces to deal appropriately with contagious and zoonotic diseases and nosocomial infections Students have a great deal of interaction with fourth year veterinary students and have access to veterinary student teaching opportunities
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 327 Clinical Lab and Pathology
This is a one week course in which stu dents learn the nursing care required in dealing with critically ill large animals Students learn the main causes of illness, the associated complications, how to moni tor these complications, and how to avoid them Students also learn emergency pro cedures and triaging of patients and become familiar with the specialized emer gency equipment that an intensive care unit has to offer Students work on skills as they relate to medications, drug dosages, fluid therapy, and venipuncture Documentation and communication skills are utilized
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
This one week rotation requires students to spend time in both the clinical lab and the pathology lab Students learn large animal lab procedures and specific laboratory tests commonly performed when working with large animals In the pathology lab, stu dents gain experience with basic post mortem methods, tissue sampling, and cytology readings
VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
This is a one week course in which stu dents learn to work up various emergencies as they present to a clinic after hours Students continue to learn more nursing skills This rotation continues to develop observation, monitoring, and patient assess ment skills
VET 325 Medicine/Surgery Nursing Rotation
This one week rotation provides the stu dent with an opportunity to participate in one of several elective rotations These rota tions include: Food Animal Rotation, Biomedical Research Lab, Animal Care/Herd Management, or Medical Records/Pharmacy
This is a one week course in which stu dents participate actively with field service veterinarians when they make farm calls away from New Bolton Center Students learn routine vaccinations, surgical proce dures, routine herd health considerations, and other large animal procedures handled by a veterinarian on a farm call
VET 323 Patient Care Rotation
This is a one week course that closely resembles a private practice Sports medi cine consists of five sections: Outpatient, Radiology, Ultrasound, Nuclear Medicine, and Treadmill. Students learn equine anatomical structure and how the sections of Sports Medicine are employed to assess and diagnose performance problems in equine athletes This rotation allows a stu dent to improve communication skills while working with clients and their ani mals
TOTAL CREDITS = 15
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher, and a grade point aver age of 2 0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework
VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation
This is a one week course where students further their practical knowledge by giving patient medications as ordered and become more responsible for patient care while working alongside a nurse Observation, monitoring, and patient assessment skills are more fully utilized in this rotation
Trustees, Administration, Faculty, and Staff
1 4 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Brooke Walker, M.Ed., B.S. Vice President of Institutional Advancement
Julia Ingersoll, D.M., J.D. Executive Vice President
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 4 3
T. Anthony Jones, MBA, CISA, CISM, QSA
Louise A. Strauss, M.Ed. Vice Chair
Board of Trustees Emeriti
Kevin Dow, MBA
Tracy Johnson-Rockmore ’04, M.Ed.
Gale Martin, M M , M A, CDMP Executive Director of Communications & Marketing
Carmen Rive
Theodore A Rosen
Barbara Bosha
Dario Bellot, MBA, B.A. Vice President of Administration & CFO
Rachel Bowen, B.A. Vice President of Enrollment Management
Edward Kovacs, M.A., B.A. Dean of Student Life
Thomas J. Giamoni
Kent Griswold, Ph.D., MBA
Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph D President
Hunt Bartine, M.B.A., SPHR Associate VP Human Resources/CHRO
Timothy Ely, M Ed , B A Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research
David M. Jacobson, CPA Treasurer
Mary Ann Skelton Oaks ‘52 Nancy O Brown, V M D , DACVS, DACVIM
Members
Ellen Farber ’12
Samuel P Cimino, D D S
Evelyn Santana, M.B.A., B.A. Executive Director of Partnership Sites
Dennis Marlo
Denis Boyle Vice Chair
Alexander Klein, M.B.A. Chair
Karl A Thallner, Jr Secretary
J. Michael McNamara
Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph.D., MBA President
Ben Post, J.D.
Board of Trustees Officers
President’s Cabinet
Adjunct Faculty, Continuing Studies
B F A , Massachusetts College of Art Geraldine Johnson ’04
Sa Eed Abdul Khabeer
Nina Costanza
Connie Dollak
M S , B S , College Misericordia; A A S , Lehigh Carbon Community College
Instructor, Dental Assisting and EFDA Clinical Coordinator
A S , Harcum College
Marybeth Blasetti
B A , Ohio State University
Dionne Fears
B S , Drexel University; A S , Harcum College
Mary Buttery
Dolores Alabrodzinski
M S N , Capella University; B S N, LaSalle University, RN
Assistant Professor, Mathematics B S , St Joseph’s University
Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph D , Walden University; M B A , Pennsylvania State University; B A , Lincoln University
Adjunct Instructor, Medical Laboratory Technology
Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education
Mabel Inez Bruce
M A T /B A , Bennington College
M S , Drexel University; M B A , University of Phoenix; B S , Temple University
Pamela Kennebrew
M H S , Lincoln University
Christine Devlin ’14
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Lisette Agosto Cintron
Sekela Coles
Ashley Herr Perrin Program Director, Partnership Human Services
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
B S , University of Pennsylvania
Adjunct Instructor, International Programs B A , University of Pennsylvania
Angela Edmunds
Phil Arkow
Linda Ivey
Adjunct Instructor, CAD Fashion Design
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene
Director & Professor, Fashion Programs M Ed , University of the Arts; B F A , Rhode Island School of Design
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B S , Thomas Jefferson University
Latoya Bonk Nursing Faculty
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M Ed , Widener University; B S D H , Old Dominion University
Assistant Program Director & Associate Professor, Early Childhood Education M Ed , Cabrini College; M Ed , Liberty University; B A Eastern University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M S , Immaculata University; B S , Immaculata University; A S , Immaculata
Adjunct Instructor
Ed D , Gwynedd Mercy University; M S , St Joseph’s University; B S , Rosemont College
Tanya Johnson Coleman Nursing Program Director, Associate Professor DNP, LaSalle University; MHA, Saint Joseph University; BSN, Temple University
Cierra Greene
Program Director, Professor, Laboratory Science Programs
Assistant Professor, EFDA Program
Kathleen Aumendo Instructor, Nursing
Roxann Frain Assistant Professor, Nursing CRNP, M S N , Gwynedd Mercy University; B S N Immaculata University
Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice
Jennifer Fehl
MSW, Temple University; B A , James Madison University
Amy Cotto
Program Director & Professor, Dental Hygiene M S , University of Pennsylvania; B S , University of Rhode Island
Marie DiNunzio MLS (ASCP)
A A S , Delaware County Community College
Donna Broderick, Ed.D, MLS (ASCP)CM
Rebecca Cummings Suppi Adjunct Instructor, Med Lab Tech A S , Robert Morris College
Rosalie DiFerdinand
B A , The Pennsylvania State University;
Karlynne Galczyk
Kelli Harris
Adjunct Instructor, Business M B A , University of Louisville; B S , Hampton University
Joseph Karpinski
Jaime Kemeza ’00
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Julian Crooks
M S N , Villanova University; B S N , Trenton State College
M B A , Morris Graduate School of Management;
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M S , Temple University; B S , Penn State University
Owen Binczewski
Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M S , Wilmington University; B S , West Chester University
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Merchandising M S , Philadelphia University; B A , Penn State University
Kathleen Hofmann ’89
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B A , Ursinus College; A S Montgomery County Community College
B S George Washington University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M Ed , Arcadia University; B A , Bloomsberg University
Carl Jones
Gabriella Ferreira ’99 Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program
Ph D , Temple University
Associate Professor, General Studies; Chemical Hygiene Officer
B F A , Illinois Institute of Art Phillip Beauchemin
Faculty
Ph D , Louisiana State University; M A , Villanova University; M S , University of Southern Mississippi;
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene
Camille Avent
Medical Coding and Billing Coordinator
Christine Carlson
A S , Harcum College
Nina Dowlin
Associate Professor, Behavioral Health Science
John Flynn Ph D, MT (ASCP), SBB Adjunct Instructor, MLT Program
Lauren Forry Assistant Professor, English MFA, Kingston University; M A , Kingston University; B A , New York University
1 4 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education
Lori Hudson
Adjunct Instructor, Veterinary Nursing B A , Cabrini College; A S , Harcum College
Ta’Mora Jackson
Sabriya Jubilee
M S , Lehigh University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene
M Ed , Arcadia University; B S , Millersville University
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B S , Thomas Jefferson University; Certificate in Dental Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania
B A , DeSales University; A S , Harcum College
Supervising Dentist, Dental Hygiene D M D , University of Pennsylvania; B A , College of Emporia
Cindy Heil
Prentice Hill
Associate Professor, Nursing M S N , Widener University; B S N , Villanova University; Adele Emhof ’12
Associate Professor, Assistant Program Director, Nursing
Shawn Beckowski
Jean Byrnes Ziegler
Mary Ellen Doran ’84, ’02
Phillip Giarraputo
Prajje Oscar Jean Baptiste
B S , Thomas Jefferson University; Dental Hygiene Certificate, University of Pennsylvania
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design
Lester Archer
B A , American Public University; A S , Harcum College
Ed D , Holy Family College; M Ed , Holy Family College; B S , Drexel University
Sylvia Britt
Elizabeth Elliott
Heather Herner '17
Adjunct Instructor
Ph D (c), MSN, Widener University; MPH, West Chester University; RN, Brandywine School of Nursing
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph D , Capella University; M S , University of Pennsylvania; B S , Mount Holyoke College
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Merchandising B A , Temple University Theresa Eller
Zoe Ann Durkin Education Coordinator & Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnology
Anya Babayeva
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene
Mike Fratangelo Program Director, Behavioral Health Science, Sports Management, Business Programs
Matthew Kastelberg
Theresa Groody Director of Continuing and Professional Studies DHSc, University of Bridgeport; M Ed , Arcadia University; B H S , Gwynedd Mercy University; A S , Manor Junior College
Dossie Cavallucci ’80
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design
Instructor, Dental Hygiene MSDH, University of Bridgeport; B A , Temple University; A S , Community College of Philadelphia
Program Director & Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy Assistant
Ed D , Walden University; M A , Edinboro University; B A , Edinboro University
BSN, Drexel University; MSN, Holy Family University
J D , Temple Law School; M A , Temple University; M Ed , Temple University; B A , University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
M S , Cambridge College; A A , Centenary College; H T , Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania Christa L Eck
Assistant Professor and Academic Fieldwork Coordinator, Occupational Therapy Assistant
Donna Brown
B S , Pennsylvania College of Technology; A S , Harcum College
Program Director, Dental Assisting/EFDA; Professor, EFDA
Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M S W , Stony Brook University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics M S , Eastern University
Jordan Diehl
M A , Temple University; B A , Auburn University; A A , Ricks College
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M A , Eastern University; B A , Cabrini University; A S , Harcum College
Ed D , Fielding University; MHS , Lincoln University
Adjunct Instructor
M S , University of St Francis; B S , West Chester University; A S , Harcum College
B F A , Moore College of Art Elizabeth Cratin MSN, RN, CCRN, CNEcl, Associate Professor, Nursing M S N , Widener University; B S N , Villanova University
Philip Aidoo
Instructor, Lab Coordinator, Nursing M S N , B S N University of Phoenix; RN
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M B A , Eastern University; B A , Eastern College; A S , Community College
Thomas Viola
Joanne Ricevuto
Rad Tech Instructor
Larry Musolino
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Program Director, Animal Center Management, Associate Professor M B A , University of Phoenix; B S , Delaware Valley College
Program Director, Veterinary Nursing, Associate Professor
Assistant Professor
Jock Sommese
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ed D , Grand Canyon University; M Ed , Lincoln University; B A , Lincoln University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph D , Temple University; M A , West Chester University; B A , West Chester
Program Director, General Studies
Ph D , Capella University; M S , Cheyney University; B S , Lincoln University
Pamela Woodland
Adjunct Instructor, Business M A , Eastern University; B S , Art Institute of Philadelphia
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education
Ph D , University of Liverpool; M Ed , Temple University; B A , Eastern University
M S N , Lamar University; B S N , Gwynedd Mercy University; RN Rebecca Suppi Instructor, Phlebotomy PBT (ASCP), A S , Robert Morris College
A S T, Antonelli Institute
B S , West Chester University; A S , Harcum College
Program Director, Interior Design M S , Drexel University; B F A , Carnegie Mellon University
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design A S , Art Institute of Philadelphia
Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program M S , Duke University; B S , Wheaton College
Diane Rice
Director of Youth Courts, Instructor, Criminal Justice
M S S , Bryn Mawr College; B A , Skidmore College
Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice
Linda Webster
William Towns
Adjunct Instructor, Business M S , Drexel University; B S , Boston University
Joanne Pennyfeather
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Lisa Perry
Clinical Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA Monica Rhoten ’00
Rhonda McClenton
Adjunct Instructor, Business D B A , Wilmington University; M B A , Drexel University; B A , Villanova University
Niashia Maza
M Ed, Widener University; B A , Gettysburg College
Alison Whiter
Alberta Landis
Valerie Malcolm
CM
Associate Professor, Veterinary Nursing M A , Beaver College; M S , Canisius College; B A , Immaculata University
Shaun Madary
Koyuki Yip
Michael Wolf
Drew Simcox
Jacqueline Klaczak Kopack
Kathleen Koar ’99
M S , Virginia Commonwealth
Coordinator of Online Education Services, Professor M Ed , West Chester University; B S , Villanova University
Edward Zawora, III
Jillian Lydon ’15
Dionne Tyler
Karen Naylor ’92
M S Ed , University of Pennsylvania; B A , Muhlenberg College; A S , Harcum College
Adjunct Instructor, Continuing Studies D M D , University of the Philippines
Associate Professor, Nursing Ph D , Widener University; M S N , Temple University; B S N , Allegheny Univ of the Health Sciences
Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M S , Lincoln University; B S , Clarion University
M B A , Eastern University; B A , Eastern College; A S , Community College Vincent Rink
Loretta Ryan
M Ed , West Chester University; B S , West Chester University; A S Temple University
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B S Pennsylvania College of Technology; A S , Harcum College
Associate Professor, Business Ed D , Gwynedd Mercy University
Clinical Instructor, EFDA Gina Scholz ’07
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M A , West Chester University; B A , Charter Oak State College
Tanya Williams ’89, ’92
Peter Zuber
B A , Temple University; PBACC, Peirce College; M S , Walden University; MPhil, Walden University
Dental Assisting/EFDA Instructor
Geraldine Scutti ’97
Barbara Ann Ricks-Strand
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA A S , Manor College
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene C C P , R Ph, B S Pharm, St John’s University (NY) Gregg Volz
Heidi Techner
Mark Whiteman
Vicki Whiteman
M A , Cabrini University; B S , Gwynedd Mercy College; A S , Delaware Technical and Community College
Julie Taddeo Program Director, Radiologic Technology & Allied Health Science
Instructor, Nursing
Assistant Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant B A , Temple University; A S , Lehigh County Community College
Gregory Wright
Vincent Valaitis
Alice Walker
Erica Wascavage
Stephen Pipitone
Joanne Villante
Associate Professor, Nursing AAS, Mercer County Community College; BA, Rutgers University; BSN, Thomas Edison State University; MSN, Thomas Edison State University PhD Widener University
Janice Lewis
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ed D , Drexel University; M Ed , Lock Haven University; B S , LaSalle University
Jade Wallace
Joann Pyne
Trish O’Connell
Tracie Kennedy
Lab Instructor, Veterinary Nursing A S , Harcum College
Russell Phillips
Animal Center Management Faculty
Linda Kruus
Gino Martin
Dental Assisting/EFDA Instructor
Maureen Lukens Nursing Faculty
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M S , Rochester Inst Of Technology; M S , Texas A&M University; M S Lehigh
J D , Temple Law School
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M A , Villanova University; B S , Villanova University
Christine Redlinger
Wanda Miles
Assistant Professor/Junior Clinic Coordinator, Dental Hygiene MSDH, University of Bridgeport; B F A , University of the Arts; A S , Harcum College
Instructor, Veterinary Nursing D V M , Oklahoma State University; B S , University of Delaware
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 4 5
Clinical Coordinator/Instructor, Laboratory Science Program
Criminal Justice, Program Director
Alyssa Ryan
Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant; Professor, Allied Health Sciences
David Scott
Chandana Potluri
Mary King
Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design B S , Syracuse University
M Ed , Cabrini University; B S , Pennsylvania State University
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B S , West Chester University; A S , Harcum College
Assistant Professor, General Studies
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene
Clinical Instructor, Radiology Maureen Reese
Program Director & Associate Professor, Photography
Ph D Virginia Commonwealth University;
Practicum Coordinator & Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician M B A , University of Phoenix; M H A , University of Phoenix; B S , Columbia Union College
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Brian Riker
Linward Robinson
Lori Stupak
Adjunct Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant
Nicoleta Votov
Richard Lombardo
Gemma Longfellow Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant MSPT, Marymount University
BSN, West Chester University; MSN, Widener University
Tamar Paltin
Program Director, Early Childhood Education, Assistant Professor, Assistant Vice President of Instructional Success M Ed , Widener University; B S , West Chester University
Adjunct Instructor, Law and Justice M A , University of Pennsylvania; B A , Yale University
Kari Tumminia
Assistant Professor, English M S , University of Pennsylvania; B A , Temple University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP)
Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph D , Capella University; M B A , B A , Eastern University
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B S , Thomas Jefferson University; A S , Montgomery County Community College
Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician Program, HT(ASCP)
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies B A , Combs College of Music; A A , Delaware County Community College
Program Director, Graphic Design A S T, Antonelli Institute
Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene MPH, B S , West Chester University; A S Harcum College
D P T , Temple University; M S , University of the Sciences
M Ed , Pennsylvania State University; B A , West Chester University
Kimberlynn Brown-Trent Human Resources Coordinator
Assistant Volleyball Coach
Riley Maye
Jose Ortiz Campus Safety Officer
Dario Bellot
Connor Hurff
A A , Harcum College
Raymond Curry
President
Head Coach, JV Men’s Basketball
David Hughes Head Men’s Soccer Coach
Dionne Lee Career & Transfer Services Advisor
Assistant Women s Basketball Coach Exford Henry Housekeeping
Greg Nobles
Coordinator, Human Services, Partnership Sites
Katelynn Ennis
Alexandria Einspahr Academic Counselor
Daniel Hodas Media Services Coordinator, Library B A , Castleton State College
Bill Martin Accounts Payable Analyst
Maintenance
Ebony Fowlkes
Marlon Brissett Facilities
William Knight Maintenance Supervisor, Facilities Karidja Kone Housekeeping
Maria Ramirez
Master of Statistical Practice, Carnegie Mellon University; B A , Swarthmore College
Supervisor, Facilities Montea Roundtree Officer, Campus Safety
Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research
Andrea Mathias
Jason Hill Housekeeping
Director of Business Services B S , University of Phoenix; A S , Community College of Philadelphia
Morgan Dawson
Rachel Bowen
Barbara Coppola
Trevor Gulledge
Joseph Donahue
Senior Women’s Administrator, Assistant Women’s Athletic Director Shawn Riley
Edward Kovacs
C.J. Scott
James Alexander Campus Safety Officer
Administrative Assistant, Dental Programs B A , Stockton University; A A , Northampton Community College
Director of Student Accounts
Kathleen Malley Student Records Coordinator B A , St Joseph's University
Financial Aid Counselor
Director of Library Services, Library M L I S , Drexel University; B A , Villanova University Beth McMichael
Assistant Director of Partnership Sites, Operations M Ed , Penn State University; B S , West Chester University
Gale Martin
B S , West Chester University
Clinical Education Coordinator, Veterinary Nursing B A , The Pennsylvania State University;
Rick SanFilippo
Ph D , University of Pittsburgh; MAE, InterAmerican University; B A , St Fidelis College
Staff
Windell Dally Housekeeping
Vice President of Enrollment Management B A , DeSales University
Robyn Gleason
Director of Communications and Marketing M M , Penn State University, M A , Wilkes University; B A , Penn State University
Clinical Facilities Supervisor B S , Penn State University; A S , Harcum College
B A , M S HEA , Southern New Hampshire University
MBA, University of Phoenix; B S , Delaware State University
Assistant Coach, Men’s Basketball B A , The Pennsylvania State University
Kathy Anthony
Tytiana Jackson Academic Coordinator 1st Year Experience
Joanne Patterson Office Manager, Nursing B S , Widener University
B A , University of Delaware
Director of Disability Services
Senior Admissions Counselor
M B A , University of Connecticut; B A Marietta College
Stephanie Conklin ’16
Assistant Coach, Men’s Basketball M S , Villanova University; B S , The Pennsylvania State University
Julia Ingersoll Executive Vice President D M, University of Maryland; J D , Villanova University; B S , Boston University
Administrative Assistant, Student Life Sue Ramirez
Theresa Groody
Chelse Hall
Hunt Bartine
Academic Internship Director B A Arch , Drexel University
B F A, Maryland Institute College of Art
Jim Miller
Samantha Farlow Head Women’s Soccer Coach B S , Temple University
Tianna Gordon
Jared Cook
Paula Lehrberger
Assistant Women’s Soccer Coach
Ashley Dirienzo Coordinator
Assistant Director, Residence Life B S , MBA, Rosemont College
Kevin Jones
Director of Campus Activities
Nikolay Karpalo Facilities Manager
Elizabeth McWilliams
Head Women s Basketball Coach
M S S , Bryn Mawr College; B A, Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Linda Alderman
Director Human Resources
Shari Rutherford
M S , Drexel University; B S , Lock Haven University
B F A , Pennsylvania State University Krystal Popiel
Denine Carlton Lloyd Campus Safety Officer
Michael Cherry
Administrative Assistant, Student Records
Ann Childs ‘21
Carla Muse Campus Store Manager B S , Millersville University
Jon Jay (J.J.) DeTemple II
Charles Peters Coordinator, Mail Services
Director of Counseling Services
Vincent Mollichella Systems Administrator
Kimberly Briegel Admissions Support Specialist B S , Drexel University
Kelly Barina
VP of Administration & CFO
Graphic Designer/ Communications Specialist
Institutional Research Analyst
Director of Campus Safety B A , Philadelphia University
Stephen Kleponis
Mayra Powell Student Accounts Specialist B S , Utah Valley University Estella Pressley Coordinator, Upward Bound Jacqueline Pursell Visual Assets Coordinator A S , Antonelli Institute Kelly Quigley Manager, IT Services
Senior Financial Aid Counselor A A , Delaware County Community College
Evelyn Santana
B S , Louisiana Tech University
Susan Miller
Executive Director, Partnership Sites Ed D , Wilmington University; MBA, Daniel Webster College; B A , Cedar Crest College
Assistant Director of Admissions B S , Argosy University
Assistant Men’s Soccer Coach
Director of Technology Services
Director of Continuing & Professional Studies, Adjunct Faculty, EFDA M Ed , Arcadia University; B S , Gwynedd Mercy College; A S , Manor College
Cashier, Student Accounts A A , Harcum College
Terry-Ann Nembhard
Assistant Director of Admissions B A , York College
Jana Rediger
A S , Harcum College
Keyonnah Cohen Officer, Campus Security
Administrative Assistant, Financial Aid Lilian Crooks
Jon Jay DeTemple
William Fanshel
John Ball
Tyler Gangi
Dean of Student Life Ed D , Temple University; M A , Bowling Green State University; B S , Millersville University
B S , Gwynedd Mercy University
B S , Norfolk State Joe McCourt Officer, Campus Safety Catherine McGowan
Housekeeping
Valerie Aronov-Schwartz C.R.N.P.
A S , ASA College; M S , Kiev State University Saher Khan Development Coordinator B A , Louisiana State University
Assistant Director, Disability Services B S W , Cabrini University
Richard Cooper
M S , West Chester University B S , Stockton University
Evening/Weekend Librarian M S , St Joseph's University; M S L S , Drexel University
James Lambert Campus Safety Officer B A , Widener University
1 4 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Registrar
Coordinator, Upward Bound B S , Lincoln University
Athletic Director B S , University of New Mexico
Director of Health Services B A , B S , M S , Drexel University
Linda DiDonato Development Coordinator B A , Rowan University
Timothy Ely
Anthony Scott
Ph D , MBA, Syracuse University; B S , Cornell University
Karey Bowen
Michael Caroto Music Program Coordinator, Harcum Music School
OTA/PTA Administrative Assistant
Assistant VP of Financial Aid M S Ed , Indiana University; B A , University of Rochester Linh Luu Data Researcher
Administrative Assistant, Admissions Rupert Meredith Housekeeping
Upward Bound Coordinator
A A , Harcum College
Brittany Wollner
B S , Temple University
M S , University of Pennsylvania
VP Institutional Advancement
Director of the Center for International Programs
Assistant Volleyball Coach
Campus Safety Officer
Coordinator, Educational Success Center
Barbara Yalof
Ed D , Northcentral University; M Ed , B A , Temple University
Head Track & Field Coach University of North Texas
Jordan Spidle
Assistant Coach, Women’s Soccer
Associate VP of Finance, Finance Office
M Ed , Temple University; B A , Rutgers University, Rutgers College
John Velez
Site Coordinator, Partnership Sites
Jameel Tucker
Communications/Information
Technical Services
Director of Career & Transfer Services
Elizabeth Walker
Administrator, Academic Affairs
Cheryl Shahadi
M A , New York University; B A , Northeastern University
Isabelle Waddelow
Shawn White
Anatolii Stepanov
Officer, Campus Safety
Director of Academic Preparation
Director, Upward Bound B A , Bard College
Librarian, Library
Wayne Thorpe
Akeem Small
Housekeeping
Sharon Smith
Amy Shumoski
Alla Stepanova
M L I S , University of Western Ontario; B A , Carleton University
Chris Trower ‘22
Officer, Campus Safety
Claire Williams
Housekeeping
M S , Florida International University; B S , Edinboro University
M S , Thammasat University
M A , B A , West Chester University
Brooke Walker
Michelle Stanziano
Admissions Counselor B A , Kutztown University
Digital Communications Manager
Assistant Dean of Student Life
MSEd University of Pennsylvania; B A , Gettysburg College
Barry Uzzell
Maintenance, Facilities
B A , Eastern University
Ernest Walker
Assistant Vice President of Academic Assessment
Roxanne Sutton
Salin Siripakarn
David Weaver
1 4 8 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Advisory Boards
Bazil McNulty
Savannia Boileau Block Communications
Fashion Design & Merchandising Advisory Board
Ken Keagy Simmer Creative, LLC Kelly Matz beMarketing
Prajje Oscar Designer, PrajjeOscar
Debbie Fleming, RDH Colgate Oral Pharmaceuticals Jaclyn Gleber RDH, PhD, PHDHP
Dr. Carrie Sutor
Vice President, Commercial Banking Department, FirstTrust Bank
Kitty Cottage Adoption Center, Inc
High School ECE Program Instructor
Merle Berman Holman ’56
Former HAEYC President
President/CEO, Main Line Chamber of Commerce
Janice Lewis
Valley Forge Tourism & Convention Board
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 4 9
Dr Margaret A Weil Bandfield, The Pet Hospital Business Program Advisory Board
Jim Miller
Samuel Cimino, DDS Retired Dentist Sandra Fink, CDA
Theresa Miller Reminder Media
Adjunct ECE Professor and TEACH Delaware Coordinator
David Jacobson, CPA Principal, CliftonLarsonAllen LLP
Melinda Venella
Serena Tomalis ’15
Jim Pearce image360
Christopher Blackman
Danielle Riccardi Reminder Media
Michael Hrebin Stream Companies
Nathanael Saldana
Valley Forge Tourism & Convention Board
Executive VP/CAO, Harcum College
Early Childhood Advisory Board
Director, Professional Development Dimensions at Montgomery Early Learning Centers
Producers, Atlantic City Fashion Week, Soho Fashion Week
Adjunct ECE Professor and Federal Government IORA Specialist
Fashion Designer, Professor Emeritus Elizabeth Delgado
Dental Program Advisory Board
Director of Clinical Affairs, Dentsply Sirona Kathy McKeown ’99, CDA Scott Nakamura, DMD
Michelle Spencer
Steven G. Bazil
Annie Finnerty Investment Analyst, Mill Creek Capital Advisors
Karla Moffett Fiore Design
Adjunct ECE Professor and Workforce Development Coordinator
Jason H. Goodchild, DMD Premier Dental Products Company Adele Hartman, EFDA
Barbara Bosha
Calvin Hoops, EFDA, CDHC
Barb Bosha Bosha Design Inc
Karen Fiore Fiore Design
Art Institute BFA 2007, Robert Morris University MBA 2009
CEO/Founder, Group Dynamics in Focus, Inc
Leslie A Roesler
Lisa Iliopoulos
Drew Smyth ’17 Miss Drew's Doggy Daycare
Gladwyn Animal Hospital
Brandi Greene
President/CEO, Chris Blackman Media Consulting, LLC
Adjunct ECE Professor and Transition Coordinator Special Education
Dr. Wanda Miles
Na’imah Rhodes
Jasmine Williams ’15
Ed Harris
Michelle Dea ’15 Harcum Off Site Coordinator
Kent Griswold Founder/CEO, BizzShow
Fashion Designer, Elizabeth Delgado Designs LLC Angela Edmunds
Gail Malone, RDH
Dr Jade Wallace
Camille Avent
Owner/ Founder Sarai Style | Showroom77
Brianna McCall ’16
Director of Internships
Owner, Little People's Village Ta’Mora Jackson District 1199c Training and Upgrading Fund Deborah Lewis
President/Founder, Bosha Design+Communications
Former HAEYC President Tricia McDevitt Ortiz MELC Talent & Acquisition Manager
Heather Lane ’14 Thomas Jefferson University Carrie McCloskey ’99 The Patton Veterinary Hospital
Nicole Draper Adjunct ECE Professor and Special Education Teacher Kathleen Garrison Adjunct ECE Professor Tyneicia Green ’18 Brian Helgenberg ’14
Maryanne Ormsby Adjunct ECE Professor
Frank Agostino
Designer/Owner, Agostino Couture
Anya Babeyeva
Professor Fashion Design Department, Moore College of Art and Design
Owner/Founder, Slay Everyday Graphic Design Advisory Board
Julia Ingersoll
James Fusco Marketing/Finance Instructor, Brandywine Technical College High School
Bernie Degenais
Bridget Reed IKEA USA
Emil DeJohn
Animal Center Management Program Advisory Board
Susan Chialastri, DMD
Temple University Department of Periodontology and Oral Implantology
Avi Loren Fox Founder/CEO, Wild Mantle
Niranjan Savani, DMD Jacqueline Urbanek ’18, RDH
Penn State BA 2003, Jefferson University MS 2013 Professor of Fashion Design and Merchandising, Jefferson University
Technical/print Designer, Fish Monkey Gloves Jeana and Lamont Bowling
Visual Merchandiser, Target Arisabel Vasquez ’15
Nancy Beck
Samantha Tongue ’18
Barbara Brosnan Interiors Medical Laboratory Technician Advisory Board
Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP)
Histotech, Thomas Jefferson University Hospital Waltina White, HT (ASCP)
Maureen Lukens MSN RN Harcum College
Maryann Jones
Linda Hinsdale, HT (ASCP)
Founder and Lead Designer, Fuller Interiors Erika Taylor '15
Anatomic Pathology Supervisor, Jeanes Hospital
Marcella Luzi, ASID, NCIDQ
Dianne Marsango MT(ASCP) Cooper University Hospital
Bridget Spayd Mary Zadnik
Interior Designer, Fuller Interiors Maria Sasot '16
Histotech, University of Pennsylvania Hospital
Maria Batter, H (ASCP)
Jen Fuller
Donna Daley, AIA, ASID, AWI, NCIDQ
Assistant Supervisor Anatomic Pathology, Bryn Mawr Hospital
Erica Wascavage MSN RN Harcum College Kathleen Wylie Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital
Donald Seyfert ’16 MLT(ASCP) Thomas Jefferson University Hospital Maria Silvestro MT(ASCP)
Lori Blaire Laura Boyle-Nester Rich Conroy Christa Eck
Hannah Kenny '17
Riddle Hospital Main Line Health Tierra White ’18 MLT Automated Lab Tech, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania
Elaine Johnston, HT (ASCP)
Histocheck, Crozer Keystone Health System
Interior Designer and Adjunct Professor at Harcum College
Histotechnician Advisory Board
Bernadette Walsh Harcum College
Irene Burnette Mercy Health System
Annette Morris '07
MLT Clinical Coordinator, Harcum College
Alyssa Peters ’15, HT (ASCP)
Diane Rizzo PhD RN Kindred Hospital
Interior Designer, Mann Hughes Architecture, P C Ellen Farber '12 Ellen Farber Strategic Design Jennifer Gable '20
Sherre Freed Cindy Gallo Matt Healy Josette Merkel Kristy Meyer Manish Patel Kerstin Potter
HT Manager, Tower Health Reading Hospital
Karen Allen
Education Coordinator, Crozer Chester Medical Center Allison Eck, HTL (ASCP)
Josephine Baiocchi MLS (ASCP) MLH Corporate Janet Damron MT(ASCP) MLH BMH
Elizabeth Cratin Elliott Harcum College
Nursing Advisory Board
Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital Kathryn Durr MT(ASCP) Siemens Healthcare Sue Lukiewski MT(ASCP) Kindred
Occupational Therapy Assistant Advisory Board
Interior Design Advisory Board
Dolores Alabrodzinski Harcum College
Anne (Nancy) Sicoransa Harcum College
Lab Manager, Doylestown Hospital
Mary King MSN RN Harcum College
Margie Chojnacki '12
Histotech, Bryn Mawr Hospital
Instructor, Harcum College
Martha Lassiter, MT, HT (ASCP)
Sterling Kitchen and Bath, Senior Designer Alexis Pew '10 Kaminski + Pew, LLC
Monica Harmon MSN RN
Dr. Gulamnabi Vahora IMT Medical System
Jennifer Jarden, NCIDQ
Penn Presbyterian Medical Center
Troy Daniels
Managing Principal,WPL Interior Design Rebeccah Bondi '19
Lori Prestilio ’16
President BLack Nurses Association, SEPA Kimberly Jamison Grand Canyon University
Betsy Grossman '17 BDG LLC Digital Services
Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP) MLT Clinical Coordinator
1 5 0 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Danielle Wertz PBT (ASCP)
Laura Birchler
Sue Hill
Nazareth Hospital
Bayada Homecare
St Mary Rehabilitation Hospital
Chris Burke Redeemer Health
Phil Beninato
Terry Baldridge
ATI Physical Therapy
Chris Noga
Stephanie Briddes ’00
Kathleen Burns
Dr. Joe Murphy
ATI Physical Therapy
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 5 1
Phlebotomy Technician Advisory Board
Tiffany Weaver
Christie Rogero Program Manager The Jackson Galaxy Project Voorhees, NJ
Donna Matiko ’00 Capital Health System
Riddle Hospital/Main Line Health System
Rajdai Saroop PBT (ASCP) Abington Memorial Hospital
Moss Rehabilitation Lynne Corrigan Springfield Healthplex
Bryn Mawr Rehabilitation Hospital/MLHS
Diana Marconi Chester County Hospital Colleen Scelsa Chester County Hospital
Executive Director Francisvale Home for Smaller Animals Radnor, PA
Staci Phillips Wiemelt, VMD Lansdale, PA
Einstein Healthcare System
Dawn Conley Abington Memorial Hospital
Bryn Mawr Rehabilitation Hospital
Good Shepherd Penn Partners
Doug Slick Lankenau Hospital/MLHS
Maria Silvestro MLT (ASCP), CLT, HHS Riddle Hospital/Main Line Health
Bonnie McDowell ’98
Colleen Nale HUP at 54th and Cedar
Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health
Joseph Shay ’95 Paoli Hospital/MLHS
Tower Health
Mike McCallum '05 CVT PennVet Philadelphia, PA
Abby Polek Freelance/Contract Medical Editor Wildlife Rescue and Transport Volunteer Venice, FL
Lisa Curtin Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital
Dorothy Claeys
Steve Mehler DVM, DACVS Main Line Veterinary Specialists Devon, PA
Jennifer Parker '01, CVT, VTS (SAIM) Small Animal Practicum Supervisor PennVet Philadelphia, 0PA
Cait Deppe '12, CVT Penn Veterinary Supply
Jennifer Macomber '97, CVT Large Animal Practicum Supervisor New Bolton Center Kennett Square, PA
Ann Hess
Erik Overbaugh
Springfield Healthplex
Samantha Simpkins
Veterinary Nursing Advisory Board
Audrey Holdsman PBT (ASCP) Planned Parenthood Southeast PA
Elisa Rogers '95, CVT, VTS (ECC) Director of Nursing HOPE Veterinary Specialists Malvern, PA
University of PA/Good Shepherd Penn Partners
Kristy Matulevich PBT Clinical Coordinator
Charlene Wandzilak Director of Talent Acquisition Heart + Paw Berwyn, PA
Vicki Tobin
Jamie Guiberson ‘00, CVT, VTS EVN Nursing Supervisor New Bolton Center Kennett Square, PA
Christine Clark
Penn Presbyterian/Good Shepherd Penn Partners
Joseph Hyduke, VMD Malvern Veterinary Hospital Malvern, PA
SOAR Physical Therapy
Nancy McGuire Bayada Homecare
Sherritta Ridgley, DVM, PhD Laboratory Animal Veterinarian New Castle, DE
Jennifer Novik
Physical Therapist Assistant Advisory Board
Radiologic Technology Advisory Board
Senior Business Analyst Veterinary Recommended Solutions Plymouth Meeting, PA
Kevin Freed '14
Dana Clarke, VMD, DACVECC PennVet Philadelphia, PA
Reginald Royster, DVM Haverford Animal Hospital Haverford, PA
Kristin Gallen Nazareth Hospital
1 5 2 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Campus Phone Directory
Facilities 6181
English Language Academy 6118
Foundation Relations 6002
Library 6085
Upward Bound 6189
College Main Telephone Number: 610-525-4100
Upward Bound 6171
President’s Office 6001
Business Office 6126
Sports Management Program 1861 Student Accounts 6016
Interior Design Program 6095
Early Childhood Education Program 6035
Harcum Music School ...........................................................6114
Financial Aid.........................................................................6168
Mailroom 6044
Medical Laboratory Technology Program............................6662
Fashion Merchandising Program 6087
Admissions 6050
Dental Hygiene Program 6110
Occupational Therapy Assistant Program 6115
Institutional Advancement 520 3598
Facilities 6125
Campus Safety 6099
Campus Store ........................................................................6041
Accounts Payable 6019
Athletic Director ...................................................................6669
Fashion Design Program 6087
VP of Administration & CFO 6142
Student Records 6010
Communications and Marketing 6143
Basketball, Men’s 6669
Continuing Studies 6100
*When calling from off campus, dial “610 526” with the extension listed below (unless otherwise indicated)
Nursing Program 6123
Counseling Center 6045
Human Resources 6012
Health Center 6090
IT Support 1867
Allied Health Science Program ............................................6020
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 5 3
Criminal Justice Program 6072
Campus Activities 6038
Disability Services 6185
Residence Life 6092
Veterinary Nursing Program 6033
Student Success Center 6103
Volleyball, Women’s 6669
Continuing Studies ...............................................................6082
Health Center 6134
Human Resources 6011 Library 6086
Dental Programs 6182
Student Life 6093
Institutional Advancement 6060
Dining Services 525 6262
Men’s Soccer 6699
Student Life 6032
Physical Therapist Assistant Program .................................6059
Financial Aid 6098
Admissions 6147 Athletics .............................................................................. 6669
Dental Assistant Program 6029
President’s Office 6009 Registrar 1649
Campus Fax Numbers
Basketball, Women’s 6669
Business Programs 1861
Academic Affairs 6031
Alumni Relations & Annual Giving 6060
Student Accounts 1654
Radiologic Technology Program 6130 Soccer, Women’s ...................................................................6199
General Studies Program 6067
Academic Affairs 6054
Animal Center Management Program 6131
Center for International Studies 6118
Track & Field 6194
76 9 5 Boston Pittsburgh W New York
Bucks County & the Main Line
Philadelphia New Jersey NEWJERSEYTURNPIKEDELAWARERIVER Montgomery County
Directions to Harcum College
Chester County Delaware County Philadelphia International Airport 1 5 4 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Turn left (at the corner with the gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad tracks Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your r i g h t M a ke t h e s e c o n d r i g h t t u r n i n to t h e Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic
Directions
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 5 5
From the South
From Philadelphia International Airport t h e B e n n e t t A i r p o r t L i m o u s i n e S e r v i c e o r Main Line Limo leaves hourly for Bryn Mawr, a distance of approximately 13 miles For infor mation on ground transportation to and from the airport, call 215 937 6958
By Automobile
D i s ta n c e f ro m C i t y L i n e Ave n u e to t h e campus is 5 8 miles Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic
No matter where you live, Harcum is easy to get to by plane, car, bus, or train Harcum College is in Bryn Mawr, PA, approximately 5 8 miles from City Line Ave (Route 1), 12 miles west of Center City Philadelphia, 9 miles east of Paoli, and less than 3 hours driving time from New York City and Washington, D C
From Northeastern Pennsylvania
Follow Northeast Extension (Rte 476) of Pennsylvania Turnpike south to end, Exit 20 Follow signs to I 476 South Follow I 476 (Blue Route) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/ Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East
Turn left onto Morris Avenue, and make a n i m m e d i a t e l e f t i n to t h e M e l v i l l e H a l l entrance between the two white gate posts (Watch for oncoming traffic Do not enter the SEPTA parking lot that adjoins the Melville entrance )
Follow I 76/Schuylkill Expressway west to Exit 339, City Avenue. Stay on City Avenue, a n d t u r n r i g h t a t t h e s i x t h l i g h t o n to C o n s h o h o c ke n S ta t e Ro a d , w h i c h c u r ve s a ro u n d l e f t ( j u s t a f t e r t h e p o s t o f f i c e ) a n d becomes Montgomery Avenue Continue on Montgomery Avenue for approximately 4 5 miles to Harcum The campus begins at the c o r n e r o f Pe n n s wo o d a n d M o n t g o m e r y Avenues Go to the next traffic light at Morris Ave n u e, g e t i n t h e l e f t l a n e a n d l o o k fo r Melville Hall, a large stone building with white pillars on your left
SEPTA’s Airport train connects the airport with 30th Street Station in Philadelphia, where a connection can be made to the SEPTA Paoli Thorndale line to Bryn Mawr The Bryn Mawr station adjoins the Harcum campus For sched ules, go to www septa org
From the North via New Jersey Turnpike Fo l l o w Ne w J e rs e y Tu r n p i ke to Pennsylvania Turnpike/ I 276 West Follow I 276 west to Exit 333 (Norristown/Plymouth M e e t i n g / I 4 7 6 S o u t h ) Fo l l o w I 4 7 6 ( B l u e Route) south to Exit 13 (St David’s/ Villanova) At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr Turn left (at corner with the gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic
Follow Route I 95 North to I 476 North Take I 476 (Blue Route) north (approximately 14 miles) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East Continue east on Route 30/ Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr
Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Clinic.
By Air
From East and Central Philadelphia
C o n t i n u e e a s t o n Ro u t e 3 0 / L a n c a s t e r Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr Turn left ( a t t h e c o r n e r w i t h t h e g a s s ta t i o n a n d Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under the railroad Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gate posts
Follow Pennsylvania Turnpike to Exit 326 (Valley Forge). Drive straight ahead after leav i n g to l l b o o t h s a n d fo l l o w I 7 6 / S c h u y l k i l l Expressway east to Exit 331A (I 476 South) Follow I 476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St Davids/Villanova) At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2 7 miles to Bryn Mawr
From the West
Computer Information Science Courses 99
Financial Aid 24 Financial Planning 27
Index
Appeals Academic 21
Graphic Design 75
Early Childhood Education 86
Accelerated Progress 43
Behavioral Health Science 52
Fashion Merchandising Courses 114
Appeals Financial .........................................................29
Animal Center Management Courses 92
Dean’s List .....................................................................42
Academic Affairs 30
Associate Degree.............................................................7
Business Programs 80
General Science Courses 114 General Studies 88 Goals ................................................................................5
Counseling Services ......................................................14
Education Courses 109
Center for International Programs 31 Chemistry Courses........................................................99
Core Curriculum 47
Business Management……………………… ............….…81
Criminal Justice Courses 99
Business Courses 97
Campus Store ................................................................15
Fashion Merchandising 77
Academic Probation ......................................................42
Course Load ..................................................................39
Board of Trustees 143
Course Withdrawal 39
Academic Standing 42
1 5 6 H A R C U M C O L L E G E
Advanced Placement ...................................................43
Allied Health Science 51
Filing Grievances ..........................................................45
Attendance 43
Damage Deposit 26
Directions to Harcum .................................................154
Art Courses 93
Disability Support Services 13
Animal Center Management 52
Classification of Students 39
Dental Assisting Courses 102
Course Exemption 43
Dismissal 42
Gender Studies ............................................................115
Continuing and Professional Studies 34
Athletics 16
Dental Education Courses ..........................................103
Campus Activities 12
Commuting Students 12
Advanced Imaging Certification 36
Admissions 18
Behavioral Health Science Courses ..............................95
Career Services 14
Administration 143
Distance Learning .........................................................44
Academic Conduct and Violations 45
Dental Hygiene 56
Dropping/Adding Courses 39
Expanded Function Dental Assistant (EFDA) 54
Advisory Boards 148
Fashion Design 76
Dental Assisting Certificate 53
Campus Safety 11
Criminal Justice 85
Dental Hygiene Courses 107
Graphic Design Courses 103
English Language Academy (ELA) ...............................31
Accreditation ..................................................................9
Allied Health Science Courses .....................................91
Alumni Services 15
Course Descriptions 90
Academic Appeal ..........................................................42
Academic Calendar .........................................................3
Administrative Withdrawal 40
Closing due to Inclement Weather 43
Articulation Agreements 23
Commencement ...........................................................44
Academic Honors 42
Academic Policies 38
Auditing Courses 41
English Courses 110
Biology Courses 96
Equal Opportunity Statement ........................................9
Faculty .........................................................................144
Fashion Design Courses 112
Student Life 10
Radiologic Technology Courses 132
Transfer Services 14 Tuition
Grade Appeal 42
Graduation Requirements 44
Grading System
Histotechnician 58
General Studies 88 Library 33 Load Courses 136 120 Laboratory Technology 59 Laboratory Technology Courses 121
Staff ..............................................................................146
Medical
Index 156
Portfolio Credit 41
Humanities Courses
President’s List ..............................................................42
Physical Therapist Assistant Courses .........................129
Registered Behavior Technician Courses 135
Psychology Courses 128
Mathematics
Physical Therapist Assistant 66
Institutional Advancement
Honors List 42
President’s Cabinet 143
Readmission 21
Transcripts 44 Transfer Credits 20
.....................................................6
Technician 63 Phlebotomy Courses ...................................................125 Phlebotomy Certificate 36 Phone Numbers 153 Photography ..................................................................79 Photography Courses 126 Physical Education Courses 127
Refund Policy (Room and Board) 26
Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College 40
.................................................................42 Loans ...............................................................................9 Location...........................................................................7 Mailboxes.......................................................................15 Marketing
Refund Policy (Continuing Studies) 37
Veterinary
................................................................................9
118 Mission Statement ..........................................................5 Music
...........................................15
Interdisciplinary Studies 118
...........................................................................25
Student Success Center 31
Student Government Association (SGA) 12
Veterinary Nursing Courses 138 Visas
International Students 22
History of the College
Post Office 15
Student Profile 11
.............................................................40
Satisfactory Academic Policy (SAP) 28
International Baccalaureate 43
Histotechnician Courses 115
Title IX Statement ...........................................................9
Transfer Policy 20
Right to Return 45
Human Services 88
Honor Society 12
Security Reports 15
Programs of Study ...........................................................7
Residence Life 11
Service Learning 12
Plagiarism *See Academic Conduct and Violations 45
Nursing 61 Nursing Courses ..........................................................122 Occupational Therapy Assistant 64 Occupational Therapy Assistant Courses 123 Partnership Sites .............................................................8
Telephone Directory 153
Medical
Health Services 14
....................................................116
Interior Design 78
Right to Modify................................................................9
Tutoring Services 31 Veteran Support Services 29 Nursing
.......................................................72
C ATA L O G 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 3 1 5 7
Limited
Phlebotomy
Sports Management Courses 137
..............................................105
Student Organizations 12
Interior Design Courses
Radiologic Technology ..................................................70
Sociology Courses .......................................................134
Sports Management 82
Human Services Courses 115 Independent Study 41
Registered Behavior Technician Certificate .................36
Student Records ............................................................45
750 Montgomer y Avenue Br yn Mawr, PA 19010 3476 610 525 4100 • www.harcum.edu
750 Montgomery Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010 3476 610 525 4100 • www.harcum.edu
